Sélection de la langue

Search

Sommaire du brevet 1269978 

Énoncé de désistement de responsabilité concernant l'information provenant de tiers

Une partie des informations de ce site Web a été fournie par des sources externes. Le gouvernement du Canada n'assume aucune responsabilité concernant la précision, l'actualité ou la fiabilité des informations fournies par les sources externes. Les utilisateurs qui désirent employer cette information devraient consulter directement la source des informations. Le contenu fourni par les sources externes n'est pas assujetti aux exigences sur les langues officielles, la protection des renseignements personnels et l'accessibilité.

Disponibilité de l'Abrégé et des Revendications

L'apparition de différences dans le texte et l'image des Revendications et de l'Abrégé dépend du moment auquel le document est publié. Les textes des Revendications et de l'Abrégé sont affichés :

  • lorsque la demande peut être examinée par le public;
  • lorsque le brevet est émis (délivrance).
(12) Brevet: (11) CA 1269978
(21) Numéro de la demande: 1269978
(54) Titre français: ANTIBIOTIQUES A BASE DE CARBAPENEMES
(54) Titre anglais: CARBAPENEM ANTIBIOTICS
Statut: Périmé et au-delà du délai pour l’annulation
Données bibliographiques
(51) Classification internationale des brevets (CIB):
  • C07D 48/04 (2006.01)
  • C07D 21/32 (2006.01)
  • C07D 23/54 (2006.01)
  • C07D 24/04 (2006.01)
  • C07D 24/08 (2006.01)
  • C07D 25/04 (2006.01)
  • C07D 27/26 (2006.01)
  • C07D 28/06 (2006.01)
  • C07D 47/20 (2006.01)
  • C07F 07/18 (2006.01)
  • C07F 09/58 (2006.01)
  • C07F 09/6561 (2006.01)
(72) Inventeurs :
  • KIM, CHOUNG U. (Etats-Unis d'Amérique)
(73) Titulaires :
  • BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB COMPANY
(71) Demandeurs :
  • BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB COMPANY (Etats-Unis d'Amérique)
(74) Agent: GOWLING WLG (CANADA) LLP
(74) Co-agent:
(45) Délivré: 1990-06-05
(22) Date de dépôt: 1983-09-16
Licence disponible: S.O.
Cédé au domaine public: S.O.
(25) Langue des documents déposés: Anglais

Traité de coopération en matière de brevets (PCT): Non

(30) Données de priorité de la demande:
Numéro de la demande Pays / territoire Date
425,755 (Etats-Unis d'Amérique) 1982-09-28
530,011 (Etats-Unis d'Amérique) 1983-09-09

Abrégés

Abrégé anglais


ABSTRACT
Disclosed are novel carbapenem derivatives characterized
by a 2-substituent of the formula
<IMG>
in which A represents a C1-C6 straight or branched chain
alkylene group; R5 represents an optionally substituted
aliphatic, cycloaliphatic, cycloaliphatic-aliphatic, aryl,
araliphatic, heteroaryl, heteroaraliphatic, heterocyclyl or
heterocyclyl-aliphatic radical and
<IMG>
represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle attached
to the alkylene group A at a ring carbon atom and quaternized
by substituent R5. Such derivatives are useful as potent
antibacterial agents.

Revendications

Note : Les revendications sont présentées dans la langue officielle dans laquelle elles ont été soumises.


The embodiments of the invention in which an
exclusive property or privilege is claimed are defined as
follows
1- A process for the preparation of a compound of
the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
silting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl
and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-
alkylkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and
1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, hetero-
cyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hereto atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative
to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the
group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
237

<IMG>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSOR3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
238

<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms: cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
233

cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl:
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG> ;
-OXO ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG> ;
-SR3 ;
<IMGS> ;
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
240

phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form
a fused heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring,
which ring may contain additional hetero atoms
selected from O, S and N ;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl,
having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and
alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring
and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl
having 3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl
wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has
1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the
above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative to
the above-named radicals are selected from the group consisting
of: amino, mono-, di- and trialkylamino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl,
mercapto, alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino,
nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy; and wherein the
alkyl moieties of the above-recited substituents have 1-6 carbon
atoms;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conven-
tional readily removable carboxyl protecting
241

group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or
a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-,
bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical
containing at least one nitrogen in the ring,
said ring being attached to A through a ring
carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen Which is
quaternized by the group R5; or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof; which process comprises reacting an
intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5~X'
242

wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2',A, <IMG> and -X t are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2, The process according to Claim 1 wherein the
quaternization step is carried out after removal of the carboxyl
protecting group R2'.
3. A process for the preparation of a compound of
the formula
<IMG>
243

Wherein R 8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl
and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-
alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and
1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, hetero-
cyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative
to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the
group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
244

-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP (O) (OR3) (OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
245

heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
246

<IMG> ;
-OXO ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG> ;
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a
fused heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which
ring may contain additional hetero atoms selected
from O, S and N;
247

R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl,
having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and
alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring-
and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl
having 3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl
wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has
1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the
above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative to
the above-named radicals are selected from the group consisting
of: amino, mono-, di- and trialkylamino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl,
mercapto, alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino,
nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy; and wherein the
alkyl moieties of the above-recited substituents have 1-6 carbon
atoms;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge-or a conven-
tional readily removable carboxyl protecting
group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or
a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-,
bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical
containing at least one nitrogen in the ring,
said ring being attached to A through a ring
carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen which is
248

quaternized by the group R5; or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof; which process comprises
the steps of
(1) reacting an intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8 and R15 are as defined above and R2 is a
conventional readily removable carboxyl protecting group in
an inert organic solvent with a reagent capable of introducing
a conventional leaving group L at the 2-position of intermediate
III to give an intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, L and R2' are as defined above and L is a
conventional leaving group;
(2) reacting intermediate IV in an inert organic
solvent and in the presence of base with a mercaptan reagent of
the formula
<IMG>
wherein A is as defined above and <IMG> represents
249

a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical contain-
ing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said ring being attached
to A through a ring carbon atom, to give an intermediate of
the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A, R2' and <IMG > are as defined above;
(3) reacting intermediate II in an inert organic
solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5-X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2' ,A, <IMG> and -X' are as defined above;
250

and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carbonyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
4. A process according to claim 3 wherein the
quaternization step is carried out after removal of the
carboxyl protecting group R2'.
5. A process for the preparation of a compound
of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen; substituted and
unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having
from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-
alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl, aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the
aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has
1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, hetero-
cyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom
or atoms in the above-named heterecyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen,
nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
251

carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents
relative to the above-named radicals are independently
selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
252

<IMGS>
-OP (O) (OR3) (OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen: or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy: R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
253

cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG> ;
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG> ;
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
254

-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form
a fused heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring,
which ring may contain additional hetero atoms
selected from O, S and N ;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conven-
tional readily removable carboxyl protecting
group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or
a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-,
bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical
containing at least one nitrogen in the ring,
said ring being attached to A through a ring
carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen which is
quaternized by the group R5; or a pharmaceutically
255

acceptable salt thereof; which process comprises reacting an
intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, A and R2' are as defined above and
<IMG>
represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5~X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
256

wherein R1, R8, R2 ,A, <IMG> and ~X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6. A process according to claim 1 wherein R1
is hydrogen, CH3CH2-, <IMGS>
7. A process according to claim 1 wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent <IMG>.
8. A Process according to claim 1 wherein R1
is <IMG>.
9. A process according to claim 1 wherein R1
is <IMG> and the absolute configuration is
5R, 6S, 8R.
10. A process according to claim 1 wherein A
is -CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
11. A process for the preparation of a compound
of the formula
257

<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen substituted and unsubstituted:
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in
the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group con-
sisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative
to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the
group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMG>
258

<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN,
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
259

wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring: R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms: cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
260

C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG> ;
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG> ;
-SR3 ;
<IMGS> ;
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
261

or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring
may contain additional hetero atoms selected from
O, S and N; A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain
alkylene; R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a
conventional readily removable carboxyl protecting
group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a
protecting group, there is also present a counter
ion; and
<IMG>
represents an aromatic mono-, bi- or polycyclic
N-containing heterocyclic ring containing 0-5
additional hetero atoms selected from O, S or N,
said heterocyclic ring being attached to A through
a ring carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen
quaternized by the group R5, and said heterocyclic
ring being optionally substituted at available ring
carbon atoms by 1-5 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4
alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo; C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkyl-
amino; di(C1-C4)alkylamino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoyl-
amino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy; sulfo;
<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino;
262

phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy,
and sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the
phenyl portion is optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion is optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O,
S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated
with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said
heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring
moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected
from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl
moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy,
amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4) alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo, and said
heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at
available ring nitrogen atoms by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting
of C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkyl-
amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)-
alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection
with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl,
263

C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo; phenyl-
(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in
which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting or 1-4 O, S or N atoms
and the alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl
has 1-6 carbon atoms-, said heteroaryl and hetero-
aralkyl groups being optionally substituted in
the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy
and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents
selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo
and sulfo; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof; which process comprises reacting an
intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
264

represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5-x'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2',A, <IMG> and X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formule I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
265

12. A process according to claim 11 wherein R1
is hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
<IMGS>
13. A process according to claim 11 wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent
<IMG>
14. A process according to claim 11 wherein R1
is <IMG>
15. A process according to claim 11 wherein R1
is <IMG> and the absolute configuration is
5R, 6S, 8R.
16. A process according to claim 11 wherein
A is -CH2 - or -CH2CH2 -.
17. A process for the preparation of a compound
of the formula
<IMG>
266

wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl,having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms an d the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
267

<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
268

<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
269

consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
270

phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O,
N and S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene:
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, pro-
viding that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group,
there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents an aromatic 5- or 6-membered N-containing
heterocyclic ring containing 0-3 additional hetero
atoms selected from N, S or O, said heterocyclic ring
being optionally substituted at available ring carbon
atoms by 1-5 substituents independently selected from
the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl
substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or
sulfo; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl (C1-C4) alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy;
C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino: di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy; sulfo;
271

<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino;
pheny; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy,
and sulfo; phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the
phenyl portion is optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion is optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O,
S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated
with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said
heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring
moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected
from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl
moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy,
amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo, and said
heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at
available ring nitrogen atoms by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting
of C1-C4 alkyl C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkyl-
amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)-
alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection
with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl
272

substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl,
C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo; phenyl-
(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in
which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting or 1-4 O, S or N atoms
and the alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl
has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and hetero-
aralkyl groups being optionally substituted in
the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy
and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents
selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo
and sulfo; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof; which process comprises reacting an
intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
273

wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5-X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2', A, <IMG> and X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or 2
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
274

18. A process according to claim 17 wherein
the heterocyclic ring
<IMG>
is optionally substituted at available ring carbon or
nitrogen atoms by up to 5 substituents independently
selected from (lower)alkyl.
19. A process according to claim 18 wherein
A is - CH2 -, -CH2CH2 - or <IMG>.
20. A process according to claim 17 wherein
R1 is <IMG> and the absolute configuration is
5R, 6S, 8R.
21. A process for the preparation of a compound
of the formula
<IMG>
275

wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
276

<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP (O) (OR3) (OR4)
277

<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and l-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
278

consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-COR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG> ;
-oxo ;
-NR3R4
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG> ;
-SR3 ;
<IMGS> ;
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
279

phenyl optionally substituted. by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above; or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and
S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical selected from the group consisting of
<IMG>
wherein R6, R7 and R10 are independently selected from hydrogen;
C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy or halo;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkyl-
amino; di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
280

<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substitutents mentioned above
in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl
in which the hetero atom or atoms in the group consisting of
1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety
associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon
atoms; or wherein two of R6, R7 or R10 taken together may be
a fused saturated carbocyclic ring, a fused aromatic carbocyclic
ring, a fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring or a fused hetero-
aromatic ring, said fused rings being optionally substituted
by 1 or 2 of the substituents defined above for R6, R7 and R10;
<IMGS>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted
by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylanino, di(C1-C4 alkyl) amino, sulfo,
C1-C4 alkoxy; amino; carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C6 alkylamino;
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
281

<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trifluoromethyl C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from
the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms
and the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety
has 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally substituted so as to form
a fused carbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring
optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents defined
above;
<IMGS>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by one or two sub-
stituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl
substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl) amino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, sulfo, amino, carboxy or halogen; C3-C6
cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4
282

alkylamino; di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino;
C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG>; hydroxy; amidino, guanidino, phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl, tri-
fluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl and heteroaryl
or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon
atoms, or optionally substituted so as to form a fused carbo-
cyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted
by 1 or 2 of the substituents defined above;
<IMGS>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by a substituent
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl sub-
stituted by hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl)-
amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, sulfo, carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cyclo-
283

alkyl; C2-C4 alkoxy: C1-C4 alkylthio: amino: C1-C4 alkylamino;
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino: C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG>; hydroxy; amidino: guanidino, phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl, tri-
fluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the
group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and
the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety
has 1-6 carbon atoms:
<IMGS>
wherein X is O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4
alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di (C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups: C3-C6 cycloalkyl: C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted
by 1-3 substituents independently selected from amino, halo,
hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4
alkylamino, di (C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo:
phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 2-3 substituents
284

mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoro-
methyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C2-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by
1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo
and sulfo, said radical being optionally substituted on a
carbon atom by one or more substituents independently selected
from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo,
carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl: C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4
alkylthio: amino; C1-C4 alkylamino: di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino;
halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C2-C4 alkanoyloxy: carboxy:
<IMG>; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino, phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C2-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups:
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or
atoms in the above-named heterocycle moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur
atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl
moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally substituted so as
to form a fused carbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic
ring optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents
defined above:
285

<IMGS>
wherein X is O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4
alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di (C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups: C3-C6 cycloalkyl: C3-C6 cycloalkyl (C1-C4) alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with-C1-C4 alkyl:
phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo; phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoro-
methyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by
1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di (C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo,
said heteroaromatic radical being optionally substituted on a
carbon atom by a substituent selected from C1-C4 alkyl:
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4- alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy
286

or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy: C1-C4 alkylthio:
amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4)alkylamino: halo; C1-C4
alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG>; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trilfuoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the
group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and
the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has
1-6 carbon atoms; and
<IMGS>
287

wherein R is C1-C4 alkyl: C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo groups: C3-C6 cyclo-
alkyl: C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl optionally substituted
by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection With C1-C4 alkyl;
phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl: and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoro-
methyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4)-,
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by
1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; which process
comprises reacting an intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
288

wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
represents a mono-, bi- or poly cyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5~X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2',A, <IMG> ~X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
289

22. A process according to claim 21 wherein
<IMG>
represents a radical selected from the group consisting of
(a)
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and R6, R7 and R10 are each
independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl;
(b)
<IMGS>
wherein R is C1-C6 alkyl and wherein available ring carbon
atoms are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl
290

<IMGS>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and wherein available ring
carbon atoms are optionally substituted by 1 or 2
substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and wherein an available
ring carbon atom is optionally substituted by C1-C4
alkyl;
291

<IMGS>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl, X is O, S or NR in which R
is C1-C4 alkyl and wherein one or more available ring
carbon atoms is optionally substituted by C1-C4
alkyl;
<IMGS>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl, X is O, S or NR in which R
is C1-C4 alkyl and wherein one or more available ring
carbon atoms is optionally substituted by C1-C4
alkyl; and
<IMGS>
292

<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and R is C1-C4alkyl.
23. A process according to claim 22 wherein R1
is hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
<IMGS>
24. A process according to claim 22 wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent <IMG>.
25. A process according to claim 22 wherein
R1 is <IMG>.
26. A process according to claim 22 wherein
R1 is <IMG> and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
27. A process according to claim 21 wherein
A is -CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
28. A precess for the preparation of a compound
of the formula
<IMG>
293

wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon. atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
294

<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms:
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms: and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
295

oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-metered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
296

-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above: or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused hetero-
cyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain
additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
297

represents a radical selected from the group consisting of
<IMG>
wherein R6, R7 and R10 are independently selected from hydrogen;
C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy or halo;
C3-C6-cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy: C2-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkyl-
amino; di (C1-C4 alkyl)amino: halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG>; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substitutents mentioned above
in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl: and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl
in which the hetero atom or atoms in the group consisting of
1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety
associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon
atoms; or wherein two of R6, R7 or R10 taken together may be
a fused saturated carbocyclic ring, a fused aromatic carbocyclic
ring, a fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring or a fused hetero-
aromatic ring, said fused rings being optionally substituted
by 1 or 2 of the substituents defined above for R6, R7 and R10,
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
298

which process comprises reacting an intermediate of the
formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5~X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
299

wherein R1, R8, R15, R2',A, <IMG> and ~X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
29. A process according to claim 28 wherein R1 is
hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
<IMGS>.
30. A process according to claim 28 wherein R1 and
R8 taken together represent <IMG>.
31. A process according to claim 28 wherein R1 is
<IMG>.
32. A process according to claim 28 wherein R1 is
<IMG> and tile absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
33. A process according to claim 28 wherein
A is - CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
34. A process for the preparation of a compound of
the formula

<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms an d the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
-halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
301

<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents,
the groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from
hydrogen; alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-
10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and
alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in
302

the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl
moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl
wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl
wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named
heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms
and the alkyl moieties associated with said
heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms, or R3
and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to which at
least one is attached may form a 5- or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as
defined for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or
wherein R1 and R8 taken together represent C2-C10
alkylidene or C2-C10 alkylidene substituted by
hydroxy; R5 is selected from the group consisting of
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and
alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl
moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl
wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl
wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named
heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms
and the alkyl moieties associated with said
heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein
the above-named R5 radicals are optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
303

C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl:
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG> :
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CO2NR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS> ~
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted. by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C2-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above; or R5 may be attached to
304

<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, Which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and
S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted
by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino, sulfo,
C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino;
di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
305

<IMG>
<IMG>; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from
the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms
and the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety
has 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally substituted so as to form
a fused carbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring
optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents defined above;
or by a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; which process
comprises reacting an intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula

R5~X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2' ,A, <IMG> and ~X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
35. A process according to claim 34 wherein
is <IMGS>
307

36. A process according to claim 34 wherein
is <IMGS>
37. A process according to claim 34 wherein
is <IMGS>
38. A process according to claim 34 wherein
R1 is hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
<IMGS>
39. A process according to claim 34 wherein
R1 and R6 taken together represent <IMG>.
308

40. a process according to claim 34 wherein
R1 is <IMG>.
41. A process according to claim 34 wherein
R1 is <IMG> and the absolute configuration is
5R, 6S, 8R.
42. A process according to claim 34 wherein
A is -CH2- or -CH2CH2-, R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
43. A process for the preparation of a compound of
the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
309

cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
310

-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
311

and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
312

<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMG>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 :
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN: or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5
substituents are as defined above; or R5 may be
attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, N
and S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
313

represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by 1-3
substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, sulfo, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino,
carboxy and halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4
alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino;
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-
C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
O
-C-OC1-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4
alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the
phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with
said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon
314

atoms, or optionally substituted so as to form a fused
carbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring
optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents defined
above or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof ;
which process comprises the steps of reacting an intermediate
of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5-X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
315

<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2 ,A, <IMG> and 'X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting croup R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
44. A process according to claim 43 wherein R1 is hydrogen,
CH3CH2-,
<IMGS>
45. A process according to claim 43 wherein R1 and R8 taken
together represent
<IMG>
46. A process according to claim 43 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
316

47. A process according to claim 43 wherein R1 is
<IMG> and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
48. A process according to claim 43 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2- .
49. A process for the preparation of a compound of the
formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl
and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-
alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and
1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, hetero-
cyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative
to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the
group consisting of
317

C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
<IMG>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMG>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMG>
318

<IMG>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
319

moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMG>
-SO3R3 ;
320

-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SOR3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused hetero-
cyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain
additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene; R2 is hydrogen,
an anionic charge or a conventional readily removable carboxyl
protecting group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a
protecting group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
321

optionally substituted on a carbon atom by a substituent
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl
substituted by hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)
alkylamino, sulfo, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy or halogen;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino;
C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4) alkylamino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoyl-
amino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino, phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl, tri-
fluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection
with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the
hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties
are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen
or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with said
heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms; or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof; which process comprises the steps of
reacting an intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
322

represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5-X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R B, R15, R2 ,A, <IMG> and 'X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
50. A process according to claim 49 wherein R1 is hydrogen,
CH3CH2- , <IMGS>
323

51. A process according to claim 49 wherein R1 and R8
taken together represent
<IMG>
52. A process according to claim 49 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
53. A process according to claim 49 wherein R1 is
<IMG> and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
54. A Process according to claim 49 wherein A is -CH2-
or -CH2CH2-.
55. A process for the preparation of a compound of the
formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl
and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-
alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and
1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, hetero-
cyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
324

consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative
to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the
group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
-NR3R4
<IMG>
=O
<IMG>
325

-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMG>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
326

group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
327

<IMG>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above: or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused hetero-
cyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain
additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
wherein X is O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4
alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di (C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
328

groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoro-
methyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by
1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo
and sulfo, said heteroaromatic radical being optionally
substituted on a carbon atom by one or more substituents
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted
by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
amino, sulfo, carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino;
halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino, phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection
with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted
329

by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4
alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with said
heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally
substituted so as to form a fused carbocyclic, heterocyclic
or heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of
the substituents defined above: or a pharmaceutically acceptable
salt thereof; which process comprises the steps of reacting an
intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5-X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to guaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
330

on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2' ,A, <IMG> and 'X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting croup R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
56. A process according to claim 55 wherein R1 is hydrogen,
CH3CH2- , <IMGS>
57. A process according to claim 55 wherein R1 and R8
taken together represent <IMG>
58. A process according to claim 55 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
59. A process according to claim 55 wherein R1 is
<IMG> and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
331

60. A process according to claim 55 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
61. A process for the preparation of a compound of the
formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having-3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
-NR3R4
332

<IMG>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
SR3
<IMG>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMG>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
333

<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
334

consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl:
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4;
R3CONR4 ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMG>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
335

phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 OR -
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5
substituent are as defined above; or R5 may be
attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, N
and S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
wherein X is O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
carboxy, halo or sulfo
336

groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl;
phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3
substitutents independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety
by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo,
said heteroaromatic radical being optionally substituted on a
carbon atom by a substituent selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl
substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection
with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted
by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
337

and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the
group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and
the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety
has 1-6 carbon atoms; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof; which process comprises the steps of reacting an
intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2~ are as defined above and
<IMG>
represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5-X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
338

<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2' ,A, <IMG> and X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
62. A process according to claim 61 wherein R1 is hydrogen,
CH3CH2-, <IMGS>
63. A process according to claim 61 wherein R1 and R8 taken
together represent <IMG>
64. A process according to claim 61 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
65. A process according to claim 61 wherein R1 is
<IMG> and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
66. A process according to claim 61 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
339

67. A process for the preparation of a compound of the
formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
340

<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3~~
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
341

<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
342

alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
343

phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above; or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and
S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion: and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
344

<IMGS>
wherein R is C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo groups; C3-C6 cyclo-
alkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl optionally substituted
by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoro-
methyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by
1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo;
or a pharmaceutcally acceptable salt thereof; which process comprises
the step of reacting an intermediate of the formula
345

<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
represents a mono-, bi- or poly cyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5-X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
346

wherein R1, R8, R15, R2' ,A, <IMG> and ~X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
phamaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
68. A process according to claim 67 wherein R1 is hydrogen,
CH3CH2-,
<IMGS>
69. A process according to claim 67 wherein R1 and R8
taken together represent <IMG>
70. A process according to claim 67 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
71. A process according to claim 67 wherein R1 is
<IMG> and the absulute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
72. A process according to claim 67 wherein A is
-CH2 or -CH2CH2-.
73. A process for the preparation of a compound of the
formula
347

<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said
heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the
substituent or substituents relative to the above-named radicals
are independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMG>
348

<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
N3
OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
349

wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms:
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring: R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen: or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
350

C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
351

A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R6, R7 and R10 are independently selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy and carbamoyl; or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; which
process comprises reacting an intermediate of the
formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above
and
<IMG>
352

represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5~X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2' ,A, <IMG> and ~X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
74. A process according to claim 73 wherein R1 is hydrogen,
CH3CH2-,
<IMGS>
353

75. A process according to claim 73 wherein R1 and R8
taken together represent <IMG>
76. A process according to claim 73 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
77. A process according to claim 73 wherein R1 is
<IMG> and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
78. A process according to claim 73 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
79. A process according to claim a which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily
removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when R2
is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; and wherein
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
354

<IMG>
wherein R6 represents hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R6 and R7 are hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R is C1-C4 alkyl or phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R6 is C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R is C1-C4 alkyl; or
355

<IMG>
with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5 - X'
wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl and X' is a conventional leaving
group; and where desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable
salt of the reaction product thereby obtained.
80. A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily
removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; and wherein
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
356

<IMGS>
with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X' or (in the case where
<IMG> is (d) above), CH2CH2CH3X',
wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where desired,
forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the reaction
product thereby obtained.
357

81. A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; and wherein
<IMGS>
358

<IMGS>
wherein the 1HNMR (D2O) spectrum shows characteristic peaks
at .delta.: 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.12 (2H, q, J=1.4, 8.9 Hz),
3.39 (1H, q, J=2.7, 6.0 Hz), 4.07-4.68 (10H, m), 8.19 (1H, s);
<IMG>
wherein the 1HNMR (D2O) spectrum shows characteristic peaks
at .delta.: 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.15 (2H, q, J=3.7, 9.0 Hz),
3.37 (1H, q, J=2.6, 6.0 Hz), 3.95-4.65(10H, m), 8.62 (1H, s);
<IMGS>
359

<IMGS>
with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', or (in the case where <IMG> is (f) above) CH2CH2CH3X',
wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where desired,
forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the reaction
product thereby obtained.
82. A process according to claim 9 which comprises reacting
a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
83. The process of claim 82 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
84. The process of claim 82 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
360

85. A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
86. The process of claim 85 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
87. The process of claim 85 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
88. A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
361

89. The process of claim 88 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
90. The process of claim 88 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
91. A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
92. The process of claim 91 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
93. The process of claim 91 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
94. A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
362

wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
95. The process of claim 94 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
96. The process of claim 94 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
97. A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH2CH2CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and
where desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
98. The process of claim 97 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
99. The process of claim 97 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
363

100. A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
101. The process of claim 100 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
102. The process of claim 100 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
103. A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
364

104. The process of claim 103 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
105. The process of claim 103 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
106. A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
107.The process of claim 106 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
108. The process of claim 106 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
109. A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
365

wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
110. The process of claim 109 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
111. The process of claim 109 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
112. A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
113. T'ne process of claim 112 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
114. The process of claim 112. wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
366

115. ~A process according to claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
116.~The process of claim 115 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
117.~The process of claim 115 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
118. A process according to claim 9 which comprises reacting
a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
367

119. ~The process of claim 118 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
120. ~The process of claim 118 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
121. A process in accordance with claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
122. The process of claim 121 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
123. The process of claim 121 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
124. A process in accordance with claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
368

wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
125. The process of claim 124 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
126. The process of claim 124 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
127. A process in accordance with claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with a compound of the formula CH2COOX',
wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where desired,
forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the reaction
product thereby obtained.
128. The process of claim 127 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
129. The process of claim 127 wherein R2 is an anionic
charge.
130. A process in accordance with claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
369

<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
131. The process of claim 130 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
132. The process of claim 130 wherein R2 is an anionic charge.
133. A process in accordance with claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
134. The process of claim 133 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
135. The process of claim 133 wherein R2 is an anionic charge.
370

136. A process in accordance with claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
137. The process of claim 136 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
138. The process of claim 136 wherein R2 is an anionic charge.
139. A process in accordance with claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
140. The process of claim 139 wherein R2 is p-nitrobenzyl.
141. The process of claim 139 wherein R2 is an anionic charge.
391

142. A process in accordance with claim 9 which comprises
reacting a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein the 1HNMR (D2O) spectrum shows characteristic peaks at .delta.: 1.23
(3H,
d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.12 (2H, q, J=1.4, 8.9 Hz), 3.39 (1H, q, J=2.7, 6.0 Hz), 4.07-
4.68 (10H, m), 8.19 (1H, s), with an alkylating,agent of the formula CH3X',
wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where desired, forming a
pharma-
ceutically acceptable salt or ester of the reaction product thereby obtained.
143. The process of claim 142 wherein the carboxyl group is protected
as a p-nitrobenzyl ester.
144. A process in accordance with claim 9 which comprises reacting a
compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein the 1HNMR (D2O) spectrum shows characteristic peaks at .delta.: 1.23
(3H, d,
J=6.4 Hz), .3.15 (2H, q, J=3.7, 9.0 Hz), 3.37 (1H, q, J=2.6, 6.0 Hz), 3.95-
4.65
(10H, m), 8.62 (1H, s), with an alkylating agent of the formula CH3X', wherein
X' is a conventional leaving group; and where desired, forming a
pharmaceutically
acceptable salt or ester of the reaction product thereby obtained.
145. The process of claim 144 wherein the carboxyl group is protected
as a p-nitrobenzyl ester.
146. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R B is hydrogen and R l is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl
and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-
372

alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and
1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, hetero-
cyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative
to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the
group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
-NR3R4
<IMG>
-C02R3
=0
<IMG>
-SR3
373
3 73

<IMG>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMG>
-OP (O) (OR3) (OR4)
-NR3C=NR4
¦
R3
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties: phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
374

atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms: cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;~
-OCONR3R4 ;
O
¦¦
-OS-R9 ;
¦¦
O
-OXO ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3C02R4
375

-NR3CONR3R4 ;
O
¦¦
-NR3S-R9 ;
¦¦
O
-SR3
<IMG>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, Cl-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form
a fused heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring,
which ring may contain additional hetero atoms
selected from O, S and N ;
A is C1-CS straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conven-
tional readily removable carboxyl protecting
group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or
a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; and
<IMG>
376

represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-,
bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical
containing at least one nitrogen in the ring,
said ring being attached to A through a ring
carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen which is
quaternized by the group R5; or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof.
147. A compound according to claim 146 wherein R1 is
hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
<IMG>
148. A compound according to claim 146 wherein R1 and R8
taken together represent
<IMG>
149. A compound according to claim 146 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
377

150. A compound according to claim 146 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
151. A compound according to claim 146 wherein
A is -CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
152. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group
consisting of by hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted:
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in
the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group con-
sisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative
to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the
group consisting of
378

Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
-NR3R4
<IMG>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMG>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMG>
379

<IMG>
-OP (O) (OR3) (OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocy clic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms: cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
380

moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-OXO ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3C02R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMG>
-SO3R3 ;
381

-CO2R3 ;
CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1 -C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring
may contain additional hetero atoms selected from
O, S and N; A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain
alkvlene; R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a
conventional readily removable carboxyl protecting
group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a
protecting group, there is also present a counter
ion; and
<IMG>
represents an aromatic mono-, bi- or polycyclic
N-containing heterocyclic ring containing 0-5
additional hetero atoms selected from O, S or N,
said heterocyclic ring being attached to A through
a ring carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen
quaternized by the group R5, and said heterocyclic
ring being optionally substituted at available ring
carbon atoms by 1-5 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4
alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo; C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
382

C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkyl-
amino; di (C1-C4) alkylamino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoyl-
amino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy; sulfo;
<IMG > alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino;
phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy.
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy,
and sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the
phenyl portion is optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion is optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O,
S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated
with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said
heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring
moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected
from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl
moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy,
amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo, and said
heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at
available ring nitrogen atoms by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting
383

of C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkyl-
amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)-
alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection
with C1-C4 alkyl: phenyl; phenyl
substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl,
C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo; phenyl-
(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in
which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting or 1-4 O, S or N atoms
and the alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl
has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and hetero-
aralkyl groups being optionally substituted in
the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy
and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents
selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo
and sulfo; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
384

153. A compound according to claim 152 wherein R1 is
hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
<IMG>
154. A compound according to claim 152 wherein R1 and
R8 taken together represent
<IMG>
155. A compound according to claim 152 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
156. A compound according to claim 152 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
157. A compound according to claim 152 wherein A is
-Ch2- or -CH2CH2-
385

158. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl,and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
-NR3 R4
386

<IMG>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMG>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMG>
-OP (O) (OR3) (OR4)
387

<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
388

consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-OXO ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4-
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMG>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
389

phenyl optionally substituted. by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3 R3, -CO2 R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O,
N and S ;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, pro-
viding that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group,
there is also present a counter ion: and
<IMG>
represents an aromatic 5- or 6-membered N-containing
heterocyclic ring containing 0-3 additional hetero
atoms selected from N, S or O, said heterocyclic ring
being optionally substituted at available ring carbon
atoms by 1-5 substituents independently selected from
the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl.
substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or
sulfo; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl C1 C4 alkoxy:
C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino; halo: C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy; sulfo:
390

<IMG > alkyl; hydroxy; amidino: guanidino;
phenyl: phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy,
and sulfo; phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the
phenyl portion is optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion is optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O,
S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated
with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said
heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring
moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected
from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl
moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy,
amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo, and said
heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at
available ring nitrogen atoms by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting
of C1-C4 alkyl: C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkyl-
amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)-
alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection
391

with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3
substituents independently selected from amino,
halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4
alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di ( C1-C4 ) alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo; phenyl-(C1-C4)alkyl in which the
phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O, S or N
atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with
heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally substituted
in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo
and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents selected
from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-
C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
159. A compound according to claim 158 wherein
the heterocyclic ring
<IMG>
is optionally substituted at available ring carbon or
nitrogen atoms by up to 5 substituents independently
selected from (lower) alkyl.
392

160. A compound according to claim 159 wherein A is
-CH2-, -CH2CH2- or
<IMG>
161. A compound according to claim 158 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R., 6S, 8R .
162. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
393

C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
-NR3R4
<IMG>
-C02R3
=0
<IMG>
-CN
<IMG>
394

<IMG>
-OP (O) (OR3) (OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3C02R4
-N02
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl: aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
395

moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named.R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-OXO ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMG>
-S03R3 ;
396

-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted. by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above; or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and
S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical selected from the group consisting of
<IMG>
wherein R6, R7 and R10 are independently selected from hydrogen;
C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy or halo;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkyl-
397

amino; di ( C1-C4 al kyl ) amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoyl -
amino; C1-C4 alkanoyl oxy; carboxy;
O
-C-OC1-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4
alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the
phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl and
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with
said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms; or
wherein two of R6, R7 or R10 taken together may be a
fused saturated carbocyclic ring, a fused aromatic
carbocyclic ring, a fused non-aromatic heterocyclic
ring or a fused heteroaromatic ring, said fused rings
being optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the
substituents defined above for R6, R7 and R10;
<IMG>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by 1-3
substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, sulfo, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino,
carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
398

C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4
alkylamino; di ( C1-C4 alkyl ) amino; halo; C1-C4
alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
O~
-C-OC1-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4
alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the
phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with
said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or
optionally substituted so as to form a fused
carbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring
optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents
defined above;
<IMG>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by one or two
substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di (C1-C4 alkyl ) amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, sulfo, amino,
carboxy or halogen; C3-C6
399

cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino;
C1-C4 alkylamino; di (C1-C4 alkyl ) amino; halo; C1-C4
alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
O
-C-OC1-C4 alkyl; hydroxy, amidino, guanidino, phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, tri-fluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4
alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the
phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with
said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or
optionally substituted so as to form a fused
carbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring
optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents
defined above;
<IMG>
400

optionally substituted on a carbon atom by a substituent
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl sub-
stituted by hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl)-
amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, sulfo, carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cyclo-
alkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; Cl-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino;
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG >
alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino, phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl, tri-
fluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned.
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the
group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and
the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety
has 1-6 carbon atoms;
<IMG>
wherein X is O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4
alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di (C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl: C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted
by 1-3 substituents independently selected from amino, halo,
401

hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4
alkylamino, di (C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo;
phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoro-
methyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by
1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo
and sulfo, said radical being optionally substituted on a
carbon atom by one or more substituents independently selected
from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo,
carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4
alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino;
halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG > alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino, phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or
atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur
402

atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with said
heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or
optionally substituted so as to form a fused
carbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring
optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents
defined above;
<IMG>
wherein X is O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
carboxy, halo or sulfo groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl optionally substituted
by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection
with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3
substituents independently selected from amino, halo,
hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and
sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the
alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4
alkyl; and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl in which the
hetero atom or atoms are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the alkyl
moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring
403

moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected
from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-
C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl
moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy,
amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
404

amino, di(C1 C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo,
said heteroaromatic radical being optionally substituted on a
carbon atom by a substituent selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy
or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio;
amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4)alkylamino; halo; C1-C4
alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trilfuoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the
group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and
the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has
1-6 carbon atoms; and
<IMG>
405

<IMG>
wherein R is C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo groups; C3-C6 cyclo-
alkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl optionally substituted
by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoro-
methyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by
1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
163. A compound according to claim 162 wherein
406

<IMG>
represents a radical selected from the group consisting of
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and R6, R7 and R10 are each
independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and wherein available ring carbon
atoms are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
407

<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and wherein available ring carbon
atoms are optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and wherein an available ring
carbon atom is optionally substituted by C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
408

wherein R5 is C1 C6 alkyl, X is O, S or NR in which R is
C1-C4 alkyl and wherein one or more available ring carbon
atoms is optionally substituted by C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl, X is O, S or NR in which R is
C1-C4 alkyl and wherein one or more available ring carbon
atoms is optionally substituted by C1-C4 alkyls and
<IMG>
409

wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and R is C1-C4 alkyl.
164. A compound according to claim 163 wherein R1 is
hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
<IMG>
165. A compound according to claim 163 wherein R1 and R8
taken together represent
<IMG>
166. A compound according to claim 163 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
167. A compound according to claim 163 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
410
t~/ U

168. A compound according to claim 162 wherein A is
-CH2 or -CH2CH2-.
169. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon, atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or.
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
411

<IMG>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
412

<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted; alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
413

consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
414

phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above; or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused hetero-
cyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain
additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical selected from the group consisting of
<IMG>
wherein R6, R7 and R10 are independently selected from hydrogen;
C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy or halo;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkyl-
amino; di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG>; hydroxy, amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
415

trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substitutents mentioned above
in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl
in which the hetero atom or atoms in the group consisting of
1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety
associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon
atoms; or wherein two of R6, R7 or R10 taken together may be
a fused saturated carbocyclic ring, a fused aromatic carbocyclic
ring, a fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring or a fused hetero-
aromatic ring, said fused rings being optionally substituted
by 1 or 2 of the substituents defined above for R6, R7 and R10;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
170. A compound according to claim 169 wherein R1 is
hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
<IMGS>
171. A compound according to claim 169 wherein R1 and R8
taken together represent
<IMG>
416

172. A compound according to claim 169 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
173. A compound according to claim 169 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
174. A compound according to claim 169 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2-
175. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms: cycloalkyl
end cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl. hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
417

sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
418

<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the groups
R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in
the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety
is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and
heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl
wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named-heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen,
nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with
said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms, or R3 and R4
419

taken together with the nitrogen to which at least one is attached
may form a 5-or 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring;
R9 is as defined for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or
wherein R1 tad R8 taken together represent C2-C10, alkylidene or
C2-C10 alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl
and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cycle-
alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and
1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, hetero-
cyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in -
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals are optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo:
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG> ;
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
420

<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS> ;
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above; or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and,
S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
421

represents a radical of the form,
<IMGS>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted
by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino, sulfo,
C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino;
di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG>; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from
the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms
and the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety
has 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally substituted so as to form
a fused carbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring
422

optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents defined
above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
176. A compound according to claim 175 wherein
<IMGS>
177, A compound according to claim 175 wherein
<IMG>
178. A compound according to claim 175 wherein
<IMG>
423

179. A compound according to claim 175 wherein R1 is
hydrogen, CH3CH2-
<IMGS>
180. A compound according to claim 175 wherein R1 and
R8 taken together represent
<IMG>
181. A compound according to claim 175 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
182. A compound according to claim 175 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
183. A compound according to claim 175 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2-, R1 is <IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R,
424

184. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
425

<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
426

wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:

C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are is defined above; or R5 may be attached to
428

<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and
S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted
by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl) amino, sulfo,
C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
429

C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino;
di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino; halo: C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG>; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino, phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl
in which the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named hetero-
cyclic moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated
with said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or
optionally substituted so as to form a fused carbocyclic,
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted by
1 or 2 of the substituents defined above; or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof.
185. A compound according to claim 184 wherein R1 is
hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
<IMGS>
186. A compound according to claim 184 wherein R1 and R8
taken together represent
430

<IMG>
187, A compound according to claim 184 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
188, A compound according to claim 184 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
188. A compound according to claim 184 wherein
A is -CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
190. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
431

wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl
and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-
alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and
1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, hetero-
cyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative
to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the
group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
-CO2R3
432

=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
433

moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms: heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
434

-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused hetero-
cyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain
additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene; R2 is hydrogen,
an anionic charge or a conventional readily removable carboxyl
protecting group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a
protecting group, there is also present a counter ion; and
435

<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by a substituent
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl
substituted by hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)
alkylamino, sulfo, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy or halogen;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino;
C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4) alkylamino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoyl-
amino: C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino, phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl, tri-
fluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection
with C1-C4 alkyl: and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the
hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties
are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen
436

or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with said
heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms; or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof.
191. A compound according to claim 190 wherein R1 is
hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
<IMGS>
192. A compound according to claim 190 wherein R1 and R8
taken together represent
<IMG>
193. A compound according to claim 190 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
194. A compound according to claim 190 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
437

195. A compound according to claim 190 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
196. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl
and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-
alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and
1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl-moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, hetero-
cyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative
to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the
group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
438

<IMG>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
439

<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen: or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
440

alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
441

phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above; or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused hetero-
cyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain
additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
wherein X is O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl: C1-C4
alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di (C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl: C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo: phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
442

mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoro-
methyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by
1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo
and sulfo, said heteroaromatic radical being optionally
substituted on a carbon atom by one or more substituents
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1 C4 alkyl substituted
by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
amino, sulfo, carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino;
halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino, phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl.
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection
with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted
by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4
alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with said
heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally
substituted so as to form a fused carbocyclic, heterocyclic
or heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of
the substituents defined above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable
443

salt thereof.
197. A compound according to claim 196 wherein R1 is
hydrogen, CH3CH2-
<IMGS>
198. A compound according to claim 196 wherein R1 and R8
taken together represent
<IMG>
199. A compound according to claim 196 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
200. A compound according to claim 196 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
201. A compound according to claim 196 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2- .
444

202. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having-3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
-NR3R4
445

<IMG>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMG>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMG>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
446

<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen:
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties: phenyl: aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms: and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring: R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy: R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl: aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms: heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
447

consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl:
fluoro, chloro or bromo:
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMG>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN: or
448

phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 OR
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5
substituent are as defined above; or R5 may be
attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, N
and S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
wherein X is O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
carboxy, halo or sulfo
449

groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl: C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl: phenyl:
phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl: and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3
substitutents independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety
by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo,
said heteroaromatic radical being optionally substituted on a
carbon atom by a substituent selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl
substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4)alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy or halogen: C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG>
alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection
with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted
by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
450

and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the
group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and
the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety
has 1-6 carbon atoms; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
203. A compound according to claim 202 wherein R1 is
hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
<IMGS>
204. A compound according to claim 202 wherein R1 and
R8 taken together represent
<IMG>
205. A compound according to claim 202 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
206. A compound according to claim 202 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R,
451

207. A compound according to claim 202 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
208. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon, atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
452

<IMG>
-NR3R4
<IMG>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMG>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMG>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
453

<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen:
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms:
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties: phenyl: aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring: R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen: or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
8lkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms: cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties:
phenyl: aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms: heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
453

named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
455

phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5
substituents are as defined above; or R5 may be
attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, N
and S;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
456

<IMG>
wherein R is C1-C4 alkyl: C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo groups; C3-C6 cyclo-
alkyl: C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl optionally substituted
by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may, be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoro-
methyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by
1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
457

209. A compound according to claim 208 wherein R1 is
hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
<IMGS>
210. A compound according to claim 208 wherein R1 and R8
taken together represent
<IMG>
211. A compound according to claim 208 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
212. A compound according to claim 208 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
458

213. A compound according to claim 208 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2-
214. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group
consisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
tad cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl: aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said
heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the
substituent or substituents relative to the above-named radicals
are independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
459

-<IMG>
-NR3R4
-<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
460

<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring: R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen: or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy: R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
461

consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
462

phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R6, R7 and R10 are independently selected
from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-C4 alkyl,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy and carbamoyl; or a pharma-
ceutically acceptable salt thereof.
215. A compound according to claim 214 wherein R1 is
hydrogen, CH3CH2-
<IMG>
463

216. A compound according to claim 214 wherein R1 and
R8 taken together represent
<IMG>
217. A compound according to claim 214 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
218. A compound according to claim 214 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
219. A compound according to claim 214 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
220. A compound having the formula
<IMG>
464

wherein A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily
removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when R2
is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion: and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl and R6 represents hydrogen or
C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl and R6 and R7 are hydrogen or
C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl and R is C1-C4 alkyl or phenyl-
(C1-C4) alkyl;
465

<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl and R6 is C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein RS is C1-C4 alkyl and R is C1-C4 alkyl; or
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable
salt thereof,
221. A compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily
removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; and
466

<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
467

<IMGS>
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
222. A compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion and wherein
<IMG>
468

<IMGS>
469

wherein the 1HNMR (D2O) spectrum shows characteristic peaks
at .delta.: 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.12 (2H, q, J=1.4, 8.9 Hz),
3.39 (1H, q, J=2.7, 6.0 Hz), 4.07-4.68 (10H, m), 8.19 (1H, s);
<IMG>
wherein the 1HNMR (D2O) spectrum shows characteristic peaks
at .delta.: 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.15 (2H, q, J=3.7, 9.0 Hz),
3.37 (1H, q, J=2.6, 6.0 Hz), 3.95-4.65(10H, m), 8.62 (1H, s);
<IMGS>
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
470

223. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
224. The compound according to claim 223 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
225. The compound according to claim 223 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
226. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
471

when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
227. The compound according to claim 226 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
228. The compound according to claim 226 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
229. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
230. The compound according to claim 229 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
231. The compound according to claim 229 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
472

232. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
233. The compound according to claim 232 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
234. The compound according to claim 232 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
235. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
473

236. The compound according to claim 235 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
237. The compound according to claim 235 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
238. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
239. The compound according to claim 238 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
240. The compound according to claim 238 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
474

241. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
242. The compound according to claim 241 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
243. The compound according to claim 241 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
244. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
475

when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
245. The compound according to claim 244 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
246. The compound according to claim 244 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
247. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
248. The compound according to claim 247 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
249. The compound according to claim 247 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
476

250. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
251. The compound according to claim 250 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
252. The compound according to claim 250 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge
253. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
477

when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
254. The compound according to claim 253 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
255. The compound according to claim 253 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
256. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
257. The compound according to claim 256 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
258. The compound according to claim 256 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
478

259. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
260. The compound according to claim 259 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
261. The compound according to claim 259 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
262. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
479

when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
263. The compound according to claim 262 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
264. The compound according to claim 262 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
265. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
266. The compound according to claim 265 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
267. The compound according to claim 265 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
480

268. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
269. The compound according to claim 268 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
270. The compound according to claim 268 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
271. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
481

present a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
272. The compound according to claim 271 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
273. The compound according to claim 271 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
274. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
275. The compound according to claim 274 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
276. The compound according to claim 274 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
482

277. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
278. The compound according to claim 277 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
279. The compound according to claim 277 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
280. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
483

present a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
281. The compound according to claim 280 wherein R2 is
p-nitrobenzyl.
282. The compound according to claim 280 wherein R2 is
an anionic charge.
283. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein the 1HNMR (D2O) spectrum shows characteristic peaks at
.delta.: 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.12 (2H, q, J=1.4, 8.9 Hz), 3.39
(1H, q, J=2.7, 6.0 Hz), 4.07-4.68 (10H, m), 8.19 (1H, s), or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.
284. The compound according to claim 283 wherein the
carboxyl group is protected as a p-nitrobenzyl ester.
285. A compound of the formula
484

<IMG>
wherein the 1HNMR (D2O) spectrum shows characteristic peaks at
.delta. 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.15 (2H, q, J=3.7, 9.0 Hz), 3.37
(1H, q, J=2.6, 6.0 Hz), 3.95-4.65 (10H, m), 8.62 (1H, s), or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt or ester thereof.
286. The compound according to claim 285 wherein the
carboxyl group is protected as a p-nitrobenzyl ester.
287. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl
and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-
alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and
1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
485

and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms;
heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with
said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms;
wherein the substituent or substituents relative to
the above-named radicals are independently selected
from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy and carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMG>
486

<IMG>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached nay form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
487

for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
488

<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form
a fused heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring,
which ring may contain additional hetero atoms
selected from O, S and N ;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl, and
alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6
carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl having
3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and
aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms;
489

heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen and
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with
said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms;
wherein the substituent or substituents relative to
the above-named radicals are selected from the group
consisting of: amino, mono-, di- and trialkylamino,
hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto, alkylthio, phenylthio,
sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino, nitro, chloro, bromo,
fluoro, cyano and carboxy; and wherein the alkyl
moieties of the above-recited substituents have 1-6
carbon atoms;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-, bi-
or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical
containing at least one nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom
and having a ring nitrogen which is quaternized by
the group R5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
288. A process for the preparation of a compound
of the formula
490

<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl
and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and cyclo-
alkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and
1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, hetero-
cyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents relative
to the above-named radicals are independently selected from the
group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, halo,
hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMG>
491

<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
492

wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl; alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
493

C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG> ;
-OXO ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG> ;
-SR3 ;
<IMGS> ;
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
494

or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form
a fused heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring,
Which ring may contain additional hetero atoms
selected from O, S and N ;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl, and
alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6
carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl having
3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and
aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms;
heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen
and sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated
with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents
relative to the above-named radicals are selected
from the group consisting of: amino, mono-,
di- and trialkylamino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto,
alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino,
nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy;
and wherein the alkyl moieties of the above-recited
substituents have 1-6 carbon atoms;
495

A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conven-
tional readily removable carboxyl protecting
group, providing that when R2 is hydrogen or
a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-,
bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical
containing at least one nitrogen in the ring,
said ring being attached to A through a ring
carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen which is
quaternized by the group R5; or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof which process comprises
reacting an intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
496

represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5~X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2',A, <IMG> and ~X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
497

289. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen; substituted and
unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having
from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and
cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl
moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl
wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyalkyl
wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named
heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms
and the alkyl moieties associated with said
heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein
the substituent or substituents relative to the
above-named radicals are independently selected from
the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMG>
498

<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
-<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
499

wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties ; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-nursed heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocycling; R9 is is defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl ; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
500

C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo:
-OR3
-OC02R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-OXO ;
-NR3R4;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4;
<IMG>
-SR3;
<IMG>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above;
-501-

or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, S
and N;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl, and
alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6
carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl having
3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and
aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl
wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named
heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur atoms
and the alkyl moieties associated with said
heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein
the substituent or substituents relative to the
above-named radicals are selected from the group
consisting of: amino, mono-, di- and trialkylamino,
hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto, alkylthio, phenylthio,
sulfamoyl , amidino, guanidino, nitro, chloro, bromo,
fluoro, cyano and carboxy; and wherein the alkyl
moieties of the above-recited substituents have 1-6
carbon atoms;
-502-

A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene; R2
is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-, bi-
or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical
containing at least one nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom
and having a ring nitrogen which is quaternized by
the group R5; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
290. A process according to claim 288 wherein R1
is <IMG>- and R15 is methyl.
291. A process according to claim 288 wherein R1
is <IMG>, R15 is methyl, and the absolute
configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
292. A process according to claim 288 wherein A
is -CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
-503-

293. A process for the preparation of a compound
of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen; substituted and
unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having
from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and
cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl
moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl
wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl
wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named
heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms
and the alkyl moieties associated with said
heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein
the substituent or substituents relative to the
above-named radicals are independently selected from
the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
-NR3R4
-504-

<IMGS>
-C02R3
-O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMG>
-OP (O) (OR3) (OR4)
-NR3C-NR4
¦
R3
-NR3COZR4
-NO2
505

wherein,relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties: phenyl; aralkyl; aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroriyl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen: or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; azalkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
506

C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-OXO ;
-NR3R4;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4;
-NR3CONR3R4;
<IMG>
-SR3;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN: or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above:
507

R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so is form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring
may contain additional hetero atoms selected from
O, S, and N; R15 is selected from the group consisting
of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl, and
alkynyl, having frog 1-10 carbon atoms: cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6
carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl having
3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and
aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms;
heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen
and sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated
with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents
relative to the above-named radicals are selected
from the group consisting of: amino, mono-,
di- and trialkylamino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto,
alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino,
nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy:
and wherein the alkyl moieties of the above-recited
substituents have 1-6 carbon atoms;
508

A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene; R2 is
hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily
removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is
also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents an aromatic mono-, bi- or polycyclic N-
containing heterocyclic ring containing 0-5
additional hetero atoms selected from O, S or N, said
heterocyclic ring being attached to A through a ring
carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen quaternized by
the group R5, and said heterocyclic ring being
optionally substituted at available ring carbon atoms
by 1-5 substituents independently selected from the
group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl
substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or
sulfo; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy;
C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-
C4)alkylamino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy, sulfo;
O
-C-O-C1-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidine;
phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy
509

trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy, and sulfo;
phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion is
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
is optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and
heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom
or atoms are selected from the group consisting of
1-4 O, S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated
with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said
heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3
substituents independently selected from hydroxy,
amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4
alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4)-alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3
substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
carboxy, halo and sulfo, and said heterocyclic ring
being optionally substituted at available ring
nitrogen atoms by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
carboxy, halo or sulfo groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl optionally substituted
by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection
with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3
substituents independently selected from amino, halo,
hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and
sulfo; phenyl-
510

(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and
heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom
or atoms are selected from the group consisting or
1-4 O, S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated
with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said
heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3
substituents independently selected from hydroxy,
amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4
alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3
substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
carboxy, halo and sulfo; or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof; which process comprises the
steps of reacting an intermediate of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above
and
<IMG>
511

represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic
heterocyclic radical containing a quaternizable
nitrogen in the ring, said ring being attached to A
through a ring carbon atom, in an inert organic
solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5-X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a
conventional leaving group so as to quaternize with
the R5 group a ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2', A, <IMG> and X' are as
defined above; and, if desired, replacing counter ion
X' by a different counter ion and, if desired,
removing the carboxyl protecting group R2' to give
the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
294. A process according to claim 293 wherein R1
<IMG>
and R15 is methyl.
512

295. A process according to claim 293 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
R15 is methyl, and the absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
296. A process according to claim 293 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
297. A process for the preparation of a compound of the
formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
513

<IMG>
-NR3R4
<IMG>
<IMG>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMG>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMG>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
514

<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen:
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms:
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties: phenyl: aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms: and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring: R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy: R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms: cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms: heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
515

consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo ;
-NR3R4
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMG>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
516

phenyl optionally substituted. by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above:
or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O,
N and S;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl, and
alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6
carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl having
3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl: aralkyl, aralkenyl and
aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms;
heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen
and sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated
with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents
relative to the above-named radicals are selected
from the group consisting of: amino, mono-,
di- and trialkylamino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto,
alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino,
nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy;
517

and wherein the alkyl moieties of the above-recited
substituents have 1-6 carbon atoms:
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, pro-
viding that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group,
there is also present a counter ion: and
<IMG>
represents an aromatic 5- or 6-membered N-containing
heterocyclic ring containing 0-3 additional hetero
atoms selected from N, S or O, said heterocyclic ring
being optionally substituted at available ring carbon
atoms by 1-5 substituents independently selected from
the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl: C1-C4 alkyl.
substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or
sulfo; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl: C1-C4 alkoxy:
C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy; sulfo;
<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino:
phenyl: phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy,
and sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the
phenyl portion is optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion is optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
518

in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O,
S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated
with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said
heteroaryl acid heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring
moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected
from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl
moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy,
anino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo, and said
heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at
available ring nitrogen atoms by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting
of C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkyl-
amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)-
alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection
with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl,
C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo; phenyl-
(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
519

substituents mentioned above in connection with
C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in
which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting or 1-4 O, S or N atoms
and the alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl
has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and hetero-
aralkyl groups being optionally substituted in
the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy
and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents
selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo
and sulfo; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof; which process comprises reacting an intermediate
of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
520

represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5~X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
ring nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, R2',A, <IMG> and ~X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
521

298. A process according to claim 297 wherein the
heterocyclic ring <IMG> is optionally
substituted at available ring carbon or nitrogen atoms by up
to 5 substituents independently selected from (lower) alkyl.
299. A process according to claim 298 wherein
A is -CH2-, -CH2CH2- or <IMG>
300. A process according to claim 297 wherein R1 is
<IMG>, R15 is methyl, and the absolute configuration is
5R, 6S, 8R.
301. A process for the preparation of a compound of
the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
522

selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMGS>
-NR3R4
<IMGS>
-CO2R3
~O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
523

-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl. alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl: aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it nay not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
524

alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-OXO ;
-NR3R4 ;
-R3CONR4-;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
525

<IMGS>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above; or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and
S;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl, and
alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6
carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl having
3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl: aralkyl, aralkenyl and
aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms;
heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen
526

and sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated
with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents
relative to the above-named radicals are selected
from the group consisting of: amino, mono-, di- and
trialkylamino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto,
alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl , amidino, guanidino,
nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy; and
wherein the alkyl moieties of the above-recited
substituents have 1-6 carbon atoms;
A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group; there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical selected from the group
consisting of
<IMG>
wherein R6, R7 and R10 are independently selected
from hydrogen; C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted
by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy or halo; C3-C6
cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino;
C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4 alkyl) amino; halo; C1-C4
alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
O
-C-OC1-C4 alkyl, hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl,
527

trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups,
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may
be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the
alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4
alkyl; and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl in which the
hetero atom or atoms in the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety
associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6
carbon atoms; or wherein two of R6, R7 or R10 taken
together may be a fused saturated carbocyclic ring, a
fused aromatic carbocyclic ring, a fused non-aromatic
heterocyclic ring or a fused heteroaromatic ring,
said fused rings being optionally substituted by 1 or
2 of the substituents defined above for R6, R7 and
R10;
<IMGS>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by 1-3
substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4 alkyl) amino, sulfo, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino,
carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy;
C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4
alkyl) amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
528

<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4
alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the
phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with
said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or
optionally substituted so as to form a fused
carboxycyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring
optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents
defined above;
<IMGS>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by one or two
substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, sulfo, amino,
carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy;
C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4
alkyl) amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
529

<IMG> alkyl, hydroxy, amidino, guanidino, phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4
alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the
phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with
said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or
optionally substituted so as to form a fused
carbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring
optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents
defined above;
<IMGS>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by a
substituent independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, amino, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl) amino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
sulfo, carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4
alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino;
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino;
C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
530

<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino, phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4
alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the
phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with
said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms;
<IMGS>
wherein X is O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
carboxy, halo or sulfo groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-
C6 cycloalkyl (C1-C4)alkyl optionally substituted by
1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with
C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3
substituents independently selected from amino, halo,
hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and
sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the
alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents
531

mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4. O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoro-
methyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by
1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo
and sulfo, said radical being optionally substituted on a
carbon atom by one or more substituents independently selected
from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl) amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo,
carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4
alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino;
halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy: amidino: guanidino, phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or
atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur
atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl
moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally substituted so as
to form a fused carbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic
ring optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents
defined above;
532

<IMGS>
wherein X is O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
carboxy, halo or sulfo groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-
C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4 alkyl optionally substituted by
1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with
C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3
substituents independently selected from amino, halo,
hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and
sulfo; phenylC1-C4 alkyl in which the phenyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the
alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4
alkyl; and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl in which the
hetero atom or atoms are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the alkyl
moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring
moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected
from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the
alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
533

di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and
sulfo, said heteroaromatic radical being optionally
substituted on a carbon atom by a substituent
selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by
hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
534

di(C1-C4 alkyl) amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo,
carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy;
C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino;
di(C1-C4)alkylamino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
O
-C-OC1-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4
alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the
phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with
said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms; and
<IMGS>
535

<IMGS>
wherein R is C1-C4; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or
sulfo groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6
cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4
alkyl; phenyl, phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo;
phenyl C1-C4 alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and
heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom
or atoms are selected from the group consisting of
1-4, O, S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated
with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said
heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3
substituents independently selected from hydroxy,
amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4
alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3
substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
carboxy, halo and sulfo; or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof; which process comprises
reacting an intermediate of the formula
536

<IMG>
wherein R1, R8, R15, A and R2 are as defined above and
<IMG>
represents a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attaches to A through a ring carbon atom, in an
inert organic solvent with an alkylating agent of the formula
R5-X'
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group so as to quaternize with the R5 group a
zing nitrogen of substituent
<IMG>
on intermediate II and form a compound of the formula
<IMG>
537

wherein R1, R8, R15, R2',A, <IMG> and 'X' are as defined above;
and, if desired, replacing counter ion X' by a different counter
ion and, if desired, removing the carboxyl protecting group R2'
to give the desired de-blocked compound of formula I, or a
pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
302. A process in accordance with claim 301 wherein
<IMG>
represents a radical selected from the group consisting of
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and R6, R7 and R10 are each
independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMGS>
538

wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and wherein available ring
carbon atoms are optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMGS>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and wherein available ring
carbon atoms are optionally substituted by 1 or 2
substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMGS>
539

wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl and wherein an available
ring carbon atom is optionally substituted by C1-C4
alkyl;
<IMGS>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl, X is O, S or NR in which R
is C1-C4 alkyl and wherein one or more available ring
carbon atoms is optionally substituted by C1-C4
alkyl;
<IMGS>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl, X is O, S or NR in which R
is C1-C4 alkyl and wherein one or more available ring
carbon atoms is optionally substituted by C1-C4
alkyl; and
<IMGS>
540

<IMGS>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and R is C1-C4 alkyl.
303. A process in accordance with claim 302 wherein
R1 is <IMG> and R15 is methyl.
304. A process in accordance with claim 302 wherein
R1 is <IMG> R15 is methyl, and the absolute configuration
is 5R, 6S, 8R.
305. A process in accordance with claim 301 wherein
A is -CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
306. A process in accordance with claim 291 wherein
there is prepared a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily
removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when R2
is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; and wherein
541

<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R6 represents hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R6 and R7 are hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R is C1-C4 alkyl or phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R6 is C1-C4 alkyl;
542

<IMG>
wherein R is C1-C4 alkyl; or
<IMG>
with an alkylating agent of the formula R5 - X',
wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl and X' is a conventional leaving
group; and where desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable
salt of the reaction product thereby obtained.
307. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily
removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; and wherein
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
543

<IMGS>
with an alkylating agent of the formula CH3X' or (in the case
where <IMG> is (d) above), CH2CH2CH3X', wherein X' is a
conventional leaving group; and where desired, forming a pharma-
ceutically acceptable salt of the reaction product thereby obtained.
544

308. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
309. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
310. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
545

<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
311. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
312. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
546

wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
313. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH2CH2CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and
where desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
314. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
547

315. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
316. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
317. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
548

<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
318. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
319. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
549

wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
320. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
321. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group: and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
550

322. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
323. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group; providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with a compound of the formula CH2COOX',
wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where desired,
forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the reaction
product thereby obtained.
324. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
551

wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
325. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
326. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
552

327. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
328. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
329. A process in accordance with claim 291 which comprises
reacting a compound having the formula
553

<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion; with an alkylating agent of the formula
CH3X', wherein X' is a conventional leaving group; and where
desired, forming a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the
reaction product thereby obtained.
330. A compound according to claim 289 wherein R1 is
<IMG> , and R15 is methyl .
331. A compound according to claim 289 wherein R1 is
<IMG>
R15 is methyl and the
absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R,
332. A compound according to claim 289 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2-
333. A compound of the formula
554

<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen; substituted and
unsubstituted: alkyl , alkenyl and alkynyl, having
from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl and
cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl
moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl
wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl
wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named
heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms
and the alkyl moieties associated with said
heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein
the substituent or substituents relative to the
above-named radicals are independently selected from
the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
O
-OCNR3R4
555

O
-CNR3R4
-NR3R4
<IMG>
-556-

<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP(O)(OR3)(OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
-557-

wherein, relative to the above-named substituents,
the groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from
hydrogen; alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from
1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and
alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl
moieties phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl
wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl
wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named
heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms
and the alkyl moieties associated with said
heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms, or R3
and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to which at
least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 is as
defined for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or
wherein R1 and R8 taken together represent C2-C10
alkylidene or C2-C10 alkylidene substituted by
hydroxy; R5 is selected from the group consisting of
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and
alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl
moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl
wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyalkyl
wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named
heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms
and the alkyl moieties associated with said
heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein
the above-named R5 radicals are optionally
-558-

substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
-559-

C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl , hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OC02R3
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4
<IMG>
-OXO ;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3C02R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMG>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3 ;
-CONR3R4 :
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1 C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R9, -SO3R3, CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, Wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above ;
-560-

R5 may be at attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring
may contain additional hetero atoms selected from
O, S, and N; Rl5 is selected from the group consisting
of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl, and
alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6
carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl having
3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and
aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms;
heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen
and sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated
with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents
relative to the above-named radicals are selected
from the group consisting of: amino, mono-,
di- and trialkylamino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto,
alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino;
nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy;
and wherein the alkyl moieties of the above-recited
substituents have 1-6 carbon atoms;
-561-

A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene; R2 is
hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily
removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is
also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents an aromatic mono-, bi- or polycyclic N-
containing heterocyclic ring containing 0-5
additional hetero atoms selected from O, S or N, said
heterocyclic ring being attached to A through a ring
carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen quaternized by
the group R5, and said heterocyclic ring being
optionally substituted at available ring carbon atoms
by 1-5 substituents independently selected from the
group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl
substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or
sulfo; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy;
C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino;
di (C1-C4)alkylamino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy; sulfo;
O
-C-O-C1-C4 alkyl; hydroxy, amidino, guanidino;
phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy,
-562-

trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy,
and sulfo: phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the
phenyl portion is optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion is optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above .
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O,
S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated
with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said
heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring
moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected
from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl
moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy,
amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4) alkylainino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo, and said
heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at
available ring nitrogen atoms by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting
of C1 C4 alkyl,: C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C9)alkyl-
amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups: C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)-
alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection
with C1-C4 alkyl: phenyl; phenyl
substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl,
C1-C4 alkyl. C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di (C1 C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo; phenyl-
-563-

C1-C4 alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and
heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom
or atoms are selected from the group consisting or
1-4 O, S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated
with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said
heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3
substituents independently selected from hydroxy,
amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4
alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4 ) alylamino,
carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3
substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4
alkylamino, di (C1-C4 ) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
carboxy, halo and sulfo; or a pharmaceutically
acceptable salt thereof.
334. A compound according to claim 333 wherein
R1 is <IMG> and R15 is methyl.
335. A compound according to claim 333 wherein
R1 is <IMG > R15 is methyl and the absolute
configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
-564-

336. A compound according to claim 333 wherein A is
-CH2- or -CH2CH2-.
337. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and Rl is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
-NR3R4
-565-

<IMG>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMG>
-SR3
<IMG>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMG>
-OP (O) (OR3) (OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
-566-

wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and hetezoaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl.wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring: R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C0 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
-567-

C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl;
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3 ;
-OCOR3 ;
-OCONR3R4 ;
<IMG>
-oxo;
-NR3R4 ;
R3CONR4- ;
-NR3CO2R4 ;
-NR3CONR3R4
<IMG>
-SR3 ;
<IMGS>
-SO3R3 ;
-CO2R3
-CONR3R4 ;
-CN: or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, -OR3, -NR3R4, -S3R3, -CO2R3 or
-CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5 substituents
are as defined above:
-568-

or R5 may be attached to
<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O,
N and S;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl, and
alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6
carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl having
3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and
aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms;
heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen
and sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated
with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents
relative to the above-named radicals are selected
from the group consisting of: amino, mono-,
di- and trialkylamino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto,
alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino,
nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy;
and wherein the alkyl moieties of the above-recited
substituents have 1-6 carbon atoms;
-569-

A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, pro-
viding that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group,
there is also present a counter ion: and
<IMG>
represents an aromatic 5- or 6-membered N-containing
heterocyclic ring containing 0-3 additional hetero
atoms selected from N, S or O, said heterocyclic ring
being optionally substituted at available ring carbon
atoms by 1-5 substituents independently selected from
the group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl.
substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or
sulfo; C3-C cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl (C1-C4) alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; C1 C4 alkoxy;
C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy: carboxy; sulfo;
<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino;
phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy,
and sulfo; phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the
phenyl portion is optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion is optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
-570-

are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 O,
S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety associated
with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said
heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring
moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected
from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl
moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy,
amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo, and said
heterocyclic ring being optionally substituted at
available ring nitrogen atoms by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting
of C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkyl-
amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)
alkyl optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection
with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl: phenyl
substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl
C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di (C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo; phenyl-
(C1-C4)alkyl in Which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in
which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting or 1-4 O, S or N atoms
and the alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl
-571-

has 1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and hetero-
aralkyl groups being optionally substituted in
the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy
and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents
selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo
and sulfo; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt
thereof.
338. A compound according to claim 337 wherein the
heterocyclic ring
<IMG>
is optionally substituted at available ring carbon or nitrogen
atoms by up to 5 substituents independently selected from (lower)
alkyl.
339. A compound according to claim 338 wherein A is
-CH2-, -CH2CH2- or CH3
¦
-CH-
340. A compound according to claim 337 wherein R1 is
<IMG > , R15 is methyl and the
absolute configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
-572-

341. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R8 is hydrogen and R1 is selected from the group con-
sisting of hydrogen; substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl
ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl,
aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, hetero-
aralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero
atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are
selected from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated with said hetero-
cyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon atoms; wherein the substituent
or substituents relative to the above-named radicals are
independently selected from the group consisting of
C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino,
halo, hydroxy or carboxyl
halo
-OR3
<IMG>
-NR3R4
-573-
-S'73-

<IMGS>
-CO2R3
=O
<IMGS>
-SR3
<IMGS>
-CN
-N3
-OSO3R3
<IMGS>
-OP (O) (OR3) (OR4)
<IMG>
-NR3CO2R4
-NO2
-574-

wherein, relative to the above-named substituents, the
groups R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen;
alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms;
cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties: phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl
and aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group consisting of 1-4
oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties
associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms, or R3 and R4 taken together with the nitrogen to
which at least one is attached may form a 5-or 6-membered
nitrogen-containing heterocvclic ring; R9 is as defined
for R3 except that it may not be hydrogen; or wherein R1
and R8 taken together represent C2-C10 alkylidene or C2-C10
alkylidene substituted by hydroxy; R5 is selected from the
group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl,
alkenyl and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cyclo-
alkyl and cycloalkylalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the
cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties;
phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl wherein the aryl
moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon
atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and hetero-
cyclyalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-
named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the
alkyl moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties
have.l-6 carbon atoms; wherein the above-named R5 radicals
are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from:
-575-

C1-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by amino, fluoro,
chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl; fluoro;
chloro or bromo;
-OR3
-OCO2R3;
-OCOR3;
-OCONR3R4;
<IMG>
-OXO;
-NR3R4:
R3CONR4-;
-NR3CO2R4:
-NR3CONR3R4;
<IMG>
-SR3:
<IMG>
-SO3R3:
-CO2R3:
-CONR3R4;
-CN; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluor, chloro,
bromo, C1-C6 alkyl, OR3, -NR3R4, -SO3R3, -CO2R3 or -
CONR3R4, wherein R3, R4, and R9 in such R5
substituents are as defined above; or R5 may be
attached to
-576-

<IMG>
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may
contain additional hetero atoms selected from O, N and
S;
R15 is selected from the group consisting of
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl, and
alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl,
cycloalkylalkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6
carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl having
3-6 carbon atoms. phenyl: aralkyl, aralkenyl and
aralkynyl wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and
the aliphatic portion has 1-6 carbon atoms;
heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen
and sulfur atoms and the alkyl moieties associated
with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6 carbon
atoms; wherein the substituent or substituents
relative to the above-named radicals are selected
from the group consisting of: amino, mono-,
di- and trialkylamino, hydroxyl, alkoxyl, mercapto,
alkylthio, phenylthio, sulfamoyl, amidino, guanidino,
nitro, chloro, bromo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy;
and wherein the alkyl moieties of the above-recited
substituents have 1-6 carbon atoms;
-577-

A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group,
providing that when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting
group, there is also present a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical selected from the group consisting of
<IMG>
wherein R6, R7 and Rl0 are independently selected from hydrogen;
C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy or halo;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkyl-
amino; di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG > alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1 C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substitutents mentioned above
in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl
in which the hetero atom or atoms in the group consisting of
1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety
associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon
atoms: or wherein two of R6, R7 or Rl0 taken together may be
-578-

a fused saturated carbocyclic ring, a fused aromatic carbocyclic
ring, a fused non-aromatic heterocyclic ring or a fused hetero-
aromatic ring, said fused rings being optionally substituted
by 1 or 2 of the substituents defined above for R6, R7 and R10;
<IMG>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted
by hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino, sulfo,
C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, carboxy or halogen;: C3-C6 cycloalkyl ;
C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino;
di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl ; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-;C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1 C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from
-579-

the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
sulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with
said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or
optionally substituted so as to form a fused
carbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring
optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents
defined above;
<IMG>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by one or two
substituents independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy C1-C4 alkylamino,
di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, sulfo, amino,
carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy;
C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di (C1-C4
alkyl)amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
O
-C-OC1-C4 alkyl; hydroxy, amidino, guanidino, phenyl,
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4
alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the
phenyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or
heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-
-580-

named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon
atoms, or optionally substituted so as to form a fused carbo-
cyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted
by 1 or 2 of the substituents defined above;
<IMG>
optionally substituted on a carbon atom by a substituent
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl sub-
stituted by hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl)-
amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, sulfo, carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cyclo-
alkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino;
di (C1-C4 alkyl) amino; halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG> alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino, phenyl; phenyl
substituted by one, two or three amino, halo, hydroxyl, tri-
fluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion
may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
-581-

the above-named heterocyclic-moieties are selected from the
group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and
the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety
has 1-6 carbon atoms;
<IMGS>
wherein X is O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4
alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted
by 1-3 substituents independently selected from amino, halo,
hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4
alkylamino, di (C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo;
phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoro-
methyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by
1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo
and sulfo, said radical being optionally substituted on a
-582-

carbon atom by one or more substituents independently selected
from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, sulfo,
carboxy or halogen; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4
alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino;
halo; C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
<IMG > alkyl: hydroxy: amidino; guanidino, phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or
atoms in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur
atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl
moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally substituted so as
to form a fused carbocyclic, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic
ring optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the substituents
defined above;
<IMG>
wherein X is O, S or NR in which R is C1-C4 alkyl: C1-C4
alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylanino,
di (C1-C4) alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo
groups; C3-C6 cycloalkyl ; C3-C6 cycloalkyl (C1-C4) alkyl
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned
-583-

above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl,
C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di (C1-C4 ) alkyl amino, carboxy and sulfo;
phenyl(C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may
be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the
alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4
alkyl; and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl in which the
hetero atom or atoms are selected from the group
consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the alkyl
moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring
moiety by 1-3 substituents independently selected
from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the
alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl amino,
di(C1-C4) alkyl amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and
sulfo, said heteroaromatic radical being optionally
substituted on a carbon atom by a substituent
selected from C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by
hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4
alkoxy, amino, sulfo, carboxy of halogen; C3-C6
cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino;
C1-C4 alkyl amino; di(C1-C4) alkyl amino; halo; C1-C4
alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
O
-C-OC1-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo,
hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4
alkoxy groups; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl
-584-

portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
-585-

or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms
in the above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected from the
group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and
the alkyl moiety associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has
1-6 carbon atoms; and
<IMGS>
wherein R is C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3
hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo groups; C3-C6 cyclo-
alkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(C1-C4)alkyl optionally substituted
by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl;
phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino,
carboxy and sulfo; phenyl(C1-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl
portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with phenyl and the alkyl
-586-

portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are selected
from the group consisting of 1-4, O, S or N atoms and the
alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally
substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoro-
methyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)-
alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by
1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkyl-
amino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
342. A compound according to claim 341 wherein
<IMG>
represents a radical selected from the group consisting of
<IMG>
-587-

wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and R6, R7 and R10 are each
independently hydrogen or C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMGS>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and wherein available ring carbon
atoms are optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMGS>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and wherein available ring carbon
atoms are optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents
independently selected from C1-C4 alkyl;
-588-

<IMGS>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and wherein an available ring
carbon atom is optionally substituted by C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMGS>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl, X is O, S or NR in which R is
C1-C4 alkyl and wherein one or more available ring carbon
atoms is optionally substituted by C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMGS>
-589-

wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl, X is O, S or NR in which R is
C1-C4 alkyl and wherein one or more available ring carbon
atoms is optionally substituted by C1-C4 alkyl; and
<IMGS>
wherein R5 is C1-C6 alkyl and R is C1-C4 alkyl.
343. A compound according to claim 342 wherein R1 is
<IMG> and R15 is methyl.
344. A compound according to claim 342 wherein R1 is
<IMG> , R15 is methyl and the absolute
configuration is 5R, 6S, 8R.
-590-

345. A compound according to claim 341 wherein A is
-CH2 or -CH2CH2-.
346. A compound having the formula
<IMG>
wherein A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily
removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when R2
is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl and R6 represents hydrogen or
C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
-591-

wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl and R6 and R7 are hydrogen or
C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl and R is C1-C4 alkyl or phenyl-
(C1-C4) alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl and R6 is C1-C4 alkyl;
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl and R is C1-C4 alkyl; or
<IMG>
wherein R5 is C1-C4 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable
salt thereof.
347. A compound having the formula
-592-

<IMG>
wherein A is C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene;
R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional readily
removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; and
<IMG>
represents a radical of the formula
<IMGS>
-593-

<IMGS>
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
348. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
-594-

wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
349. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
350. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
-595-

351. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
352. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
353. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
-596-

wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
354. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
355. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
-597-

356. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
357. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
358. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
-598-

wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof,
359. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
360. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
-599-

wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
361. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
362. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
-600-

363. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
364. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
365. A compound of the formula
-601-

<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
366. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
367. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
-602-

wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
368. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that when
R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present a
counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
369. A compound of the formula
<IMG>
wherein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also present
-603-

a counter ion; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof;
-604-

Claims
S.D. 370 The compound, 3-[4-(1-methylpyridiniummethanethio]-
6.alpha.-[1-(R)-hydroxyethyl]-4.beta.-methyl)-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo(3.2.0)hept-
2-ene-2-carboxylate.

Description

Note : Les descriptions sont présentées dans la langue officielle dans laquelle elles ont été soumises.


,r~
126997~
RD-1735A
-- 2 --
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
1. Field of the Invention
The present invention is directed to new carbapenem
antibiotics in which the 2-substituent has the formula
~ ~ 5
_ 5 - A ~ ~-R
~~ ' :
in which ~ represents a C1-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene
group; R represents an optionally substituted aliphatic, cyclo-
aliphatic~ cycloaliphatic-aliphatic, aryl, araliphatic, hetero-
a~yl, ~eteroaraliphatic, heterocyclyl or hetervcyclyl-aliphati~
radical; and ~
represents a nitrogen-containing aromati.~ heterocycle attached
to th~ alkylene group A at a ring carbon atom.and ~uaternized : :
by substituent RS.
2. Description of the Prior ~rt
__
: A ~umber of B-lactam deri~atives Gontaining the .
carbapenem nucleus
6,~2
1 1~ ''' .
~N 3
o 4
. .
.
..

9~3~78
haYe been disclosed in the literature. These carbapenem
derivatives have been reported to possess utility as anti~
bacterial ag~nts and/or 5-lactamase inhibitors,
The initial carbapen.em ct~mpounds were natural E~roduc.s
such as thienam~cin o:E the formula
2cH2~2
COOH
~ .
obtained by fermentation of ~= .~ (~, S . Paten~
319~0~357). Thienamycin is an exceptiQnally potent broad
spectrum antibio.ic which possesses ~otahle acti~7ity against
various P euc~omos~as specles, organisms which hz~e been
notoriously resistant to ~-lacta~a an~ibiotics.
Other s~atural pr~ducts containing ~lle carbapenem
~ucleus include ~livani~ acid deri~Ta~i~Jes ~uch as antibiotic :
MM 13902 o~ for~la
1 3
~I03SO./~ CH~COCH3
ok~ ~:OOR
~, ;'',
.: ~.`',
- , ~
:,
.
:
: :

3L2~i997~3
disclosed in U.S. Patent 4,113,856, antibiotic MM 17880 of
the I'ormula
~3
H03SO/~ 2~IzN~COC~3
O' ~00~
disclosed ~n U.S. Pa'cealt 4,1~2,304, anti~iotic MM 4550A of
'che iEormula
3 0 :
C~=C~N~3COC~
~03SO ~ 3
~~ , ,,
dis~losea in V.S. ~atent 4,172,129 and an~ibiotic ~9OA9 ~
. .
the fo~mula
C~
1 3 0
5 ~SCH=CHN~!eCH 3
O OOH
. ,:
aisçlosed in U. S . Patent 4, 264, 735 . In addition to the
natural products, the oompound desacetyl 890Alo of the
" f ormula
- , . . .
.
. ~ , . .
. . .

- s -
CE~3 ~' :
~)~ S CH C:E~ NH
r 2 2 2
~o3so
. , ~ N l_
O~ COO~ ~ ~
is dis~losed in U.S. Pater~t 4~264-,734 as being preparea by ~ ~:
an enzymatic deacylation o~ e ~rresporlding N-acetyl compourld. :
V rious de~i~ati~es of the naturally-o~uri~g oli~anic acids
ha~re also been synthesized, e~ g. t~ compourlds of t~e for~ula ~ .
~ 3
2~(o) ~ COc~3
~N O2Rl
whe~ein C02i~i i5 a f~:ee, s~ltea or esterified ~ar~o~yl sroup,
n is O or 1 and R2 is El, an acyl group or a group of the
orm~la R3O35 wherein IR3 is 15 salti~g ion or a methyl ox e'chyl
group, disclosed in published European Patent Application No. 8885.
U.S. Patent 4,235,922 (see aIso published European Patent
~pplication 2058) discloses th~ car~apene~Q derivati~e of the
~ormula
SCH2~ H2N~2 .
N COO~
~ ~ .

~'~
397~3
-- 6 --
while U.K. Patent Specification No. 1,598,062 reports isolation of
the c~mpoun~
/~CSCH2C~2N~3C~ \C~3
N
COOH
~ ' ' ,,
from a Streptomyces fer~ner,tation broth.
Carb2penems whi~h are unsu3~stituted i~ the 6-position
hav~ also bee~ synthesized. Thus, U,S. PateAt 4,210,661 ~:
discloses compounds of the f~rmula
~5 .
COO~ ''
o
wherein R2 is p~enyl or subs~ituted phenyl, U.S. ~atent 4 ,267,177
discloses comp~unds of the formula
r~ Rl
~ N
0/~ COOR ~:
wherein Rl is an option~lly substituted pyradyl group, ~.S.
Patent 4, 255, 441 disclose compounds of the f~rmula
. .
" ~ ~ " . " , ~ ,
.... .

:~L2~i9~7~3
-- 7 --
-CR2--C~.3R4
11 .
,~ N ~oO~I
O , .
wherein R2 and R3 are 3~ ox alkyl and R4 is N~-CO~R~; in whicl~
RS is al Xyl, phenyl or substituted phenyl alld n is 1 ox 2,
and U~S. ~atent 4,2B2,236 discloses compounds of the fo:cmula
~{=cRl~2 ' ~ ~.
O. ~COO~ ' -
wherein Rl iS ~ OX alkyl and R2 is CN or C02R3 i~ which R3 is ~ -
~J alkyl, aryl or aralXyl.
Carbapenems o~ the general fo~mula
S R,8 , '
R~
~ ~OOH
whereiA Rl is ~I ~r acyl and R8 is ~ or substituted or uns~
stituted: alkyl, alkenyl~ alkynyl, cycloaL'cyl, cycl~aL~cylall~ylt ~::
alkylcyclo~l}cyl, aryl, aralkyl, aralkenyl, aralkynyl, heter~aryl, ~ ~
heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl or heterocy~lylalkyl, are disclosed ~ .
ir~ U.S. Patent 4,218,463. There is no disclosure of any :: ~
heteroaral~y~ R 3ubs~ituents of the type : :
~ 0 5
~ ~N-R
in which A is alkylene and
,
.
A
~ : '

12~i9~37
-- 8 --
N -
is a quaternized nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle
attached to the alkylene group A at a ring carbon atom.
The natural product thienamycin has the absolute
eonfiguration SR, 65, 8R. ~his isomer, as well as the remain~
ing seven thiena~nycin isomers, may be ~b~ained via total
synthesis 2S disclosed in ~.5. Patent 4,234,596, Total
synthesis procedures for thien2unycin ~re also ~isclosed, for
exalnple, i~ U.S. Pate~ts 4,287,123, 4,269,772, 4,282,148,
4,273,709, 4,290,947, and published European Patent Application ~o. 7973.
A key interm~ate in the disclosed synthetic methods is
~
~`~OCN~
o C02pi~B
wherein p~R ~epresents p-nitrobenzyl,
Because of the exceptional biological activity of
thienamycin, a large number of deri~rati~Tes have been prepared
and dis~losed .. in the literature, A~DQng t~ese zse (l~ ~-
fo~:mimidoyl thienamycin o~ the formula
0~ .
SCl{2C~2N=l-NE~2
~O~
disclosed in published European Patent Application 6639; (2) ~ :
N heterocyclic derivatives of thienamycin having the formula
'
i~l
, ~ ..
: ~ : ; :

i997~
g _ ,
o~ (Z)~l~ )
S C~2C~2N~1 2 ) n
COOEl
,. (Z)p ,.,~
0~
O ~ .. 00~
I I -
wherein: the bifunctional ~ing may contairl additional u~sa~uration : .
in the ring; ~nd wherein n is an i~teger selectPd from l-6;
p i5 O, I or 2; Rl is ~, 2Ikyl o~ aryl$ and Z is imino, oxo,
~, amirlo ox aLlcyl, disclosed ~ra ~.5, Patent 4,189 ,493; (3)
substituted N-methylene deri s7al:i~res o~ ~hier~ ycirL na~ing the
formula OE~ .
~SC~2C~ x
o ~ ~00~ '
wherei~ X and Y are ~, R, OR, SR or NR R in whicb R is su}:~stituted
or unsubstituted: alkyl~ alkenyl, alky~yl, cycl~al)cyl, cyclo~
alkylalXyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroa~l~ ~eteroaralkyl, he~e::o~
cyclyl or heterocycIylal~cyl~ and Rl and ~2 are g or ~, disclosed
in UoSo ~atent 4,194,047; (4) cc~mpo~ds of the formula
. . . .
;
. . .

3 :-
OR
SCH2CH2NR
~ N
O. ~:00~
wherein R3 is aryl 0 alkyl, acyl or arzlkyl and Rl .and R2
are independerltly selected from El- and acyl (including acyl o
the ~ype
-C-Rll in which Rll may islter alia be alkyl
su3~stituted by a yuaternary a~Nnonium group, e. g.
-~-C~2- ~ )
:
disclosed in U.S. ~a~ nt 4,226,870; (5) comp~ s of the 40rmula
R
S~2~E12~RlR2
,~ N
COO~
wherein R3 i5 ~, acyl or an uni~ralent optionally substituted
hydroearbon ~radical; J~l is optionally substituted alkyl, 21kenyl,
alkynyl; ~cycIoalkyl, cycloal~enyl, cycioalkenylalkyl ~ cyclo
~l~ylal~cyl, aryl ~ aralkyl, heteroaryl or heteroarallcyl and R ;~
is acyl (incl~ding acyl o~ 'che type
-C-R in which R is alkyl substituked by a
quaternary ammonium group, e. g.
,
~, . , . , , ,:
, . ~

9~37~ `
,~
~ 11 --
disclosed in U.K. PateFlt 1,604,276 (see also U,S, Patent
4,235,917); ~6~ compounds of the formula
0~
/~c SC~2C~R5R6R7
~ _ cOOe "
wherPirl R5, R6 and R7 are ir:dependently. selected from H and
substituted or u~substituted: alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloal~yl, .
cycloalkerlyl, cycloalkenylalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, a~yl, aralkyl,
heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl, are disclosed in U.S. ~?atent
4,235~920; (7) compounds of the formula
OR 5
~2C}~2N-C-NRlR2 9
N OX
wherein each of Rl and R2, independently of the other, is a
radical of the type defined ~or R, a hydrogen ato~, or a nitro,
hyd~oxyl, Cl_6 alkoxyl, amino, Cl_6 alkylamirlo~ di ~Cl_6 alkyl)
amino or tri(Cl 6 alkylamino) radical, an extra anion being
~resent in ~e latter case; or ~ and R are joined together
to form, toge her with the nitrogen atom to which they are
attached, a substituted o~ unsubsti~uted monocyclic or bicyclic
heteroa~yl or heterocyclyl residue containing 4-10 ring atoms,
one or more of which may be an additional hetero ato~ selected
from oxygen, sulphul: and nitrogen; R is ~ cyas~o gxoup or a
substi~uted or u~substituted car~amoyl, carboxyl, (Cl_lQ alkoxy)-
carbonyl~ Cl 10 alkyl~ C2_l0 al~cenyl~ ~2-10 y y 3-10
alkyl ~ C4_12 cycloalkylalkyl, C~; 12 cycloalkylalkenyl, C3 10
~: , ', .' . ' ' '
.

9~'71~3
.
- 12 -
loa~keny~ C5 12 cycloal~enylalkenylt C4_12 cycloalkenylaL~yl,
C6_l0 aryl ~ C7_16 aralXyl ~ ~8-16 aralkenyl, C8_16 aralkynyl or
monocyclic or bicyclic heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl
or heteroryclylalkyl comprising 4 to 19 ring atoms one or more
of which is a hetero atom selected from oxygen I sulphur asld
nitrogen and in which the alkyl residue of the heteroaralkyl or
heterocyclylalkyl radical contains ~rom l to 6 carbon atoms;
t~e subs:~itue~t or substituents orl R, Rl, R2 or on the ring
formed by joining Rl and R2 ar~ chlori~ne; bromine; iodine;
fluorine; azido; Cl_4 alkyl; mercapto; sul2ho; phosphono;
cyanothio (-SCN~; nitro; cyano; amino; hydr~zino;~a~iino or hydr zlno
having up to three Cl_6 alkyl substituents; hydroxy; Cl_6 alkoxy;
C1-6 alkylthio; carboxyl; oxo; (Cl_6 alkoxy) carbonyl; C2_10
acyloxy; c2rbamoyl; (Cl_4 alkyl) carbamoyl or di (C 1-4 alkyl)
ca~bamoyl; R3 is a hydrogen atom, arl acyl radical or a radical
of ~ e type defined for R4; ~ is Cl_10 alkyl; substitu~ed
carbo~ylmethyl; (Cl 6 alk~xy~-(Cl ~ alkyl), (C3 6 cycloalkoxy)-
(Cl 6 alXyl); C2 ~ alkanoyloxyalkyl; p~xtially or co~pletely
halogena ed Cl_6 alkyl in which the halogen~s) is/are chlorine, :~
bro~rune or fluorine; aminoalkyl; C2~10 al~cenyl; r2_10 alkynyl;
acyl; C3_14 alkoxycarbonylalkyl; C4_21 dialkyl~noacetoxyalkyl;
C2 13 alkani~ylaminoal3cyl; ar- (C~. 3 a~kyl) in which the ~ryl
~esidue cor~tains ~ro~n 6. to 10 carbon atoms; monocycli~ or blcyclic
~eter~aralkyl or heterocyGlylalkyl containing 4 'co 10 ring atoms,
1 to 3 c:~rbon atoms i~ the alkyl residue, and ~-4 hetero atoms
seleci;ed from oxygen~ sul~?hur and/or nitrogen; nuclear-su}~stitls~ed
aralkyl sr heteroaral)cyl in which the substituent is chll~rine,
fluorine, bro;nine, iodine or Cl 6 alkyl; aryl or nucle:~r.
subs~ituted ~ryl con~aining 6 to 10 ring carbon atoms and in which
any ~lclear substikuent is hydroxy, Cl_6 alkyl, chlorine, fluoriale
o~ ~romine; aralkoxyalkyl; C2_12 alkylthioalkyl; C4~12 cyclo-
alXylthioalkyl; (C2 10 aCylthio) _ (Cl_6 alkyl); or phenylalkenyl
i~ whi~h alkenyl has 2-6 carbon atoms; ~ is substituted or
., ,_, ... . .. .
.
",
~ : '' ' '
,. .
: . .
;;, . . . ~ .

9~37~3
.. . .
;~ ' , ,
-- 13 --
Cl_10 alkyl; C2_10 alkenyl or alkynyl; ring
subs~ituted ar~d unsubstituted cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl ~ cyclo-
alkenylalkyl/ and cycloalkylalky~:haYing. 3-6 ring carbon atoms
and up to 6 carbon atoms in any chain; C6_10 aryl; arallcyl
ha~ring 6-10 ring carbon atoms and 1-6 . carb~n atoms in the aL'cyl
chain; mono~yclic or bicyclic heteroaryl or heteroaral~cyl corlt2in-
ins 4-10 ring atoms, one or more of which is oxygen, nitrogen or
sulphur, and 1- 6 carbon atoms in ~he al~cyl chain; ana the ring
or chai~a substituentts~ is/are chlorine, ~romine, iodine, fluorine,
azido, cyano, 2min~, Cl 6 alkylamLno; di ~Cl_6 alXyl) amino or
tri (Cl ~; alkylamino) radical, an extra anion being prese~t in the
latter case, hydrox~, Cl_6 alkoxy, Cl_6 alXylthioalkyl; c2rboxyl; - ~`
oxc~, (Cl 6 alkoxy) carbonyl; C2_10 acyloxy; carbam~yl; (Ci 4 21kyl)-
car~amoyl; di(Cl_4 alkyl)carbamoyl; cyanothio (-SCN) or nitr~;
R6 is hydrogen, hydroxy, merrapto, R, -OR, -SR or NRlR2, where
:~, Rl and R2 are as defined abo~re;
X is hydroxy, mercapto, amino, acyloxy -0~4, -sR4,
-~IR4 t -N-R ,
14
-OM, OQ or, when the compotand is in zwitterionic form, -O,
in which case A is absent;
~ , when the compoun~.is not i~ zwitterionic for;~l, is
a counter ion,
M is a pha:cmaceutically acceptable cation; and ~ .:
,
Q is a ~locking group as herei~ defined, are disclos~d
~n ~.R. Paten~ 1j604,27~; ana ~8) compounds of the formula
R
-- ~N ~r Sc~2C~zN~
COO
.
~ .
; ~ . ~ . .
. ~ .,.
. j

~2ti9~3~
.~ - 14 -
; wherein R
. ~ I
f N ~
attaohed to the amino nitrogen group of thienamyain
repre~ent~ a mono- or polyyclio N-containing
heterocyclio group and R is H, substituted or
unsubstituted: alkyl, aryl, alkenyl, heterocyclyl-
,, alkenyl, aralkenyl, heterocyclylalkyl, aralkyl, -NR2,
COOR, CONR~, -OR or CN, are di~closed in publi~hed
. European Patent Application 21082. Among the
compound6 di~closed in U.S. Patent 4,235,920 is
',' , I ' ~ .
~ SCR2~2N(C~3)3
wherein A iB a pharmaceutically acceptable anion. :
~ ~he above-mentioned quaternary am~ne derivative is
i~ also de~cribed in Rec~nt Advançe~ ia the Chemistry Qf
, 20 ~-La~am Antibiotic~, Royal Soaiety of Chemi~try,
;`i London, 1981, pg. 240-254, where itB anti-bacterial
aotivity on average i8 reported a~ ~pproximately 1/2
, to 2/3 that of thienamycin.
Carbapenem derivatives having a wide
variety o 6-~ubætituent~ in addition to those
~; mentioned above have al~o been synthe6ized. Thus,
for example, (1) publi~hed European Patent
Application 40408 discloses compounds of thP formula :
3~ C~3-C~.. ~ Sl
O CC0~
.~ ,
~, ,

~ l~t;9~7~3
. . -- 1 5 -- ,.
, wherein ~1 iS ~, methyl or hydroxyl a~d ~51 ls a mQno~alent
;~ organic ~group including inter alia heterocyclicaIkyl; (2) published
;.! European Patent ~pplicatio~ 8514 disclo5es compGunds o~ the
~: fo nnula
~, . R2 ~--S ~1 .
`' 0 ~ N . __~00~ - .
` ~:
whereirl Rl is an o?tionally substituted pyrimidinyl group and
R2 ~ s hyArogen or a group CR3R4R5 wherein R3 i5 hydroge~ or
hydroxy, R4 is hydr~gen .or alkyl and R~; is hydr~gen, alkyl,
i ' benzyl or phenyl, or R5 and R4 together fo~ a carbo~ycli~ :cing, ~ ~
'; (3) published Eur~pean Patent Application 38869 discloses compounds of :
the formula
R7 .
R ~8
;, ~ ' , ~ .,
wherein ~6, R7, and R8 are in~ependently selected fro~ the
group consis'ing Qf hydr~gen, su~s.l:'~u~ed an~ unsubstit~st~d~
alkyl, a~enyl, and a~;ynyl, ha~ing fro~ 10 carbon atoms;
cycloaL~cyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and al~cylcycloalkyl, having 3-6
carbon ato~ i~ the cycloalkyl rirlg and 1~6 carbon atoms in the
~ alkyl moieties; aryl, such as phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl, 2nd
.~ aralkynyl whereirl the aryl a~oiety is phenyl and the aliphati~ ~ -
,i portio~ has 1-6 carbon ~toms; heteroaryl, heteroaraLlcyl,
.' h~terocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl; wherein the substituent o~
~-~ substituen~s relative to the a~oYe named radicals are selected
from the gsoup oonsisting of:
, ~ .
. ., ~ , . . ..
~ . . . . : ~ . , - .
.,

-
3L2~i9~t7~3
-- 1 6 --
-X~ halo (chloro, bromo, fluo:co)
-OH hydroxy
-OR alkoxy, aryloxy
-OC:NRlR2 carbamoyloxy
O
-CNR R carbamoyl
-NRlR2 amino
~NR
amidino
\NRlR2 ::
-NO2 nitro
-N(Rl) 3 tri-s~stituted amino (Rl group :~
-,
independently chosen)
~C=NOR2 oximino
-SRl alkyl- a~d a~:ylthio
-S02NRlR sulfonam~do
-N~CNRlR2 ureido
O
_Rl I ~2~ ido
-~2~ car~oxy
- CO2 Rl carboxy late
O
_IcRl acyl
O
-OCRl acyloxy
-SH mercapto
- .:' ''-
~ ':
~.,1 :-:'
. .,. ~

1~ '3~7~
j`;.` . ,
17
_~Rl alkyl and aryl sulfinyl
~ 1
~R alkyl and aryl sulfonyl
,. O , -:
' -CN cyano
~, .
N3 azido
"
''- ' '
wherein, relative to the above listed substituents on
R6, ~7, and R8, the groups R1 and R2 are
independently selected from: hydrogen, alkyl,
, alkenyl, and alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atom~
J cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, and alkylcycloalkyl,
h~v~ng 3-6 carbon atom~ ~n the cycloalkyl ring and 1-
.: 6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moisties; aryl, such a~
~i~ 15 phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl, and aralXynyl whsrein the
... aryl ~oiety i8 phenyl and the aliphatic portion ha~ ~-
6 carbon atom~; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl,
heteroayclyl and heterocyclylal~yl a~d wherein the . .
hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocy~lic
moietieP are 6elected from the group consicting of 1-
i; 4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulphur atoms and wherein the :~
alkyl moieties as~ociated with said heterocyclic
; moieties have 1-6 carbon atom~. (See al~o published :
, European Patent Applications 1627, 1628, 10317, : -
; ~ 25 17992, 37080, 37081 and 37082); (4) published
~ European Patent Application 24832 di~oloses compounds : :
`j~ of the formula
. R~
CH3-CH ~
N C02H


2~i99
-- 18 --
wherein Rl is H or a group selected from OH, OSO3~ or
a salt or.Cl 4 alkyl ester thereof, OR2, 5R3, OCO~ , :
OCO2R or OCON~R~ ~ where R~ is a Cl_6 alkyl group or a~
optionally substituted benzyl group and R3 is a Cl_6 al3cyl
grt~up or an ~ptionally substituted berlzyl or phenyl group and
R12 is Cl 6 alkyl ~ C2 6 allcenyl, C3 6 alkynyl wherein the
triple bond is not pr~sent on the carbon adj acent to the sulfur:.
atom, aralkylt Cl_6 alkanoyl, aralkanoyl, aryloxyal3cznoyl or
aryl~arbonyl, any of 5uch R12 groups being optionally subs'ituted,
as antibacterial agents.
Published F~lroEean Patent AFplication No. 44170 discloses carba-
penem deri~Tati~es of t~e folmula
wherei~ R3 is hydrogerl or an organic group ~onded ~ia a
carbon atom to the carbapenem ri~g, n is ~ or 1, X is a
saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon radical op" onally
substituted by brom~ or chloro, and R4 is ~ Cl 6 alkyl, C2~C6
~l~enyl, Cl-C10 aralkyl or aryl grQup, any of such groups
R4 being optionally su~sti~uted. There is no disclosure,
however, of any compGunds whereir~ the tetrazole ring is bonded
to X via ~ quaternized nitrogen a~om, i.e. a positi~Jely
ch;~rged nitsogen wh~ is not attached to a hydro~en at~m,
P~blished European Patent Application 38,869 mentioned above
discloses synthesis of the carbapenem derivati~res vi a inter-
mediates of the general formula

,,i
~ ~ ~2 ~9 ~7
?
... .
19
R7
" .
" 6 ~ ~ ~
I ,
- N ~ 02R2'
wherein ~ and R7 are 2S defined above and R2' is a readily
remo~able carboxyl protecting group. Also disclosed as
intermediates are compounds of the formula ~ .
R~ : :
~6~o R2'
;,' wherein X ~s ~escri~ed as a lea~ing group. :~
1 ~t the Gordon Research Conference on Medicinal Chemistry
1 held at New London, New ~2mpshire on August 2-6, 1982, a handout
¦ ~ was distributed in which a ~ariety of carbapenem antibiotics ..
,~ : were disclosed. Among the compounds disclosed on page 9 of the
~'. handout is the carbapenem of ~he formula :~
~ ~ - ~ S ~ -CH3 ;
T~ O N Co2~
~ ~ which dif~ers from the compounds o~ the present invention in ~hat
,: ~ the quaternized heteroaromatic ring in the 2-substituent is -~
:bonded directly to the sul ur atom instead of ~o the carbon atom
of an alkylene groupO

~i 12~i997B
, .
.`~;.,
.
- 20 -
,. ,
: ~.
: Published European Patent Application No. 50,334 discloses carbapenen
. derivatives of the general ~ormula
R6 ~5~ C_NE~lR2
~,~ COOX
wher~in R6 and R7 are, inter alia, independe~tly selected ~rom
the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl and
. aralkyl; ~ is a direct, singl~ bond connectins the indicated
: S an~ C atoms, or A is a cyclic or acyclic connerting group ~ :
electedr inter alia, from alkyl, cycloalkyl, ary.l, heteroaryl
~ or heteroalkyl; ~1 and R2, which define the carbamimidoyl
.~ function are~ in~er alia, independently selected from hydrogen,
' alkyl and aryl; additionally, said carbamimidoyl is characterized
-( by .cyclic structures achieved by the joinder ~ the tWQ nitro~en
. atoms via their subs~ituents and by their joinder to connecting
j group A; additionally "carbamimidi 3 " are disclosed by
;; quater~iza~ion o~ one of the ~itrogen atoms of said car~amimidoyl.
:1 On page 12 of that reference, there i5 disclosed as a possible
-' 2-su~sti~uent thie group
NR
S-A-C
I 1 ' - .
, NR '
wherein ~1 is defined as hydrogen, substituted and unsubstituted:
alkyl, ~cloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl, alkylcycloalkyl, aryl,
arylalkyl, he~erocyclyl or heterocyclylalkyl and the two
ni~rogen a~oms "participate i~ cy~ic structures which are
indicated by the dQtted lines". No specific disclosure is
provided of any cyclized carbamimidoyl groups con~aining a
i: quaternized nitrogen a~om, but page 22 does disclose a cyclized
-' carbamimidoyl group of ~he formula
` ~, '.'' ' ' , . :
.. ' .; ' . ' . ~ ` .: ' . .

,~ i99i7~3
~` '
,
- 21 -
., --S-C~2-c\ ~3 .
':
Based on the indicated definikions of s~bstituent R
applicar~t does not believe that published European Patent A~plication
50,334 generically dis~loses any of his compou~ds. ~owever,
since the language in the reference application is so vague
as to the na~ure of the intended cyclie structuxes, applicant
is making this reference of record i~ ~he present application.
,:, . . - ,~,, ,- ~ ,
While, as indicated ab~ve, the prior ar~ has described -~
carbapenem derivati~es having a 2-substituent of the general
formula
~J -S-A-Het ~:¦ wherein A represents an alkylene gr~up and ~et represents a
3i: he~erocyclic or heter ~ tic group, ~here has been no disclosure -~ :
~ ~- o:E which applic~nts are aware teachi~g carbapenems wherein ~et
.1 ,
: is a radical of the for~ula
Z ~ ~ N~R5
3 ~ in which R5 is an optionally substituted aliphatic, cyclo~
~: aliphatic, eycloaliphatic-aliphatic, aryl, araliphatic, heter~
aryl, heteroara}iphatic, heterocyclyl or heterocyclylalipha~ic
xadical and ~ ~
~:
represen~s a quaternized nitrogen-containing aromatic hetero-
cy~le bonded to the alkylene car~on via a ring carbon atom.
As men~ioned above, the carbapenem ha~ing
J ~ ~
~,.,., ,~, .

--~.
7~3
:~`
:
:-.
- 22 -
.
`' CH
... ~ / 3
-S-CH2CH2N \ ~3
'~ C~3
as the 2-substituent has been repsr~ed as well as the carba-
` penem having a quaternized heteroaromatic ring bonded directly
. to the sulfur 2-substituent.
Despite the vast ~umbex of carbapenem derivatives
disclosed in the literature, there is still a need for new
.,
carbapenems since known derivati~es may be improved upon
in terms of spectrum of activity, potency, stahility and/or
toxic sid effects.
; ,
. .,
x The present invention provides a novel series of
car~apenem derivatives characterized by a 2-substituent of
the formula ~ ~ :
-S - A ~ ~ -R
,, / , '
- in which A represents a Cl-C~ straight or branched chain
alkylene group; R5 represents an optionally substituted aliphatic,
cycloaliphatic, cycloaliphatic-aliphatic, aryl, araliphatic,
~ heteroaryl, heteroaraliphatic, heterocyclyl or heterocyclyl-
; aliphatiG radical; and ~ ~
( h -
.,, ~J .
represents a quaternized nitxogen-containing aromatic hetero-
; cycle bonded to the a~kylene group A via a ring carbon atom.
i!: MQre specifically, the present invention provides carbapenem
derivatives of the formula
.~ ~
. ., ~ -: ,

L2~;99~3
- . .
. . .
., .
.
.. ` --23-- .
", .
"
R~ S--A~N--R
~i N oOR2
wherei~ R8 is hydroge~ and Rl is se~ ected fsom 'che group corlsis~- ;ing of hyaroge~; substituted and unsubstii~u~ed: al~yl, alkenyl
and alky~yI, ha~ing T, rom 1-~ 0 c~rbon atoms; cycloaL~yl and cyclo- ~ -
alkylz~cyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring a~
1-5 c2rbon atoms irl the al~cyl moieties; phenyl; zralkyl, ar21kenyl : :
znd ar lky~iyl wherein the aryl mo~' ety is pheny~ znd ~e zlipha.ic
'~1 .
portion hzs 1-6 ca:cbon a~oms; he! eroa:ryl, heterl~aral~cy.l, hetero~
cyclyl and heterQcyclylalkyl whereisl the het~ro atom or 2toms ir~
the abo~e-~&med he~er~clic moieties are selec~ed ~rom the grou~
onsisting o~ 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms. znd the alkyl
moieti.es associa~ed with.said heter~cyclic.moieties haYe 1-6
ca~bon atoms; wherein the substitue~t or subs~ituents ~e7ai ;Ye
to ~he ab~ve-named ra~' cals are independen~ly se~e~ted ~om.~e
g~ua ~onsist'lng of
. Cl--C~ ~Jcyl op'cion~lly su~bs~ituted by
~o, halo ~ hy~roxy or carbo~1
- ~ halo .
oR3
-oæR3R4
. , * , .
~i~ n R3 R4 . ~ ~
WE2.3~.~
, .
:, ... . .. .. .. .

- 24 - 3LX~`9~
.
,~NR
3 4
", -So2NR3R
~, -NHCNR3R4
o
R3CNR4-
'. C02R
-OP (O) (oR3) (OR )
,j =O
oCR3
SR3
i:`
.,
~1 9
- S R
.~ O ':
.` -CN
., -N3
, -OS03R :
~, O
:, 11 9
-OS-R
~ ~ O
.~ O
-NR31l-R9
. ! O
-NR3Cii~NR
R3
'~ -NR3Co 2R4
:~ ~N 2
:

` ~2~i9~37~3
- 25
,
. wherein, relative to the above~named 6ub~tituent6,
`~, the group~ R3 and R4 are independently selected from
hydrog~n; alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl, having ~rom 1-
10 carbon atoms; aycloalkyl, cyoloalkylalkyl and ::
~ 5 alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 oarbon atom~ in the
.` oycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl
`~ moietie6; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl
.' wherein the aryl moiety i8 phenyl and the aliphatia
ri. portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; and heteroaryl,
J',', 10 heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heteroayclylalkyl
wherein the hetero atom or atoms in the above-named
. heterocyclic moieties are ~elected from the group ~:
,-1 con6isting o~ 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or sul~ur atoms
: and the alkyl moieties associated with ~aid
heterocyclic moietie~ have 1-6 oarbon atoms, or R3
.. 1 and ~4 taken together with the nitrogen to which at
laa~t one is attached may form a 5- or 6-membered
nitro~en-containing heterocyclic ring; R9 i8 as
~ defined for R3 exaept that it may not be hydrogen; or
.~ 20 wherein R1 and R8 taken together repre~ent C2-C10
~1 alkylidene or C2-C10 alkylidene substituted by
, hydroxy; R5 i6 6elected from the group oonsisting of -
~ub~tituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and
. alkynyl, having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl
and cycloal kylalkyl, havi ng 32-6 carbon atoms i n the
l~ cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl
~oieties; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and aralkynyl
~,! wherein the aryl moiety i8 phenyl and the aliphatic ~:
portion has 1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl,
. 30 heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl
wherein the hetero atom or atom~ in the above-named
.~ haterocyclic moietie6 are ~elected from the group
l oon6isting o~ 1-4 oxygen, nitrogsn or sulfur atom6
.' and the alkyl moieties a6sociated with s ai d
~ 35 heterocyclic moietie~ have 1-6 aarbon atoms; wherein
,? the above-named R5 radical~ are optionally
,~.
,' ~
. ~ .
:,
:, .
. . .
'

:~Z~378
.
. . ,
- 25a -
:~ substituted by 1-3 substituents independently
.- ~elected from: -
C1-C6 alkyl optionally ubstituted by.amino,
S fluoro, chloro, carboxyl, hydroxy or carbamoyl,
fluoro, chloro or bromo;
-oR3;
i
.
;:
:
' ~ ~ :' ' ' "`' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ~
' '
' ' ', ' . ' I , ,
' ~ ' . ' ': ' 1 ` :

:~
~ 12~i997~3
.
. .
- 26 -
, ~ .
-OCO R3
. 2~
OCOR'
il ~ oCONR3R
O
~,. Il .
~OS-R~ ;
O
--oxo
-NR3R4
R3CoNR4
-NR3Co2R4
-NR C0NR R ;
., O
,, -NR3S-R9
i l~
:~, O
`' ;
'j ~r 9
-S-R
o O
-5~
, . ~ ., ~
~ -SO R- i
:j: 3
:, -C02R
-CONR R
-CN ; or
phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3 fluoro,
¦ chloro, bromo, Cl-C6 alkyl, rOR3~ -NR3R4,
~ -So3R4, -C02R3 or -CoNR3R4, wherein R3, R4
;,: and R9 in such R5 substituents are as defined
1~ ~ above;
,
~::
,
, . ~. .: .
, ~ . . .. . , .
' : , ~ . ! ' ', ,
. ' . ~ ' , ,
, ~ ' , , , :
. ' ., ' : ~ ' , ' ' .:
'' ' ~' ' ` ', ~ , ', ' ' '. ', ~

; ~
- 27 -
or R5 may be attached to
~ CN_ ~
'
at another point on the ring so as to form a fused hetero-
cyclic or heteroaromatic ring, which ring may contain
additional, preferably up to 2, hetero atoms selected from
O, N and S;
Rl5 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen;
substituted and unsubstituted: alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl,
having from 1-10 carbon atoms; cycloalkyl, cycloalkylalkyl and
alkylcycloalkyl, having 3-6 carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl ring
and }-6 carbon atoms in the alkyl moieties; spirocycloalkyl
having 3-6 carbon atoms; phenyl; aralkyl, aralkenyl and arzl~ynyl
wherein the aryl moiety is phenyl and the aliphatic portion has
1-6 carbon atoms; heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and
heterocyclylalkyl wherein the hetero ato~ or atoms in the
above-named heterocyclic moieties are selected ~rom the group :
consisting o~ 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moieties associated with said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; wherein ~he substituent or substituents relative to
the above-named radicals are selected from the group consis~ing
of: amino, mono-l di- and trialkylamino, hydroxyl, al~oxyl,
mercapto, alkylthio,~ phenylthio, sulfamoyl, ~midino, guanidino, ~-
nitro, chloro, bxomo, fluoro, cyano and carboxy; znd wherein the ::
alkyl moieties of the aboYe-recited substituents have 1-6 carbon
atoms; ~ :
.
: ::
::
, ~':'
. . .
,. . . , ., -
~ .

~'
~ ;9{37~ ,
, . . .
- 27a -
.
,
A is Cl-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene; R~ is hydrogen,
an anionic charge or a conventional readily removable carboxyl.
protecting group, providiny that when R2 is hydroge~ or a
protecting group, there is also present a counter ion; and
.` ~3
. ~ .
represents a substituted or unsubstituted mOhO-, bi- or poly- -
cyclic aromatic heterocyclic radical containing at least one ~-
nitrogen i~ the ring and attached to A through.a ring carbon
atom and having a ring nitrogen which is quaternized by the
: group R5 ; and pharmaceutlcally acceptable salts thereof.
The compou~ds o~ ~ormula I are po~e~t antibacterial
agents or intermedlates use~ul i~ the preparation of such agents~
Also included in the in~rers'ion axe processes ~or
preparing the novel.carbapenem deri~a~i~es describea above ant
~i phar;raceutic2~ composi~ion~ containing the biologically ~cti~e
; carbapenem deri~rati~7es in c~mbination wi~h plla~naceutically
acceptable carriers o:r diluents.
DETAILE:D D~:SCRIPTION
The novel compo~ds of genera i forlTula I abc~e contair
the c2rbapenem nucleus
- 0~3'
-
.
,
. . ' ~ .

;9C~7~3
- 28 -
and may thus be named as 1-carba-2-penem-3-carboxylio
aaid derivatives. Alternatively, the compoun~ may
be considered to have the basic stru¢ture
~ ~ ~ 2
.~ and named as 7-oxo-1 azabicyalo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-
carboxylic acid derivat~ ve8. While the prasent
invantion inoludes compounds wherein the relative
~`l 10 ~tereochemiitry o~ the 5,6-protonR is cis as well as
~, the preferred compounds have the 5R,6S (tran6)
~' stereoahemistry aPi in the case of thienamycin.
- The compounds of formula I may be
~ unsubstituted in the 6-position or ~ubstituted by
`''J 15 ~llb tituent groups previously disclo~ed for other
oarbapenem derivativei. More ~pecifically, R8 may be
hydrogen and R1 may be hydrogen or a non-hydrogen
~ sub~tituent diaclosed, for example, in published
-~ European Patent Application 38~869 (6ee dPfinition of -
R6). Alternatively, R8 and R1 taken together may be
C2-C10 alkyl~dene or C2-C10 alkylidene substituted,
~`` for example, by hydroxy.
~ The compounds of formula I may al~o be ~-
j~ unsub6titutsd at the 1-po~ition (~15=Hj or
substituted by substituent groups prevlously
disclosed for other carbapenem derivatives. More
: ~pecifically, R15 may be hydrogen or any of the non-
hydrogen 1-substituent6 dlsclosed for example, in
published European Patent Application 54,917 (see
definition of R1 or R2 therein) or in U.S. Patent
4,350,631. Preferred non-hydrogen R15 substituents
include C1-C6 alkyl, most preferably methyl; phenyl; -
and phenyl (C1-C6) alkyl. The non-hydrogen R15
substituent may be in either the a- or B-
configuration, and lt is intended that the present
,';! invention include the individual a- and B- isomers,
~ as well as mixtures thereof. The most
, . . . . . . .
i' ' .
:
:; : :: . , . : :

---- 12 t~ 37~3
,j
s
,, .
.. ..
,~ - 28i -
,
preferred 1-substituted compounds are those having
the B- configuration, especially those having the
B-methyl substituent.
t'~ '
},~ ~
.
~3:
u
i.: : ,
~';
,
i';
. : ~
. . . ' ' , .

: ~2~j9~
~ - 28a - -
. .,
To elaborate on the definitions for R , R8 and R15:
(a) The aliphatic "alkyl", "alkenyl" and "alkynyl"
groups may be straight or brznched chain haYing 1-10
carbon atoms; preferred are 1-6, most pre'erably 1-4,
car~on groups; when part of anoth~r su~stituent,. e.g.
25 i~l cycloaLkylal~cyl, o~ heteroaralkyl or araLlcenyl,
the alkyl ~ alkenyl and alkynyl group prefera~ly contains
1-6, most preferably 1-4, carbon atoms.
~ tb) ~heteroaryl" irlcludes mono-, bi- and polycyclic
aromatic heterocyclic gr~ups containing 1-4 0~ ~ or S
atoms; preferred are 5- or 6-mem~ered heterocyclic rings
such 25 t~ienyl, ~uryl, thiadi2zolyl, oxadiazolyl,
triaz`olyl~ isothiazolyl~ thiazolyl, lmidazolyl, isoxazolyl,
'
.
i
~ '
:'~ ' ' ' '
~: : ' ' . ,' . ' ' ' ~ ' .
'~ , .,: : '
;. ~ ' ' ~,. ', ,, ' '

~ 3L2~;:9~7~
.
. --29--
.
tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinylf
pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, et~.
~c) "neterocyclyl~ includes mor~o-, bi- and p~lycyclic:
sa~ur:a~ed or unsaturated non-aromatic hetEro~yclic
groups containing 1 4 O, N or S atoms; preferrea are
5 or 6-mesnbered he.erocyelic rings such as morpholinyl,
pipe azinyl, piperiayl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl,
imidazt~linyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, pyrroliainyl,
ett:.
., .
~d) "halo" includes chloro, brom~, fluoro and iodo and
is prefPrably c~lorc), fluoro or bromo.
,
The term "conven~ional readily remo~2ble carboxyl
protec~ g g2: oup" xefers to a J;r~owr~ ester group which
h2s been emplcyed to 1~loc3c a carboxyl group d?lring 'che
c~ ic:a~ ceactio~ steps ~esc-iqDed belo~ and whic~ can
be remo~ed, if desirea, by me~hods which do not result
in any appreciable destructlon of the rem~ ~ing portion
O! the ~olecule, e. g. by chemiczl or enzymatic hydrolysis,
treatment wi'ch chemical reducing agents unde~ m:ild ~on-
~i~;ons, ir:l:ad~a~on wi'ch ultrat~iole~ 1 ight or catalytic
hydrc~gena~ion. Examples o~ such es~er pro~ecting groups
inc~ude ~enzhyd~yl, a~ ,. p-nitro~eri~X~; 2-naphthylmethyl,
benzyl, trichloroethyl, silyl suc~ as trimethylsilyl,
phenacyl, p-~ethoxybenzyl, acetonyl, o-nitlo~enzyl, 4-
pyæidylmethyl znd Cl-C6 aL'cyl s~ch as m~thyl~ ethyl or ~-butyl.
Included wi'chir~ suc~ protecting gr~ups are "hose which
are hydrolyzed under pllysiological con~itior~s suc~ 25
pi~raloyloxymethyl, ac:etoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl and
methoxymethyl~. ~ pa~ticularly adYantageous carboxyl
protectislg~ group ;s p-r~itroben2yl which may be re~dily
remoYed by ca~alytic hydrcgenolysisO
,, :
.,
~ . , . ~ .
' .
.. . .
., . . ~ . . . . .
, j, ., :
.: ~

3~ 7~
- 30 -
,,
~he pharmaceutioally acceptable ~alt6
referxed to above include the nontoxic acid addition
6alts, e.g. ~alt~ with mineral acids such as
hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, pho6phoric,
sulfuric, etc. and 8alt8 with organic acids ~uch as
maleic, acetic, citric, succinic, benzoia, tartaric,
- fumaria, mandelic, ascorbic, lactic, gluconic and
malic. Compound~ of formula I in the form of acid
addition salts may be written as
~ R15
. ~ S _A~N_R5 xe
' o cooR2 ~ H or protecting group
where ~ repre~ent~ the acid anion. ~he counter
I 15 anion xe may be ~elected so as to provide
pharmaceutically aaoeptable 6alts ~or therapeutic
admini tration but, in the aase of intermediate
~i compounds of formula I, Xe may al~o be a toxic anion.
In ~uch a aase the ion oan be subsequently removed or
substituted by a pharmaceutioally acceptable anion to
form an active end product for therapsutic u6e. When
~ ~ ~ acidic or basic groups are present ln the R1 or R5 ~
; group or on the - -
0 :~
~ N ~
,~ radical, the present invention may also include
uitable ba~e or acid Ralts of these funational
groups, e.g. acid addition ealts in the case of a ~h-
i 30 ba~ic group and metal salts ~e.g. sodium, potassium,
calcium and aluminum), the ammonium alt and salts
with nontoxic aminP6 (e.g. trialkylamine~, procaine,
dibenzylamine, 1-ephenamine, N-benzyl-B-
phenethylamine, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, etc.)
in the case of an acidic group.
,
.
.

i9~7~
- 31 -
:
Compounds of formula I wherein R2 i6
hydrogen, an anionic charge or a phy~iologically
hydrolyzable e~ter group together with
pharmaceutically a¢ceptable 6alts thereof are useful
as antibacterial agents. The remaining compounds of
formula I are valuable intermediates which can be
converted into the above-mentioned biologically
active oompound6.
A prsferred embodiment of the pre~ent
invention compri~e compound~ of formula I wherein R8
is hydrogen and R1 i6 hydrogen, CH3CH2-
CH 3 CH 3~OH OH
~CH-, C- or CH3~H-
CH3~ CH3
Among this 6ubclas6, the preferred compounds are
tho e in which R1 i8
OH
CH3~H- , mo6t prePerably compounds
having the ab~olute configuration 5R, 6S, 8R.
Another preferred embodiment ¢omprise
compound~ of formula I in which R1 and R8 taken
together form an alkylidene radioal of ~he formula
HOCH 2
~C
2 5 CH3/
The alkylene (i.a. ~ubstituent "A") radical
in the compound~ of formula I may be ~traight or
branched chain and may contain from 1 to 6 carbon
atoms. A preferred embod~iment oomprises those
compound~ in which A i6 -(CH2)-n in which n i8 1 or 2
and a parti¢ularly preferred embodiment compriss~
those ¢ompound~ whera A is -CH2-~
'
~:
~: ~
. .

99~8
, .
-32-
. .
The alkylene moiety "A" is attached Yia a ring carbon
atom to an N-substituted quaternized aromatic heterocycle of the
, (3--RS
" .
wherein the R5 substituent is preferably an optionally
Cl C6 alkyl, C2-C10 23kenyl, C2-C10 21kynyl'
C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl-Cl-C6 zlkyl, phenyl,
phenyl-Cl-C6 alkyl, phenyl-C2-C~ alkenyl, phenyl-C2-C6
alkynyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl in which the alkyl moiety
has 1 6 carbon a~oms, heterocyclyl or heterocyclylalXyl i~
which the alkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon a~oms. The hetero2ryl
~or heteroaryl portion o~ heteroaralkyl) R~ substituent :: -
,?
may be a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic group .
containing 1-4 O, N or S atoms; preferred ase 5- or 6-membered
heterocyclic rings such as thienyl, furyl, thiadiazolyl,
oxadiazolyl, triazolyI, isothiazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, :~
~, isoxazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, pyri.dyl, pyrazinyl, :~ -
- pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrrolyl and pyrazolyl. ~he hetero-
c~clyl (or heterocyclyl portion of hetexocyclyl21kyl) R5
~,: substituent may be a mono-, bi- or polycyclic saturated or
unsaturated non-aromatic heterocyclic group cont~ining 1-4 0,
N or S atoms; pre~erred are 5- or 6-membered heterccyclic rings
such as mo~pholinyl, piperazinyl, piperidyl, pyrazolinyl,
pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyrrolinyl and
~pyrrolidinyl.
The R5 substituent may-be optionally substituted by 1-3
substituents independently sele~ted from: ~ .
`:
:' ,
, '
~ . . . . . .
: : , , , " .
.
.
;

397~3
.
. .
- 33 -
(a) Cl-C6 alkyl optionally substituted by, preferably 1-3,
amino, fluoro, chloro, carboxyl; hydroxy or carbamoyl
groups;
.: (b) fluoro, chloro or bromo;
(c) -OR
(d) -OC02R
(e) -ocoR3 ;
(f) -OCONR R
R9 ;
11
O
(h) -oxo ;
(i) ~R3R4 ;
(j ) R3CoNR4_
, (k) -NR 3co 2R4 ;
.~ ( 1 ) -N~3CoNR3R4
:, (m)
~ -NR3S-R9 ;
,, O
~ (n) -SR
~,
i~ (o~ -SOR~ ; .
J, (P) g
-S-R
,, O
(q) -So3R3 ;
(r) -~02R ~ :
(s) -CONR R
(t) -CN ; or
i (u) ph~nyl vptionally substituted by 1-3 substituents in- ~ :
dependently selected from fluoro, chloro, bromo, Cl-C6
alkyl, -OR , -NR R , -SO3R , -CO2R or -CONR R , wherein, ~ ~.
relative to the abo~e-named R5 substituents, the groups
R3 and R4 are independently selected from hydrogen; alkyl,
- , , .

~lkenyl a~d alkynyl, ha~ing l-lO carbon atoms; cyclo-
. ~ alkyl, cycloalkylaIkyl and alkylcycloalkyl, having
.~ 3-6 carbon atoms i~ the cycloalkyl ring and 1-6 carbon
atoms in the alkyl moieties; phenyl; aralkyl, ar2~kenyl
~, and araIkynyl wherPin the aryl moiety is phenyl and the
~; aliphatic portio~ has 1-6 car~on atoms; and heteroaryl,
.. , heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl and heterocyclylalkyl wherein
'.: the heteroaryl and heterocyclyl group or portion of a
group is 25 defined above for ~5 and the alkyl moieties ~ :~
~;. ass~cia~ed wi~h said heterocyclic moieties have 1-6
carbon atoms; or ~3 and R4 ta~en together with the nitrQge~
to whic~ at least one is attached may form a 5- or '
~; 6-membered nitrogen-containing heterocyclic (as defined
abo~e fox R5) ri~g;-' and ~9 is 2S defined a}~o~re for R3 .:
~. . excep~ tha~ it may not be hydrogen. A m~st preferrea R~ :
.~ - substitue~'c is Cl-C6 alkyl, especially methyl.
; 5 ~ ::
In addition, the R substituent, together with.another
- ring atom of the ~
.. i .
moiety, may form a ~used heterocyclic or heteroaroma~ic ring,
~: which ring may contain additional, pre~erably 1 or 2, hetero
ato~s selected ~rom 0, N and S. For example,
-~. /
CN~ RS may be ~
~ c~
,
,
i. .
,
.. . .
:: , ' . , ',. :
": ` ' . ' ' ~ ` ' ~ ' ' ' ' '

,9~37~3
- 35 -
The group
+ N-
preferably represents a substituted or unsubstituted mono-, bi-
or polycyclic aromatic heterocycle containing at least one
nitrogen in the ring and 0-5 additional ring hetero atoms selected
from 0, S and N, said heterocyclic ring being attached to A
through a ring carbon atom and having a ring nitrogen atom
quaternized by the group R .
The heteroaromatic
N-
.
; ring may be optionally substituted at available ring carbon
atoms by preferably 1-5, most preferably 1-3, substituents in-
dependently selected from the group consisting of Cl-C4 alkyl;
Cl-C~ alkyl substituted by, pxeferably 1-3, hydroxy, amino,
~ Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, -
q halo (hereinafter intended to mean chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo;
preferably chloro, bromo or fluoro) or sulfo; C3-C6 cycloalkyl;
C3-C6 cycloalkyl(Cl-C4)alkyl optionally substituted by
1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with
Cl~C4 alkyl; Cl-C4 alkoxy; Cl-C4 alkylthio; amino;
Cl-C4 alkylamino; di(Cl-C4)alkylamino; halo; Cl-C4 alkanoyl~
amino; Cl-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxyi sulfo; O
; -C-O-Cl-C~ alkyl;
hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3
substituents independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy,
tri1uoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl C4 alkylamino,
di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo; phenyl(Cl-C4)-
alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in
connection with phenyl and the alkvl portion may b~
optionally substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl or hetero-
aralkyl in which ~he hetero atom or atoms are selected from
the group consisting of 1-4 O, S or N atoms and the alkyl moiety
., ' ,
~, ,

~L2~i9~37~3
- 36 -
associated with heteroaralkyl has 1-6 carbon atoms, said
heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally substituted
in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substituents independently
. selected from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl,
: Cl-C4 alko~y, Cl-C4 alkyl~mino, di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and
sulfo and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3 substituents selected from
hydroxy, amino, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, Cl-C4
alkoxyl carboxy, halo and sulfo. In addition, available ring
nitrogen atoms (other than the quaternized nitrogen) may be :
~ substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from the ..
group consisting of C1-C4 alkyl; Cl-C4 alkyl substituted by,
preferably 1-3, hydroxy, amino, Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)-
alkylamino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo or sulfo groups;
:s C3-C~ cycloalkyl; C3-C6 cycloalkyl(Cl-C4)alkyl optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above
in connection with Cl-C~ alkyl; phenyl; phenyl
substituted by 1-3 substituents independently selected from
amino, halo, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, Cl-C4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, :- :
Cl-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo;
phenyl(Cl-C4)alkyl in which the phenyl portion may be optionally
substituted by 1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with
:~ phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by
1-3 substituents mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4 alkyl;
and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or
atoms are selected from the group consisting of 1-4 0, S or N
. atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with heteroaralkyl has
1-6 carbon atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groups being
optionally substituted in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3
substituents independentIy selected from hydroxy, amino, halo,
trifluoromethyl, Cl-C~ alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4 alkylamino,
di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo and in the alkyl moiety
I by 1-3 substituents selected from hydroxy, ~mino, Cl-C4 alkylamino,
di(Cl-C4)alkylamino, Cl-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and sulfo. The
most preferred ring carbon and nitrogen substituents are Cl-C6 alkyl,
especially methyl.
. .
,
,
~ , , .

~ .2~ 3978
:
- 37 -
-' '
Within the above-described preferred embodiment, the
preferred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2)- in which
n i5 1 or 2, most preferably those in which A is -CH2- and
-~ wherein (a) Rl and R~ taken together represent
.~ HOCH2
CH3
or (b~ R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydrogen, CH3C~
i~~H3~ 3 ~ OH
'" CH- , ~ I I ''
,~ C- , or CH CH-
C~ C~ 3
Particularly pre.ferred are the compounds wherein ~8 is
~'! hydrogen and Rl is
10~
- CH3CH , especially compour~ds
. ha~ing the absolute configurztion 5R, 6S, 8R.
~' I~ a preferred embodiment the group
: ~ 0~
~, represents an aromat~c 5- or 6- membered, N-c~nt~ining he e~o-
cycli~ ring containing 0-3 additional hetero a~oms selected from
07 S or N. Such aromatic heterocycle may, where possible, be
fused to another ring which may be a saturated or unsaturated
carbocyclic ring, preferably a C4-C7 caxbocyclic ring, an aromatic
. car~ocyclic ri~g preferably a phenyl ring, a 4-7 membered hetero~
: cyclic ring (saturated or unsaturated~ containing 1-3 hetero atoms
selec~ed from O, $, N or NR 1 in which ~ is hydrogen, Cl-C6 alkyl
optionally subs~ituted by 1-2 substi~uents independently selected
from -oR3, -NR3R4, -C02R3, oxo, phenyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo,
: .:
~, :
,:' ' ' '

~` ~2~9~t'7~3
-- 38 --
.... .
-503R3 and -Co~R3R4, or phenyl optionally substituted by 1-3
subst tuents independently selected from Cl-C6 alkyl, -oR3,
-NR R , fluoro, chloro, bromo, -503R3, -C02R3 and -CoNR3R4,
wherein R3 and R4 in such Rll substituents are as defined above
in connection with substituent R , or a 5-6 membered hetero-
aromatic rin~ containing 1-3 hetero atoms selected from 0, S,
N or NRll.in which Rll is as defined above.. The 5- or 6- membered
aromatic quaternized ring or, where appropriate, the carbocyclic,
heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring fused thereto, or both such
rings, may be optionally substituted on available ring
atoms by, preferably up to a total of five substitu2nts for
the total ring system, ~he substituents mentioned above in
connection with the group
.
CN
Within the above~described prefe:rred embodiment, the
preferred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2)n in which
n is 1 or 2, most preferably those in which A is -C~- and
wherein (a) Rl and R~ taken together represent
~,. HOC~2~
" C=
: CH3
or ~b) R8 is hydrQqen and Rl represents hydrogen, CH3C~2-,
l ~H3 ~ CH3~0~ pH
, CH- , C- , or CH3CH-
~: CH3 CH3
Particularly preferred are the compound~ wherein R is hydrogen
and Rl is
pH
CH3C~-, especially compounds having the absolute
~onfiguration SR, 6S, 8R.
:~
.. ~ .

i99'7~3
. ~ 39 -
. .
Still another pre~erred embodiment of the
pre~ent invention compri~as compounds of formula I
- wherein ~ ~ e ~ -
:~ t N - R5
~
. repre6ents a radical ~elected from the group
i~ consisting of ~N ~ R7
::i 10 ~ R 6
~ '
wherein R6, R7 and R1~ are independently f elected
. from hydrogen; C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl 6ub6tituted ~-
,;., 15 by, preferably 1-3, hydroxy, Cl-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, ~ul~o,
., carboxy or halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; :.
preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); C3-C6
, cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C
, 20 C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino; halo (chloro,
bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or
, bromo); C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy;., carboxy;
.
-OCl-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl; : ~:
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo :~
(chloro, bromo, ~luoro or iodo; pre~erably chloro,
~luoro sr bromo), hydroxyl, tri~luoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4)alkyl ln
which the phenyl portion may be optionally
8 ubstituted by 1-3 8 ubsti tuent~ mentioned above in
connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be
optionally ~ub tituted by 1-3 ,substituent~ mentioned
above ln oonnection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
' 35 and heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atom~
`! in the above-named heterocyc,lic moieties are ~elected
: ~ . ' , ' ' , :
.- . .
: ~ . . . . : , . : . . :
: :

~:
`i ~2~.9'-~78
. .
,: -39a-
from the group consisting of 1-4 oxygen, ni~rogen or
sulfur atoma and the alkyl moiety asæociated with
~ 5 said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms; or
`- wherein two of R6, R7 or R10 taken together may be a
~u~ed saturated ¢arbocyclic ring, a fu6ed aromatio
carbocyclic ring, a fused non-aromatic heterocyclic
- ring or a fused heteroaromatic ring, said fused rings
being optionally substituted by 1 or 2 of the
. sub~tituents defined above for R6, R7 and R10;
,.,
,,~
~.,,
,,
. ' ~
. ~
~j ,
,,i :
/
.'i .
' ~
.. .' ' ;' '
i~ ' ' , " ~
1 :
i:i~ ~ ' '
'~.
! -
:j :
~' ` . .
,
. : : ,,
. . . , , :

s~78
~ - 40 -
: 5 ~5
(b) ~ RS ~ .
. 1 e
~ 3
optionally ~ubstituted on a ~arbon atom by one to
three substituents indepandently ~elected from C1-C4
,~ alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl 6ubstituted by, preferably 1-3,
hydroxy, C1-C4 alkylami~o, sulfo, di(C1-C4
; 10 alkyl)amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, amino, aarboxy or halo
- (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro,
fluoro or bromo); C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; C1-
. C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C~ alkylamino; di(C1-C
, aIkyl)amino; halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo;
preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); C1-C
,l alkanoylamino; C1-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
~ R
1 -~-OC1-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl;
$j phenyl sub~tituted by one, two or three amino, halo
. 20 (chloro, bromo, ~luoro or iodo; preferably chloro, ~:
i
fluoro or bromo), hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups; phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in ::~
¦; which the phenyl portion may be optionally
l; sub~tituted by 1-3 ~ubstituents mentioned above in
;il 25 connection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be
o~tionally 6ubstituted by 1-3 6ubstitusnt~ mentioned
above in conneotion with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
or heteroaralkyl in whiah the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named heterocyclia moieties are selected
i 30 from the group aonsisting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
' ulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety associated with
.~ ~aid heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atoms, or
optionally 6ub6tituted so as ~o form a fused carbo-
I cyclic, heteroayclic or heteroaromatic ring
i 35 optionally ~ubstitutsd by 1 or 2 of the ~ubstituent~
defined abovei ~ ~
r - -
~: ~ ; :~ ':
',

:` i`j
` ^ 12~ 3~7t~
.,; ~ -.
~ - 41 -
. . .
RS RS RS
N , ~~ J
. ~ RS
` ~ . RS t~ l -
`~ 5 ~ I R S~
~ ~U
'. optionally substituted on a carbon atom by one or two
-` substituents independently selected from Cl-C4 alkyl;
.~ 10 C1-C4 alkyl substituted by, preftetrably 1-3, hydroxy,
Cl-C4 alkylamino, sulfo, di(C1-C4 alkyl) amino, C1-
. C4 alkoxy, amino, carboxy or halo (chloro, bromo,
.i fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo);
C3-C6 oycloalkyl; Cl-C4 alkoxy; Cl-C4 alkylthlo;
r 15 amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di (C1-C4 alkyl)amino; halo :~
~; (ahloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro,
~luoro or bromo); C1-C4 alkanoylamlno; C1-C
~ alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
,l 20 -~-OC1-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl;
'j phenyl sub6tituted by ontet, two or three amino, halo
;i (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro,
'! flutDro or bromo), hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
.j ~ alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups; phenyl (Cl-C4) alkyl i n
which the phenyl portion may be optionally
:t sub~tituted by 1-3 substituent~ mentioned above in ;;
o~nection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be :
optionally substitu ed by 1-3 ~ubstitusnts mentioned ;:~
above ~ oo~nection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl - :~
q 30 or heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms in
the above-named hsterocyclic moieties are ~electsd
~rom the group aonsigting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or :~
6ulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety as60ciated wlth - ~:
: said heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 aarbon atom~, or
optionally substituted ~o as to form a fused
carbocycllc, heterocyclic or heteroaromatic ring
'i o~tionally ~ubstituted by 1 or 2 of the #ub~tituents :~
~ defined above;
,~ , "

y~ l
c3~7
- 42 -
R5 R5 R5
~ (d) ~ ~ ~ N
R5 n R5 R5
, ~ ~ N ~ ~ ~ ~N
~, optio~ally ~ubstituted on a carbon atom by a
substituent independently ~elected fxom C1-C4 alkyl;
t.'' 10 C1-C4 alkyl substituted by, preferably 1-3, hydroxy,
.. C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C~ alkyl)-amino, sulfo, C1-
.. C4 alkoxy, amino, carboxy or halo (chloro, bromo,
~luoro or iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo);
C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C1-C4 alkoxy; Cl-C4 alkylthio;
amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; di(C1-C4 alkyl)amino; halo
. (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably chloro,
:' fluoro or bromo); C1-C4 alkanoylamino; C1-C4
alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
~ ~ .
. 20 _ ~-OC1-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino; guanidino; phenyl;
phenyl substituted by one, two or three amino, halo
.
~ (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; pre~erably chloro,
~ fluoro or bromo), hydroxyl, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
i~ alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups, phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in
. 25 which the phenyl portion may be o~tionally
substituted by 1 3 6ubstltuents mentioned above in
. oonnection with phenyl and the alkyl portion may be
~' optionally sub~tituted by 1-3 substituentæ mentioned
above in connection with C1~C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl
or heteroaralkyl in whish the hetero atom or atoms in
the abova-namsd heterocyclia moieties are selected
from the group oon6i6ting of 1-4 oxygen, nitrogen or
~ulfur atoms and the alkyl moiety as60ciated with
~aid heteroaralkyl moiety has 1-6 carbon atomæ;
. .
;~:~ .. .: : . . . . ..... .. . .. .

`~:
9~3~8
- 43 -
`;`'
~ S e~
(e) ~ ~R or ~X J
. .
. .
wherein X i~ 0, S or NR in which R i8 C1-C4 alkyl;
Cl-C4 alkyl sub~tituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amlno, C1-C4
~ alkylamino, dl(C1-C4) - alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
; carboxy, halo or sulfo group6; C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-
1 C6 cycloalkyl (C1-C4) alkyl optionally substituted by
: 10 1-3 6ubstitusnts mentioned above in connection with
: C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl 6ubstituted by 1-3
.~ sub~tituents independently selected from amino, halo,
: ~ hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
C1-C4 alkylamino, di(Cl-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and
. 15 sulfo; phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl
.~ portion may be optionally ~ub~tituted by 1-3 ; :~
~ub~tituent6 mentioned above in connection with
phenyl and the alkyl portion may be optionally
sub~tituted by 1-3 ~ub tituents mentioned above in
connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl and :
~: heteroaralkyl in whlch the hetero atom or atoms axe
seleoted from the group consisting of 1-4 0, S or N : :
atom~ and the alkyl moiety a~ociated with
heteroaralkyl ha~ 1-6 carbon atoms, eaid heteroaryl :~:
and heteroaralkyl groups being optionally ~ub6titutsd :~
.~ in the heterocyalic ring moiety by 1-3 substituent~ -
$ in~ependently selected ~rom hydroxy, amino, halo,
trifluoromathyl, C1-C~ alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, Cl-C4
alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, di(C1- ::~
C4)alkylamino, ~arboxy and sulo and in the alkyl ~:
.~ moiety by 1-3 sub6tituent6 ~elected from hydxoxy ~:~
amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)alkylamino, C1-C4 - :
alkoxy, aarboxy, halo an~ 6ulfo; said heteroaromatic
radical being optionally substituted on a carbon atom
by one or moxe ~ubstituent~ independently 6elected
from C1-C4 alkyl; Cl-C4 alkyl ~ub~tituted by,
~,
~: . . .
.~ .. . . .. .

~ ~,9~'78
.
- 43a -
preferably 1-3, hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di
(Cl-C4 alkyl) amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, sulfo, carboxy or
halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably
; 5 chloro, fluoro or bromo); C3-C6 cycloalkyl; Cl-C4
alkoxy; C1-C~ alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamlno; di
(C1-C4 alkyl) amino; halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or
iodo; preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo); C1-C4
.` alkanoylamino; Cl-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy; O
' 10
~ - -OCl-C4 alkyl; hydroxy; amidino;
`''
~, ~
.
.
.. ..

c~
- 44 -
.:
"'
.; ~
guanidino; phenyl; phenyl .sub~tituted by one, two or
. three amino, halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo;
preferably chloro, fluoro or bromo), hydrox~l,
trifluoromsthyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may
be optionally sub.stituted by 1-3 substituents
mentioned abo~e in connection with phenyl and the
alkyl portion may be optionally ~ubstituted by 1-3
substituents mentioned above in connection with C1-C4
alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the
hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moietles are selected from the group oonfiisting of 1-
j 4 oxygen, nitrogen or sulfur atoms and the alkyl
moisty associated with said heteroaralkyl moiety has :;;
~¦ 15 1-6 carbon atoms, or optionally substituted 80 as to
;:l form a fused carbocyclic, heterocyclic or : :
~ heteroaromatic ring optionally substituted by 1 or 2
;~ of the substituents defined above;
.. (f) ~s
~ \~
, ~ ~X ~ ~5 ' ~R ~. :
~_~5
'.'J wherein X i8 0, S or NR in which R iB C1-C4 alkyl;
C1-C4 alkyl substituted by 1-3 hydroxy, amino, C1-C~
;30 alkylamino, di(C1-C,~) - alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy,
carboxy, halo or BUl~0 groups, C3-C6 cycloalkyl; C3-
C6 cycloalkyl (C1-C43 alkyl optionally substituted by
1-3 substituents msntioned above in connection with
. C1-C4 alkyl; phenyl; phenyl substituted by 1-3
substltuents independsntly 6elected from amino, halo,
hydroxy, trlfluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy,
,i
, ~,
~ .
'
.
,~ . : ` . . . .

1~9~3~7~3
- 44a -
:; Cl-C4 alkylamino, di (Cl-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and
.:; sul~o; phenyl (Cl-C4) alkyl ln whioh the phenyl
portion may be optlonally substituted by 1-3 ~
substituents mentioned above in connection wlth
phenyl and the nlkyl portlon may be optlonally
',' . ,
.~
''
,
'
.
:
.
.
,; , ' . ' ! ~ '

3~7~3
,.~
- "
- 45 -
:,
~:,
8 ub~tituted by 1-3 8 ubstituents mentioned above in
~ connection with C1-C4 alkyl; and heteroaryl and
- heteroaralkyl in which the hetero atom or atoms are
. elected from the group con6i~ting of 1--4 0, S or N
atoms and thie alkyl moiety associated with
.. , heteroaralkyl ha~ l-S carbon atomæ, said heteroaryl
and heteroaralkyl groups baing optionally 6ubstituted
in the heterocyclic ring moiety by 1-3 substitu2nts
independently selected from hydroxy, amino, halo,
~i 10 trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4
: alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo
, and in the alkyl moiety by 1-3 6ubstituents 6elected
. from hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)
.. : alkylamino, C1-C4 alkoxy, carboxy, halo and 6ulfo; :~
. 15 said heteroaromatia radical being optionally
~:¦ sub6tituted on a carbon atom by a 6ubstltuent
elected ~rom C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted :
` by, preferably 1-3, hydroxy, amino, C1-C4 alkylamino,
di(C1-C4 alkyl~ amino, C1-C4 alkoxy, sul~o, aarboxy ::
: 20 or halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo; preferably
chloro, fluoro or bromo); C3-C6 oyoloalkyl; Cl-C4
alkoxy; C1-C4 alkylthio; amino; C1-C4 alkylamino; d-
, (Cl-C4 alkyl) amino; halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or
.` iodo; prsf~rably ohloro, ~luoro or bromo~; C1-C4
i. 25 alkanoylamino; C~-C4 alkanoyloxy; carboxy;
., q
-~-OCl-C~ alkyl; hydroxy; amidino;
. guanidino; phenyl; phenyl sub6tituted by one, two or
i ~hree amino, halo (chloro, bromo, fluoro or iodo;
preferably chloro, f l uoro or bromo), hydroxyl,
trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl or C1-C4 alkoxy groups;
phenyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may -~
be optionally substituted by 1-3 substituent6
mentioned above in conneation with phenyl and the
alkyl portion may ba optionally sub6tituted by 1-3
, sub6tituent6 mentioned above in connection with Cl-C4
.~ ~
.
': ~ ~ ., ' ' .
.
:: . ~ . .

3~78
.,
; - 45a -
alkyl; and heteroaryl or heteroaralkyl in which the
hetero atom or atoms in the above-named heterocyclic
moieties are selected from the group ~onsisting of 1-
4 oxygen, nitrogen or ~ulfur atoms and the alkyl
molety as~ociated with said heteroaralkyl moiety ha~
1-6 carbon atom~; and
~-
~f~
: , . . . . . .

~ 99~7~3
., ,-
., - 4~i -
N~ 5 iS-N _N 1_
:` .
.' S e,
.~j N--N-R P~
~ R5 ' I ~ I RS'~N
~ wherein R 1~ C1-C4 alkyl; C1-C4 alkyl substituted by
7 1-3 hydroxy, a~ino, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C~) ; -
alkylamino, C1-C~ alkoxy, carboxy, halo or culfo -
groups; C3-C6 cyaloalkyl; C3-Cç cycloalkyl ~C1-C4)
, alkyl optionally ~ubstituted by 1-3 sub6tituents ~:
mentioned above in connection with C1-C4 alkyl; -^
i phenyl; phenyl 6ubstituted by 1-3 ~ubstituents ^:
^independently selected from amino, halo, hydroxy, ~:
~ 15 trifluoromethyl, C1-C4 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4
! alkylamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, carboxy and sulfo;
phsnyl (C1-C4) alkyl in which the phenyl portion may :^ ~
be optionally substituted by 1~3 substituents :-~ :
mentioned above i~ connection with phenyl and the
alkyl portion may be optionally substituted by 1-3 ~ .
: ~ubstituent6 mentioned above ln connection with C1-C4
l~ alkyl; and heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl in which tha
1: hetero atom or atom~ are ~elected from the group
oon~i6ting of 1-4 0, S or N atom6 and the alkyl
moiety a~ociated with heteroaralkyl ha~ 1-6 carbon
atoms, said heteroaryl and heteroaralkyl groupe being :~
optionally substitut~d in the heterocycl~c ring -
moiety by 1-3 substltuents independently 6elected
from hydroxy, amino, halo, trifluoromethyl, C1-C4
alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxy, C1-C4 alkylamino, di(C1-C4)
alkylamino, aarboxy and 6ulfo and in the alkyl moiety
by 1-3 fiubstituent. ~elected from hydroxy, amino, C1-
C4 alkyIamino, di(C1-C4) alkylamino, Cl-C4 alkoxy,
carboxy, halo and culfo. The R and R5 group6 may
'

12~;9978
-- 47 --
,, ,
~: also be taken together to form a fused heterocyclic or
; heteroaromatic ring.
`, Within the above-described preferred embodiment, the
~ preferred compounds are those in which A is -(CH2)n in which
;; n is 1 or 2, most preferably those in which A is -CH - and
wherein (a) Rl and R8 taken together represent 2
HOCH2~
~: /C=
` CH3 :
or (b) R8 is hydr~gen and Rl represen~s hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
` ~ CH3 ~ ~ ,
: 3 CH3
Particularly preferred are the compounds wherein R8 is
hydrogen and Rl is
" ~H
~ C~3 H-, especially compounds ha~ing the
., absolute configuration 5R, 65, 8R.
A particularly preferred embodiment of the present
invention comprises compounds of formula I wherein
~ N R
.' :: represents a radical of the formula
!
~ ~ - i6
: R
wherei~ R6~ R7 and R10 are independently selected from the
group consisting of hydrogen, Cl-C.4 alkyl, Cl-C4 alkoxy,
carboxyl and carbamoyl arld R is as defined abo~, and is
preferably C1-C6 alky1, most preferably -CH3. ~ :
,,
.1 :
~, . . . ~ : : . .

9 9'78
i - 48 -
. Within the abo~e-described preferred embodiment, the
. Rreferred compounds are those in which A is ~(C~2)~- in which
n is 1 or 2, most preferably those in which A is -CH2- and
. wherein (a) Rl and R8 taken together represent
`., HQCH2
;, 3
or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
3~CH- CH3 ~H 3 ~ .
CH3 .CH3
Particularly pre~erred are the compounds whereir~ R8 is
. hydrogen and Rl is
., 0
CH3C~-, especially compounds ha~ing
the absolute configuration SR, 6S, 8R.
Another preferred embodiment comprises compounds of
formula I wherein
: ~ ~ 5
N-R
represents a radical of the formula
R ~ ~ R
(a) ~
wherein R5 is Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl, and R6
: repxese~ts hydrogen ox Cl-C4 alkyl;
,
... . .
~, . . .- . . . .
,, ! ' , ,
:'. - ' ' ' ' , "' ' ' .
' ' ` '', ~ ",' ~,

LZ6~3~3
-- 49 --
.~, R5
`"`- (b) ~1 6
.~ ~R
:`
:
':
wherein R5 is Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl and R6
- and R7 are hydrogen or Cl-C~ alkyl;
' ( C) R-N/~-R5
'' t/
''
wherein R5 is Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl and R is
Cl-C4 alkyl or phenyl(Cl-C4)alkyl;
(d) ~ .
. 5
R
wherein RS is Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl and R6
is Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl;
~5 .
. (e)
? ~
R - .::
wherein RS is Cl-~C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl and R is
Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl; or
.,' -~ ~
. . .

~ ! ~
~ ~ 9~3~7~
~ 50 ~
::
(f) N
i:
,;,.
wherein R5 is Cl-C4 alkyl, most preferably methyl.
,.~ Within the above-described embodiment, the preferred
:~ compounds are those in which A is -~C~2)n~ in which n is
1 or 2, most preferably those in which A is -CH2- and wherein
~ (a) R and R ~aken together represent
.. ~ HOC~
.~,, C=
. , ,
.s CH3
` or (b) R8 is hydrogen and Rl represents hydrogen, CH3CH2-,
: !
CH~ CH3 iH ~H
CH- , ~ C- , or CH3CH- .
' CH CH3
Particularly preferred are the compounds wherein R8 is hydrogen
and Rl is
!,.~.', . OH
CH3CH-, especially compounds having the absolute
, configuration SR, 6S, 8R.
A most preferred embodiment of the present in~ention
` ~ comprises compounds of formula I wherein
N-R5
represents a radical of the formula
'',
.
.
,. .... .
.~. , . ~ . . . . .
., '''. ~ .' ' ' " ' ' '
.
. . . .
. . . .

~26~9978
,. ~
- 51 -
(a) _~N--CH3 ~b) ~
CH3
(c) ~ (d) ~--CH2CH2CH3
CH 3~ ICH 3
( e ) ~ CH
~ -.
.
(Y)--~ 3 (h) ~C 3
CH 3
C~
N
: ~;
, . .
, ,,~ '~.
.:
~ . .
' ' ' :
'' ' ' : . '
i ~ ' , ', ' : "

.,
,q V ~ ~r ~ { ~
- 52 -
.... .
,~ r--J
., CH3 H3
.. CH3
(m~ ~ ~ O ; or (n)
CH3
i Within this above-described embodiment, the preferred compounds
~j are those in which A is -(CH2)n- in which n is 1 or 2, most
.~.i preferably those in which A is -(CH2~- and wherein (a) Rl and
., R taken together represent
;~ HOCH~ :
~ C=
: CH3
:,, or (b) R8 is hydrogen and R1 represents hydrogen, CH3CH2-, .
.,, ,~, .
i: ~ CH~ OH pH
1 "CH- , C- , or CEI3CH-
: 3 CH3
Particularly preferred are the compounds wherein R8 is hydrogen
~i and R is OH
;: CH3CH-j especially compounds having the absolute
configuration 5R, 6S, 8R.
Specific preferred compounds of the present invention
~J are those o~ the formula
t
!:
..
,`~
., .
i ..
. ,
:. ~ . . , ., . . ~ ........ . .
. "
. , , . , ~ . ~
., , . " . . . . . ..

~ : `
:
~269~8
- 53 -
;~ OH
: I H
~R) ~ ~ S ~ ~ ~ RS
' o oOR2
~;
- whexein R2 is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a conventional
readily removable carboxyl protecting group, providing that
; when R2 is hydrogen or a protecting group, there is also
present a counter ion and wherein
- S- A ~ ~ R~ is
,
5CN2~ ~1--CN3 (b) -sCN2CN24
() -SCH~--~ ) (d) -SCN~
CH
3 :~
CH3
(e)-SC-2CN2 ~ ~f~ -SCN2 ~ ~ CN2CN2CN3
~ .
;
. :~
. ~ ., ~ . .
~ . . . .
., . : :

f~9~7~3
- ~ CH3 54
; N ICH3 ~
g -SCH2 ~ (h) -SCH2 ~ H3
. .
,, CH3
~C 3 C ~ ~ ~CH3
'~ (i)~ ~ (i) /1 \\
SCH~ ~ ~ 2 S ~ CH3
(k) -ScH2 ~\ 3 ICH3 ~ ~ CH3
. ~
~ 3
~ f 2 ~ :
(m) -SCH ~ N
2 ~ J (n) -SCH
: CH3 CH3 1
CH3
(o~ SCH2 ~ N0 ~:
. ~ N ~ H3 N ~ CH3
. ~ CH
wherein the lHNMR(D20) spectrum shows characteristic peaks
at ~: 1.23(3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.12(2H, q, J=1.4, 8.9 Hz),
, 3.39(1H, q, J=2.7, 6.0 Hz), 4.07-4.68(10H, m), 8.19(1H, s);
- ~ (q~ -SCH2 ~ / ~
~ N ~ H3
.~ CH3 .
wherein the lHN~R(D20) spectrum shows characterLstic peaks
at ~: 1.23(3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.15(2H, q, J=3.7, 9.0 Hz), `~
3.37(1H, q, J=2.6, 6.0 H2), 3.95-4.65(10H, m), 8.62(1H, s);

~26S~
. . ,--
_ 55 - C0~0
:~` CH
)_scH ~ ~CH -SCH2 ~
S/ 3 - CH3
.~
-
(t) I 3 ~u) N~3
-SCH2 ~ ~ N -SCH2 ~ ~ or
~: H2COO N _ N
;:
.
ii~ (v) fH3 CH3
'" ~ ~B~
,.. , ~ .:
,, .
.,
A ~ost preferred embodiment o~ the present invention :~ -
comprises compounds of formula I wherein
: ~ ~ 5
N - R
represents CH
.,, ~ . . :
Wi.hin the above-described embodiment, .the preferred :
~'~ compounds are those in which ~ is - (CH2~ n in which n is 1 or 2, ~ :
~. most preferably those in which A is -C~2 and wherein (a) R and ~-
;;~ RB taken together re~resent
i"j C~
i _
CH
: ~ 8 13 . .
or (b) R is hydrogen and R represents hydrogen, C~I3CH2-,
CH ~3 ~H OH ::
,~CH~ , or CH 3 CH -
. C~' CH 3 . .
5.
', .
,, ~ ` ' I :
~' ' ' ', ~ '
'~ ' . ' '
, . . ' , :

9~7~3
,
; .
- 56 -
Particularly preferxed are the compounds wherein R~ is hydrogen
and R is
OH
C~3CH-, especially compounds having the absolute
~- oonfiguration ~R, 65, 8R.
The carbapenem derivatives of general formula I are
prepared from starting materials of the formula
,, - 1
l ~ ~
o~N ~ OOR
' ~II
wherein Rl, R8 and R15 are defined above and wherein R2 repre-
~: sents a con~entional readily removable carboxyl protecting group.
1 Ccmpounds of formula III have been disclosed, for example, in published
i~ European Patent Application 38,869 (ca~und 73 and in published European
Patent Application 54,917, and may be prepared by the general
methods described therein.
The process for preparing compounds I from starting
materials III may be summarized by the following xeaction
scheme:
~ 15
R8 - L
R ~ r
. ~ N ~ cooR2 ~ -
III
': ~

i9978
. .
- 57 -
,
. .
.
:~
` L=conventional leaving group
,~"
R~ C RS--
; i N ooR2 '
,",~,,
~: ,
Rl~ a~N~ R dePblock Lnsr
~COOR2 :
,~ ,, .
R~ 3~ R5
, .
" ~:
.,
. .
,: ~
. :~ . : , .

;9~78
-,-
~ - 58 -
:
A variation o~ the above-described process is
shown in the following reaction scheme:
' R8 H ~ HS -A ~ N
Rll,~L - >
."~ COOR2
IV
. .¢
; 15
R8 H
1 ~ -A ~
¦ ¦ ~ de-blocking >
/ ~ N---- 2'
O' COOR
',
II
, .
-~ 15
; R
8 H
R~ ~ ~ ~ R5 -x'
N OOH
IIa
,J
;' ~
' R15
Rl~ COO9
; Ia
~,
,~,, ,, ., :
- ~
: ~ : , . . .

7~3
~'
. ~ 59 -
To elaborate on the above process, starting material
III is reacted in an inert organic solvent such as methylene
chloride, acetonitrile or dimethylformamide with about an equi-
molar amount of an agent R-L such as p-toluenesulfonic acid
anhydride, p nitrobenzenesulfonic acid anhydride, 2,4,6-
triisopropylbenze~esulfcnic acid anhydride, methanesulfonic acid
. anhydride, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid anhydride, di~henyl
- ~hlorophosphate, toluenesulfonyl chloride, p-bromobenzenesulfo~yl
chloride, or the like, wherein L is the corresponding leaving
group such as toluenesulfonyloxy, p-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy,
diphenoxyphosphinyloxy, and other lea~i~g groups which are estab~
lished by conventional proc dures and are well-known in the art. . -
The reaction to establish the leaving group at the 2-position of :~
intermediate III is advantageously c rried out in the presence of
~ a ~ase suoh as diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, 4- ~:
1 dLmethylaminopyridine, or the like, at a temperature of from~ .
about -20~ to +40C, most preferably at about 0C. The leaving
: group L of intermediate IV may also be halogen in which case such
group is established by reacting intermediate III with a halc- :
genating agen~ such as 03PC12, 03PBr2, (0O)3PBr2, oxalyl~hloride
or the like in a solvent such as CH~C12, CH3CN, THF, or the like,
in the presence of a base such as diisopropylethylamine, tri- ~`
ethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, or the like. Inte~media~e
IV may be isolated i~ desired, but is conveniently used for the
nex~ step without isolation or purification.
~ ,.
.
~: ~ . . . , . ~ : ,

:`
~;9~3'7~3
`: .
.
. - 60 -
..~
Intermediate IV is next converted to intermediate II by
a conventional displacement reaction. Thus, intermediate IV
may be reacted with approximately an equimolar amount of a
.: heteroaralkyl mercaptan reagent of the formula
HS -A ~ N
,` wherein A represents Cl-C6 straight or branched chain alkylene
and
,,'' /
:~: ~ N
,~, represents a mono-, bi-or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radical containing a quaternizable nitrogen in the ring,
: ~aid ring being attached to A throush a ring carbon
;~'!' atom, in an inert organic solvent such as dioxane, dimethyl-
~ formamide, dimethylsulfoxide or acetonitrile and in the presence
`J o~ a base such as diisopropyle*hylamine, triethylamiine, sodium
hydrogen carbonate, potassium carbonate or 4-dimethylamino-
~: pyridine. The temperature for the displacement is not critical,
,,
~: ~ but an advantageous temiperature range is from about -40C to
25C. Most conveniently, the reaction is carried out with
.. ~ coolingj e.g. at about 0C to -10C. ~.
`` Quaternizatio~ of the ring nitrogen in the heteroaralkyl
sroup of intermiediate II is carried out by reacting intermediate
`~ IT in an inert organic solvent with at least en equivalent (up
, ~ ~
: .
;-: . . . . .
i ~ ' ;' ' .
, ~ .
. .

- 61 -
, .
to about a 50% molar excess) of an alkylating agent of the
formula
wherein R is as defined above and X' is a conventional leaving
group such as halo (chloro, bromo or iodo most pre~erabl~
iodo) or a sulfonate ester moiety such as a mesylate, tosylate
or triflate. Examples of suitable non-reactive organic
solvents are chloroform, methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran,
dioxane, acetone, dimethylsulfoxide and dimethylformamide.
The temperature for ~he alkylation reaction is not critical
and temperatures in the range of from about 0C to 40C are
preferred. Most conveniently, the reaction st~p is carried
out at room temperature.
Intermediate I' will have a counter ion X' (e~g. derived
from ~he alkylating agent used) associated with it which at
this stage or at a later stage, i.e. following the de-blocking
step, may be substituted by a different counter ion, e.g.
one which is more pharmaceutically accepta~le, by conventional
procedures. Alternati~ely, the counter ion may be subseq~ently
removed during the de-blocking step.
The de-blockin~ step to remove the carboxyl protecting
group R2 of intermediate I' is accomplished by conYentional
procedures such as solvolysis, ~hemical reduction or hydro-
genation. Where a protecting group such as p-nit~obenzyl,
benzyl, benzhydryl or 2-naphthylmethyl is used which can be
remo~ed by catalytic hydrogenation, intermediate I' in a
suitable solvent such as dioxane-water-ethanol, tetrahydro- -
furan-aqueous dipotassium hydrogen phosphate-isopropanol or the
like may be treated under a hydrogen pressure of from 1 to 4
atmospheres in the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst such
as palladium on charcoal, palladium hydroxide: platinum oxide
or the like at a temperature of from 0 to 50~C for from about
0.24 to 4 hours. When R2 is a group such as o-nitrobenzyl,
photolysis may alco be used for deblocking. Protecting groups
,
: :

9~3~78
.
- 62 -
such as 2,2,2-trichloroethyl may be removed by mild zinc
reduction. The allyl protecting group may be removed with
a catalyst comprising a mixtllre of a palladium compound and
triphenylphosphine in an aprotic solvent such as tetrahydro-
furan, diethyl ether or methylene chloride. Similarly,
other conventional carboxyl protecting groups may be removed
by methods known to those skilled in the art. Finally, as
mentioned above, compounds of formula I' where R2 is a
physiologically hydrolyzable ester such as acetoxymethyl,
phthalidyl, indanyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, methoxymethyl, etc.
may be administered directly to the host without de-bloc~ing since
such esters are hydrolyzed ln VlVO under physiological conditions.
It will be understood that where the Rl, R8 , R5 or R15
substituent or the heteroaromatic ring attached to substituent
A contain a functional group which might interfere with the
intended course of reaction, such group may be protected by
a conven~ional blocking group and then subsequently de-blocked
to regenerate the desired functional group. Suitable blocking
groups and procedures for introducing and removing such groups
are well known to those skilled in the art.
In a variant of the above process, the carboxyl protecting
rou~ of intermediate II may be removed prior to the quaterniza-
tion step. Thus, the carboxyl protecting group is removed as
described above to give the corresponding free carboxylic acid
and the free acid is then quaternized with alkylating
agent R5-XI to give the desired quaternized product of
formula I. When the de-protected intermediate IIa is
quaternized, the solvent may be water or a non-reactive
organic solvent, or mixtures hereof. Examples of
suitable solvents include water, organic solvents such
as chloroform, methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran,
dioxane, acetone, dimethylsulfoxide and dimethylformamide
and water-organic solvent mixtures such as water-acetone
or water-dimethylformamide. The temperature for the
quaternization of intermediate IIa is not critical and
temperatures in the range of from about -40C to about room
,
~, . . . .
~ ~' ~ '' " . ,` ', .
, ~, ' , ''
, ~ ,

9~37~
, . .
- 63 -
.
temperature may be conveniently employed. Most advantageously,
the reaction is carried out at about 0C.
When deprotected intermediate IIa is obtained as a carboxylate
!; salt, it is desirable to add a strong acid such as toluenesulfonic
` acid to generate the free carboxylic acid prior to quaternization.
This is found to greatly facilitate the preferential
guaternization of the ring nitrogen.
The above-described variant procedure is especially useful
when the carboxyl protecting group is more easily removed from
~ the unquaternized intermediate II than from quaternized
`- intermediate I'. For example, in preparing the product of
the formula
.~ :
' CH
OH H
(R) J " ~ SCH
,~ 0~ COOe
:3
; from the intermediate o~ the formula
,.
OH H N
(R) ~ ~ SCN
O COO~
.
.
... . . -
. , . ~ :
' `:: , ,
,,~ ' ' ~ ' . ' .
' '' ~ ' - ~ `

26;9~7~3
: .
- 64 -
removal of the allyl protecting group prior to ~uaternization
results in substantially improved yields of the desired end-
product.
While the above-described process is suitable for pre-
paring the compounds of the present invention, my colleague
Pierre Dextraze has invented a new process which can be used
to prepare compounds of formula I. This alternative process,
: which ls disclosed and cla~ in Canadian Patent Application No. 448,904,
filed March 6, 1984, is descr~ below and m the E~les which follcw.
n ~le alternative process ~-or preparation o~ compounds
of formula I, an intermediate of the formula
Ri~
l ~ L
:~ N 2'
; O' COOR - ~:
~ IV
,' ,
. wherein Rl, R8 and R15 are as defined above, R2 is a
conventional readily removable carboxyl protecting group
. and L is a conventional leaving group such as toluenesulfonyloxy,
p-nitrobenzesulfonyloxy, diphenoxyphosphinyloxy or halo is
reacted with a thiol compound of the formula
HS-A ~ 5 VII
X~3 :
.... ~
wherein A and
~3RS
are as defined above and X ~ is a counter anion in an inert
solvent and in the presence o~ base to produce a carbapenem
product of the formula
~,
1 . . , .: . . .
. . :
~ , ', . ~ ! ' . , ., ' ,
:' ,. ' ' ' ~ .. '~ , ' ' ' ` " ' ' '

~ 37~
... .
- 65 -
~15
~' ~1 ~ COOR7
, j~., ,
~ I'
.,
.
~ wherein ~1, R8, R2 ~ R15
o~ i
; ~ N-R
and X ~3 are as defined aboYe and, if desired, the carboxyl
2'
protecting group R is removed to give the corresponding de-
j ~ioc~ed compound or rormula I, or a pharmaceutically accept-
able salt thereof.
j The alternati~e process utilizes the intermediate of the -~
'i :Eormula
3 :;
R8 ~ ~ :
l ~ L ~ ;
O~ ~OOR ~
"~` IV ,
which, as m~ntioned before, has been disclosed, for example, in published
~uropean Patent Applications 38,869 and 54,917 and which may be
~1l prepared by the general methiods described therein. L represents a ~;~
ij conventional leaving group tdefined as "X" in published ~lropean Patent
Application 38,869) such as chloro, bromo, iodo, benze~e~
sulfonyloxy, p-toluenesul~onyloxy, p-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy,
~ methanesulfonyloxy, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, diphenoxy-
'~ phosphinyloxy or dittxichloxoethoxy)phosphinyloxy. The
~! preferred leaving group is diphenoxyphosphinyloxy. ;~
, .
:,
~J
i
j ,

~r ~ 1 ~c 6 9 ~ 7 8
- 66 -
, .
. Intermediates of Formula IV are generally formed in situ
;~i by reacting an intermediate of the formula
. 8 R15
,; Rl~
~ N 2'
O COOR
III
,. . ..
wherein Rl, ~8, R15and R2 are as defined above with a suitable
acylating agent R0-L. The preferred intermediate IV where L
is diphenoxyphosphinyloxy may be prepared by reacting keto
ester III in an inert organic solvent such as methylene chloride, ~:
acetonitrile or dimethylformamide with about an equimolar amount
of diphenyl chlorophosphate in the presence of a base such as
~, diisopropylethylamine, triethylamine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine
or the like at a temperature of from about -20C to +40C, most
preferably at about 0C. Intermediate IV may be isolated, if
desired, but is conveniently used as the s~arting material for
the alternative process without isolation or purification. :
Carbapenem intermediate IV is reacted with a quaternary :~
amine thiol compound of the formula
HS A ~ N -R5
xe
. VII
: wherein
. ~ A ~ -R5
/
is as defined above and X is a counter anion. The reaction
is carried out in an inert solvent such as acetonitrile,
acetonitrile-dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydro-
furan-H2O, acetonitrile-H2O or acetone in the presence of base.
The nature of the basP is not critical. Suitable bases
include sodium hydroxide, diisopropylethylamine, 1,8-
- . ', .
. , . ~ .

1~;997~3
. ~ , ~
- 67 -
diazabicyclo[s.4~o]undec-7-ene~ 1~5-diaza~icyclo[4~3~o~non-
5-ene and tri(Cl-C4)alkylamines such as triethylamine, tributyl-
amine or tripropylamine. Reaction of intermediate IV and
thiol VII may be carried out over a wide temperature range, e.g.
-15C up to room temperature, but is preferably done at a temper-
ature in the range of from about -15C to ~15C, most preferably
at around 0C.
'
The carbapenem product produced by reaction of the
quaternary amine thiol VII with intermediate IV will have a
counter anion ~ssociated with it [e.s. (C6H50)2P02 ~ , C1 ~ or
the anion associated with the quaternary thiol] which may at this
stagP be substituted by a different counter anion; e.g. one which
is more pharmaceutically acceptable, by ~onventional procedures.
Alternati~ely, the counter anion may be removed during the
subsequent de-blocking stepO Where the quaterni2ed carbapenem
~ompound and counter anion form an insoluble product, the product
may crystallize out as it is ~ormed and be collected pure by
filtration.
Following formation of the desired carbapenem product,
the carboxyl protecting group R~ of Compound I' may be option-
ally removed by conventional procedures such as solvolysis,
chemical reduction or hydrogenation. Wh~re a protecting group
such as p-nitrobenzyl, benzyl, benzhydryl or 2-naphthylmethyl is
used which can be removed by catalytic hydrogenation, intermedi-
ate I' in a suitable solvent such as dioxane-wa~er-e~hanol,
tetrahydrofuran-diethylether-buffer, tetrahydrofuran-aqueous -
dipotassium hydrogen phssphate-isopropanol or the like may be
treated u~der a hydrogen pressure of from 1 to 4 atmospheres in
the presence of a hydrogenation catalyst such as palladium on
charcoal, palladium hydroxide, platinum oxide or the like at a
~emperature of f~om O to 50C for from about D.24 to 4 hours.
When R2 is a group such as o-nitrobenzyl, photolysis may also be
used for deblocking. Protecting groups such as ~,2,2-
trichloroethyl may be removed by mild 2inc reduction. T~.e allyl
protecting group may be removed by using a catalyst comprising a
mixture of a palladium compound and triphenyl phosphine in a
.
., , . ~ , , .
, , ' ': ~ ' ,~ ' . . . . ' ` , '

;9~78
- 6 8
suitable aprotic solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, methylene
: chloride or diethyl ether. Similarly, other conventional car-
boxyl protecting groups may be removed by methods known to those
skilled in the art. Finally, as mentioned above, compounds o
Formula I' where R- i5 a physiologically hydrolyzable ester such
as acetoxymethyl, phthalidyl, indanyl, pivaloyloxymethyl, methoxy-
methyl, etc., may be administered directly to the host without
-` de-blocking since such esters a~e hydrolyzed n vivo under
~ physiological conditions.
.~ The thiol intermediates of Formula VII may be prepared, for example, from the corresponding thiolacetate compound of
the formula
,
`. fi'
''' C~H3GS-A~
:, ~
~herein A is a defined above and
, ~,
' .
.~ '
represente a mono-, bi- or polycyclic aromatic heterocyclic
radLcal containing a ~uaternizable nitrogen in the ring, said
ring being attached to A through a xing carbon a~om. The thiol-
acetate compound is quaternized by reacti~g it in an inert
organic solvent such as diethyl ether, dichloromethane, methylene
chloride, dioxane, benzene, xylene, toluene or mixtures thereof
wi~h a suitable alkylating agent of the formula
:`
R5-X'
.
wherein R5 is as defined above and X' is a conventional
leaving group such as halo (chloro, bromo or iodo, most
preferably iodo) or a sulfonate ester moiety such as
` mesylate, tosylate or triflate. The temperature for the
: alkylation reaction is not critical, and tempera ures in
. the range of from about 0C to 40C are preferred.
:
: . . :
. , , . :
~; ~ , . . ~. , - ,
.
." . .

,,9~'378
-- 69 --
~ .;
Prior to reaction with carbapenem intermediate IV, the
quaternized thiolacetate compound issubjected to acidic or basic
` hydrolysis to generate quaternary thiol intermediate VII. This
hydrolysis is preferably done immediately prior to coupling with
IV so as to minimize decomposition o the relatively unstable
quaternar~ thiol VII.
. By propex selection of the solvents, the reaction fro~~ in'ermediate III to end product I may be carried out without
isolation of the ~zrious intermediates, i.e. in a "one-pot~
process. An examp~e of such a process is illustrated below in
. Ex2mple 22.
As in the case of other ~-~actam antibiotics, compounds
of general formula I may be converted by known pr~cedures to
pharmaceutically acceptable salts which, for purposes of the
present invention, are substantially equivalent to the non-
salted compounds. Thus, for example, one may dissolve a
compound of formula I wherein R2 is an anionic charge in a
suitable inert solvent and then add an equivalent of a pharma- :~
ceutically acceptable acid. The desired acid addition salt ~;
may be recovered by conventional procedures, e.g. solvent
precipitation, lyophilization, etc. Where other basic or
~ acidic functional groups are present in the compound of formula
i I, phanmaceutically accep~able base addition salts and acid
addition salts may be similarly prepared by known methods.
~1 It will be appreciated that certain products within the ~
q! scope of formula I may be ~ormed as optical isomers as well as ~ .
epimeric mixtures thereof. It is intended that the present ~:~
invention include within its scope all such optical isomers :~
and epimeric mixtures. For example, when the 6-substituent
is hydroxyethyl~ such substituent may be in either the R or S
configuration and the resulting isomers as well as ~pimeric
mixtures thereo~ are encompassed by the present in~ention.
: ,:
i
'. .. .
~ ~: ' ' ' . . ., : '

1~ 69 ~78
.
-- 70 --
.
A compound of formula I where R is hydroyen or an anionic
charge, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof may also
be converted by conventional procedures to a corresponding
compound where R is a physiologically hydrolyzable ester group,
or a compound of formula I wherein R2 is a conventio~al carboxyl
protecting gxoup may be converted to the corresponding compound
where R2 is hydrogen, an anionic c:harge or a physiologically
hydrolyzahle ester group, or a p~armaceutically acceptable salt
~hereo~.
The novel carbapenem derivati~es o~ general formula I
wherein R is hydrogen, an anionic charge or a physiologically
hydroiyzable carboxyl protec-ting group, or the pharmaceu~ically
acceptable salts there~f, are potent antibiotics active against
~arious gram-positive and gram-negative bac~eria and they may be
used, for example, as animal feed additi~es for promotion of
growth~ as preservatives in food, as bactericides in industrial
applications, ~or ex~mple in waterbased pai~t and in the white
water of paper mills to inhibit the gxowth of harmful bacteria,
and as disinfectants ~or destroying ox inhibiting tbe growth o~
ha~nful bacteria on medical and dental equipment. They are
especially useful, howe~er, in ~he treatment of infectious disease
in humans and other ~nimals caused by gram-positive or gram-negative
The pharmaceutically active cQmpounds of this invention
may be used alone or formulated as pharmaceutical compositions
comprising, in addition to the active caxbapenem ingredient, a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or diluent. The compounds
may be adminis~ered ~y a variety of means; those o~ principal
in~erest includeO orally, topically or parenterally (e.g. intravenous
or intramuscular injection). The pharmaceutical co,mpositions
may be in solid form such as capsules, tablets, powders, etc.
or in liquid form such as solutions, suspe~sions or emulsions.
.
, . . ~ . j . .

. 'i!
:~"
9~
-- 71 --
.,
Compositions for injection, the preferred route of delivery,
may be prepared in unit dose form in ampules or in multidose
containers and may contain formulatory agents such as suspending,
stabilizing and dlspersing agents. The co~positions may be in
ready to use form or in powder form for reconstitution a~ the
time of delivery with a suitable vehicle such as sterile water.
The dosage to be administered depends to a large extent
on the particular compound being used, the particular comp~sition
formulated, the route of admlnistration, the nature and condition
of the host and the particular situs a~d organism being treated.
Selection of ~he particular preferred dosage and route of -~
application, then, is left to the discretion of the thera~is~
In general, however, the compounds may be admini~tered parentexally
or orally to mammalian bosts in a~ amount of from about 5 to 200
mg/kg/day. Administration is generally carried out in divided
doses, e.g. three to four times a day.
To illustrate the potent broad-spectrum antibacterial
acti~ity of the carbapenems of the present invention, both
in vitro and in vi~o, and the low toxicity of the compounds,
biological data is provide:d below relating to the presently
preferred carbapenem ~ompounds of the present invention.
' ~
::
'.
. .
, . . . . ..

~ .
` ~L26997~3
- 72 -
.;
. .
: In Vitro Activity
: Samples of the carbapenem compounds prepared in ~xamples 1-2
after solution in water and dilution with Nutrient Broth were
found to exhibit the following Minimum Inhibitory Concentrations
(M.I.C.) in mcg/ml versus the indicated microorganisms as
determined by overnight incubation at 37C by tube dilution.
N-Formimidoyl thienamycin is included in the following tables
as a ~omparison compound.
. . . .
; In Vitro
:; Antibacterial Activity of Car~apenem --
; . Derivati~e of Example 1 _ _ _
MIC (mc~/ml)
Or~an~sm .New Compound N-Formimidoyl Thienamvcin
S. pneumoniae A-9585b . 25 o. 004
.~ . !
~ S pyo~enes ~-9604 0.06 0.001
`~ S. aureus A-9537 0.13 0.004
l ~ 5. aureus
+ 50~ serum A-9537 03 0.016
S. aureus ~ -
(Pe~-res.) ~-9606 0.06 0.008
S. aureus
.,, ~ .
(~eth-res.) A15097 4 0.5
S.: fae~alis ~20688 0-5 0~5
E. coli
(I0 4 dil.) A15119 ~.06 0.016
E~ coli
~10 3) A15119 - 0 03
~: coli
( ;o-2)- ~ A15119 ~ 0. 06
E coli
(10 ) A20341-1 0.03 ~,03
E. coll
(10 3) ~20341-1 - 0,03
E. ~oli
-2
(10 ) A20341-1 ~ Ø13
. ~
:: , . , . . i , i . .

r~
1~i9~37~3
r
~ 73 ~
, .
. In vitro antibacterial activity of ca~bapenem derivative of
:.~ Example 1 - continued
MIC (mcg/ml)
Organism New Compound N ormimidoyl Thienamycin
A 9664 0.25 V.13
K. pneumoniae A20468 0.25 0.06
"7,~. mir ilis A-9900 0.13 0 06
,;~~ A21559 0.13 0 Q3 ; A15153 ~.13 0.13
i'_. ret~qeri A22424 0.25 D.25 ¦
:5. marcesrens A~0019 -0.13 0.03
t, ~'E. cIoacae A-9569 0.13 0.06 1 ~`
E. cloa~ae A-9656 0.13 0 06
.~P. aeru~inosa A-9843~ 4 1 !
.', _ nos~ ~21213 1 ; 0.25
.~, . ..
: R. influenzae ~-9833 16 16
~: in~luenzae A20178 32 32
. influenzae A21518 16 32
.. . . .. ~ _ . . . . _
. influenzae ~21522 8 32
~ B. ra~ilis~22~62 0-.03 0.016
!,.... ~ B. ~fra~_Iis A22053 0.03 0.06
:~ .
A22696 0.25 0.13 :.
2863 0 03
,., ~
,
. .
.. ' .
~t ,,
5
~ ~ . ~ ' ' ,, ' ' '

` 1~6~978
. . ,`, .
- 74 -
.. ,
.,
,~
~:~ In Vitro Antibacterial Activitv of
- Carba~enem Derivative of ~ 2
MIC (mcg/ml)
N~A_~ N-Formimudo~1 Thienamycin
. S. pneumoniae A-9S85 0.001 0.002
S. pyogenes A-9604 0.001 0.002
;', S . aureus A-9537 0 . 004 0 . 004
:~ S. aureus A-9537 0.016 0.016
. . .
+50% serum
S. aureus ~-9606 0.008 0.008
( Pen- res . )
S. aureus A 15097 8 4
~. - . .
(Meth.-res~ )
`, S. faecalis A 20688 0.25 ~ 0.5
. .
.E. coli A 15119 0.016 0.016
E. coli A 20341-1 0.016 0.03 ~ .
9 6 6 4 0 . 0 6 0.06
: K pneumonlae ~20468 0.13 0.13
- P. mirabilis A9900 0.03 0.06
P ~ A21559 0.016 0.03
., _
`;~ ~ A15153 0.06 0.13
-i P. rett~eri A22424 0.13 0 13
.
S. marcescens A20019 0.03 0.03
E. cloacae ~9659 0 .13 0. 06
,- E. cloacae A9656 0.25 0.06
~ A9843A 8
.~
~ : P. aeru~i~osa AZ1213 2 0.25
,:
.
,
'': ~ ' : . . ,~ ' :, , : '

37~3
...
:
..
- 75 -
In Vivo Activity ; :
The in vlvo therapeutic efficacy of the compound of
~xample 1 and N-formimidoyl thienamycin after intramuscular
. adminis~ration to mice experimentally infected with various
;. organisms are shown in.the following Table. The PD50 (dose in
mg/kg required to give protection to 50% of the infected mlce)
~ is indicated.
., Protective Effect in the Intramuscular
, Treatment of Infected Mice :
- .. .
PD50~Treatment (mg/kg)
Challenge :-
(No. of Compound of N-Formimidoyl ~-
Or~ organisms) Example 1 Thienamycin
P. mirabilis A-99003.6 X 106 3.3 3*/15*
-- 4
.. :P. aeruginosa A-9843a 5.5 X 10 0.3 0.5*
i, P. aeruginosa A-20481 5.4 X 104 0.63 0.4
P. aeru~inosa A-20599 1.4 X 105 0.7 0.18*
~j ~ : n
~: S. auxeus A-96066.6 X 10 0.09 0.07*
5. faec~lis A-206882.3 X 108 3.3 2.8*
E. coli ~-151196.2 X 10~ 0.6 2.5*
;i ~ K.~pneumoniae A-9964 5.1 X 106 2~5 2.2*
,
., .
~ ~ * HistoricaI data .
`, : Treatment Schedule: Except for E. coli A15119 and
: R. E_~umonlae A9964, mlce were treated
i.m. with drugs 0 and 2 hours post-
infec~ion. For E. coli and K. ~neumoniae
~!: the treatment schedule was 1 and 3.5 hours
post-infection. 5 mice per dose were used
for each test
, ,
. , ~ . ~: " . . ;, . . . .

:
f~
39~7~3
.
.,; , .
- 76 -
,.:
.,
The toxicity of the compound of Example 1 after intra-
cranial administration to mice was deter~ined and is shown in
.^.~ the following Table.
Toxicity After Intracranial
Administration o Mice
Highest Dose (mg/kg)
*LD50 Without Clinical
Com~ound (mg/k~) Signs of Toxicity
` Compound of
.~ Example 1 14 5
- N-Formimidoyl
Thienamycin 32 ~5
:~ *Avera~e of 25/muce/com~ound
. ' .
Blood Levels in Mice
After Intramuscular Administration
Blood levels and the half-life of the compound of Example 1
after intramuscular administration of 20 mg/kg in mice are shown
in the Table below.
. B1ood Level (yg/ml)
Compound 10 20 30 45 60 90 *tl/2 **AUC .-
,
Minutes_a~ter Administration (min) (~-h/ml?
Compound of
~ Example 1 14 10.8 6.8 2.6 0.8 <0.6 10 6.3 ~,
: N-Formi~idoyl
Thienam~cin 12.6 9.9 ?.3 Z ~ ~ 7 ~ 9 6
Compounds were solubilized in 0.1 M phosphate buffer pH 7.
Values are from a single test; 4 mice used per compound.
tl/2 refers to half-life in minutes
** AUC refers to the area under the curve
. ~
'~ .
.
'; . ~ ; ', ~ ' !
.
. ' ;, . ' , ~ .. .. :

A . ~3L 2 ~ i
:. .
.` . ,
- 77 -
~, .
..
; Urinary Recovery
~ i .
,j The urinary recovery of the compound of Example 1
~,~!, after intramuscular administration (20 mg/kg) to mice is
; shown in the following Table.
Urinary Recovery . ~.
~'~! Intramuscular Administration
: of 20 mg/kg_to Mice ~-
- Percentage of Dose ~ecovered
0-3 3-6 6-24 0-24 ~:~
Compound Hours After Administration
Compound of
. Example 1 26.1 0.5 0.1 26.7 + 6.7
~; M-Formimidoyl
:Thienamycin 12.1 0.1 <0.1 12.2 t 3.6
Compounds were solubilized in 0.1 M phosphate buffer
p~ 7. Values are from a .~ingle test; 4 mice per compound.
. ` ' .
, ;~
' .
!
J ~ ~ ~
' . ' ' ,
' ~ :
. ~
` ` ' , ` ' , ' ' ' `
~, ,, ' l ' ' ' , , : .

7g~
- 78 -
;'
Additional_Biological Data
,
In Vitro Activity
:,:
Samples of the carbapenem compounds indicated below
; (identified by example number) after solution in water and
~: dilution with Nutrient Broth were found to exhibit the
~ following Minimum Inhibitory Concentrations (M.I.C.) in
,~1 mcg/ml versus the indicated microorganisms as de~ermined
by overnight incubcation at 37C by tube dilution.
N-Formimidoyl thienamycin is i~cluded in the following
tables as a comparision compound.
'~
.
C luq~
~rgani~m Ex. 3 x. 4 Ex. 5 , Ex. 6 Ex. 7 ~K 0787
S. Pn~u~Oni~ A-9SaS 0.002 0.00Z 0.004 0.004 0.004 0.002
s. Pyogenes A-9604 0.002 0.001 0.004 0.004 0-004 0.002
S ~secalLs A2068a 0.5 0.5 0.25 0.5 0.13 0 5
S aureus A-9537 0.016 0.008- 0.004 0.03 0.008 0.004
5. aureus A-9537 0.016 0.03 0.016 0.06 0.03 0.016
~50~ serum
S. ~ureus A-9606 0.016 0.016 0.008 0.03 0.016 0.008
~Pen-res~
S. aureus A15097 4 e 8 4 2 4
(15eqh-res)
E coli AlSll9 0.03 0.016 0.016 0.06 0.004 0.016
E. coli A20341-1 0.016 0.016 0.016 0.06 0.004 0.03
E pneumoni~e A-9664 0.06 0.03 0.03 0.13 0.016 0.06
X. Pneumoniae A20468 0.06 0.03 0.06 0.25 0.016 0.13
E. clo~c~e A-9659 0.13 0.03 0.06 0.25 0.016 0.06
E. clo~cae A-96S6 0.13 0.06 0.13 0.25 0.016 0.06
P ~lra~ilLs A-9900 0.13 0.06 0.03 0.025 0.016 0.06
P vulgAris A21559 0.016 0.016 0.016 0.06 0.008 0.03
~or~anii A15153 0.13 0.016 0.06 0.13 0.016 0.13P. rottqeri A22424 0.25 0.13 0.13 0.25 0.06 0.13
S. arc~-~en~ A20019 0.016 0.03 0.06 0.13 0.008 0.03
P~eruqlnosa A-9843a 2 2 4 8 1 0.25
P~ruqinosa A21213 0.5 0.13 2 1 0.25 0.25
Nin~luenz~e A-9833 2 2 4 >32 ~32 16
Hin~luen2-_ A21518 2 2 4 ~32 ~32 16
~~r wili~ A22862 0.25 0.06 0.03 0.03 0.016 0.06
E~ragilis A22696 0.5 0.5 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.13
Forml~idoyl Thlen~mycln
.
,~ :
~,~
.~i
~'i .
" ~1 - - - , ,,
" , . . .
,~
' ' . '
': ' '' ,' ' ' ' : ~ '
:
.~: ~ ~ .. .

: `~
~ ~6~C37~ ~
7 9
. .~,, .
,~" ~ ,
,x,-
.:.
.,......................................................... , :
,.....
MlC (~c~ml) _ _ _
Orgi~n~sm Ex. 8 _ ~ 9 Ex. 10 _ _ Ex. 11 MK 0787
S. Pneumo-nide A-9585 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002
S pYo~enes A-9604 0.002 0.001 0.001 0.002 0.002
5. f~ edlis A206a8 0.5 0.13 0.25 0-5 0.25
S. aureus A-9537 0.008 0,004 0.008 0.004 0.002
S. durous- A-9537 0.03 0.008 0.06 0.016 0.016
~ 503 sesum
S. 1ur~us A-9606 0-03 0.008 0.008 0.016 0.008
tPen-res)
S dureus A15097
~Meth-re~)
coli A15119 0.016 0.008 0.016 0.016 0.016
E. coli A20341-1 0-03 0.004 0.008 0.03 0.016
K. Pneumonias A-9664 0 03 0.016 0.06 0.03 0,03
K. ~neumoniae A2046a 0.13 0~03 0.13 0.13 0.13
~. clo~ede A-9659 0.13 0.03 0.13 0.06 0.13
E elo~eae A-9656 0.06 0.03 0.13 0.13 0 06
P isabili~ A-9900 0.13 0.016 0.13 0.03 0,03
P Yulgi~sis A21559 0.03 0.008 0.016 0.03 0.016
M morganLi A15153 0.13 0.03 0.13 0.06 0.06
P. rettqrsi A22424 0.13 0.06 0.13 0.13 0.13
5. mascescens A20019 0.06 0.016 0.06 0.06 0.03
P. aorue~incsd A-9343A 1 2 32 0.5
P. aeruqinosa A21213 0.25 0.13 2 0.13 0.13
^ N-Por~i~idoyl ThLenalyeLn
`;
~i ,
. . ,
. ~ , , .
:: :
. ~ ,
,, , ~
"'
', ~
,
~,.~.. .
~:
,: ' : , ,' ~ : '
: , ' ~ ' ,
:: , . . . .

7a
~ -- 80 --
,~ .
. . .
':
_ MIC (~q/ml)
' Ora~nism Ex. 12~x. 13 Ex. 14 _ MX 57a7~ _
_ S. Pneumoniae A-9585 0.002 0.0005 0.0005 0.002
- S ~y~ A-9604 0.004 0.0005 0.0005 0.002
S. ~aecalis A20683 0.5 0.13 0.13 0.25
~` S. aureus A-9537 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.002
S. aure~s A-9537 0.016 0.016 0.03 0.008
, ~ ~ 50~ serum
S. aureus A-9606 0.03 0.008 0.016 0.008
' f (Pe~-res)
S. ~ureus A15097
Meth-res)
E. coli A15119 0.016 0.004 0.008 0.016
i~ E. coll A20341-1 0.008 0.008 0.008 0.016
X. pneumoniae A-9664 0-03 0.03 0.03 0.03
. _neumonia~ A20968 0.06 0.13 0.03 0.06
E. cloa~ae A-9659 0.06 0.06 0.03 0.06
E. clo~e A-9656 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.06
P. mirabilis A-9900 0.03 0.016 0.016 0.016
P vulcaris A21559 0.016 0.008 0.016 0.016
M. mora~nii A15153 0.06 0.016 0.03 0.06
; ~ P. rettqerl~ A22424 0.13 0.25 0.06 0.13
S. marcoscens A20019 0 03 0.016 0.016 0.03
Paeruqinosa A-9893A 16 3Z 8
P. eruqlnos~ A21213 2 2 0.5 0.13
:', ' ~ .
~ ~ ~ N-For~imidoyl ~hien~y~in
: :-
, ~ ,
.. . .
:~ -
.~ .
' ' : ~
;
.::
...
i
':

" i '
~ ~ ` ~
699 78
~. .
- 8 1
.:'
. ~.
,, MIC ~IJg/ml)
3 ~ Ex. l5~A~ Ex. 15~ Ex. l5~C~ MK 0787- -
S oneumoniae A-9585 o.ooo5 0.0005 o.ooos 0.002
5. pvoeenes A-9604 o.ooo5 0.001 0.0003 0.002
S ~ilecallis A20688 0.13 O.S 0.5 0.25
S l~ureus A-9537 0.03 0.004 0.016 0.004
,~ 5. ureus A-9537 0.03 0.016 0.06 o.ooa
S00 serum
~, ~ S. aur~us A-9606 0.004 0.008 0.03 0.008
", (P~n-rlls)
s. aureuY A15097
,~ (!Seth-res)
3: coli A15119 0.004 0.008 0.06 0.008
E: eoli A20341-1 0.004 0.008 0.03 0.016
K. ~ A-9664 0.008 0.03 0.06 0.03
X. pneumoniae A20468 0.008 - 0.016 0.13 0.06
E. cloae~le A-9659 0.016 0.016 0.13 0.13
E. cloacle A-9656 0.016 0.03 0.13 0.13
P. mir~ilis A-9900 0.008 0.03 0.06 0.06
p. vulq~riY A21559 0.008 0.008 0.06 0.016
,¦ . M morganii A15153 0-03 0.06 0.25 0.13
J: P. r~ttcr~ri A22424 0-03 0.13 0.25 0.13
S. marcescens A20019 o.ooa 0.016 0.13 0.016
~1~ P. aeruqlnos~ A-9843A 0-5 2 8 o.5
I! ~ P. eruqinos~ A21213 0-03 0.13 0.5 0.13
; ~ ~ N-Forl31midoyl Thicn~nycin
.1 : ~ ' '
,' , . .
:.
' :
~;
i:
,
~:
.... .
.. . . . .

~26~9~78
.
!`
: -- 82 --
:
. ~
.,,..
:.
. .
orqanism EX._16 Ex. 17_ MX 0787
S pneu~on~ae A-9Sa5 0.002 0.016 0.001
S PYOqeneS A-9604 0.002 0.016 0.001
5. faec~ s A206a3 1 4 0 25
S. aureus A-g537 o.ooa 0.25 0 001
5. aureus A-9537 0.03 1 0.008
50i ner~o
S aureua A-9606 0.016 0.5 0.002
~Pen-re3)
S aursus A15097
(M~th-res)
E coli A15119 0.016 0.6 o.ooa
E col~ A20341-1 0.016 0.6 o.ooa
X. PneUm ii~e A-9664 0.06 0.13 0.03
2046a 0.06 0.5 0.06
E. cloac~e A-9659 0.06 2 0.06
E cloacae A-9656 0.06 2 0.06
_ raoilis A-9900 0.06 0.13 0.016
P vul7ar~s A21559 0.03 0.13 0.008 ~--
~. ~ A15153 0.13 0.5 0.06
rettqeri A22424 0.25 2 0.06
S marc scens A20019 0.06 0.13 0.016
P. aeru~ino~ A-9843A O.Z5 >63 0 5
? ~ A21213 0.13 16 0 13
. ~ * N-Formimidoyl Thienamycin
:. J
'f,: ~ ~
.'. .
,~` ' ''
;~' ` , .
J :
.
: : : l

i9~7,8
:
- 8 3
. ~
~ ~ .
Or~anism Ex. ln Ex. 19Ex. 20 ^MX 0787
S. ~ A-9585 1 0.0020.06 0.001
, 5 Pyot-.tenes A-9604 2 0.002 0.13 0.002
, S f~ece,lis A20688 63 0.5 16 0.25
.. S aureus A-9537 32 0.0040.5 0.002
i S. aureus A-9537 ~63 0.008 2 0.004
~ 50~ serum
S. aureus A-9606 >125 0.016 ~125 0.004
j (Pen-res)
~ _ aureus A15097
(Meth-res)
I E. coli A15119 16 0.008 1 0.016
;' E. coli A20341-1 16 0.008 2 0.016
' X pneumoniae A-9664 32 0.03 4 0.03
'~ Y. pneumoniaeA20468 63 0.06 4 0.06
,I E. cloacae A-9659 63 0.03 8 0.06
~¦ E Clo~cae A-9656 125 0.03 16 0.06
1 P. mir~'oilis A-9900 32 0.03 4 0.D16
j p ~ A21559 32 0.016 4 0.016
3 M- mo~qanii A15153 3Z 0.06 8 0.06
6~ ~ P rettqer~A22g24 32 0.13 8 0.13
j( S marc,!trcens A20019 32 0.03 4 0.03
P eruinosaA-9843A 63 0.5 32 0.5
P aeruqinosa A21213 63 0.06 16 0.13
!
: * N-Formimidoyl Thienamycin ~ ~ ~
. :
, ~ :
,; " ..
,j :
:
.
.,~
.;
3 : ,
, - ... .~ .

31 ~ 3~
- 84 -
-~ In Vivo Ac~ivity
., ,
. The in vivo therapeutic efficacy of certain compounds
~ of the present invention and N-formimidoyl thienamycin
;. (MX 0787) after intramuscular administration to mice
; experimentally infected with various organisms is shown
~ below. The PD50 (dose in mg/kg) required to give protection
- to 50~ of the infected mice is indicated.
., .
Protective Effect in the Intramuscular
Treatment of Infected Mice
PD50/tr~atment ll~9/kg)
''
Ex. Ex. Ex. Ex. Ex. EX. Ex.
' ' 6 a 9 12 lq 15(~A~) 15 (~9~) ~Jt 0737
5. aureus A9606 ~ 0.21 - 0.89 0.07 - - 0.07
, E. coli A15119 ~ 0.96 1.2 _ _ _
pneumoniae A9664 - 1.8 1.8 - - - - 3
P. ira~ A9900 - 1.4 7.1 - - - - 9
', P. erugino5aA98~3A 0.4 0.19 0.19 1.8 0.45 0.39 0.89
P. aeruginoqa A24081 - 0.33 0.19 - - - - 0.4
.'''` ~
Ex. Ex. EX.
3 4_ 7 MK 0787
5. aureu3 A9606 0.07 0.1 0.2 0.07
E. coli A15119 1 0.4 0.2 3
X. paeumoniDe A9664 3 3 1 3
P. mLrabilisA9900 2 4 2.4 9
P. aerugino53 A9943A 0.5 0.2 0.2 0.5
P. erugino~aA240al 0.8 0.2 0.1 0.4
, . , - -
,~ .
(1'~ ' , '~.''
Ex.
!~ 5 !K0787 ~ -~
',: 5. ~ur~u3 0.2 0.07
E. oli 4 2.2
X. pneumoniae 3 2.3
';,, P. mir~ilis 10 9
P. a~ru~linoq~ A9B43A 1.6 0.5 : ~-
''~, :~.. '':
.:
::
' ~ '''
;
~ ' , ' '' ' ' . .
:: :

~ 5 -
: .
i
~ Blood Levels in Mice After Intramuscular
; Administration _ _
Blood levels and the half-life of certain compounds
of the present invention after intramuscular administration
:~. of 20 mg/kg in mice are shown below.
.~
,. .
,.,j
'~ Cmax Tl/2 ~AUC
ComDound (w/ml) (min)(~q.h/ml)
:.,
Ex~mple 1 14 10 6.3
Examplo 2 13.9 9 5.3
Ex~mpla 3 14.5 10 6.9
Exumple 4 15.5 11 7.7
Example S - - -
Example 6 17.7 9 8.5
Ex~pl~ 7 19.2 11 11.8
Ex&mple 8 13.8 11 10.5
Example 9 16.7 12 8.5
Ex~mple 10 20.1 11 9.5
Example 11 14.9 11 7.4
Exampl~ 13 14. a 11 6.4
Example 14 15.8 13 7.6
Ex~mple 15 "A~ 16.7 12 9.5
Example 15 ~E" 15.9 10 7.4
Example 15 ~C~ 15.1 10 7.3
MK 0787 14.6 10 6
Ex~mple 17 11 -8 3.4
Example 18 14.9 6 3.9
Exl~ple 19 27 16.715.1
Ex~mplu 20 25.4 14 15.6
Compounds were ~olubili~ad in 0.1 H pho6phate buff-r, p~ 7
Valve~ ba~ud on a ~lngle e~st: 4 mlce p-r compouna.
~1/2 refer~ to h~lf-life in minUtes
'~A~C re~erA to tha ~ra~ unaar the blood Conoantr~t~on-Cime curve
" ,,
j:
The following examples illustrate but do not limit
~; : the scope of the precent invention.
.,~
'.', '" :'~'
',,i~
. .
.. . .
,j~, . ..................................................................... .
:~
`:

~` ~2~9~78
':
,, .
-- 8 6
Examp le
: Preparation of l-Methyl-4- [2-carboxy-6~ [l(R)-
hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo [3.2.0]hept-
' 2-en-3-thiomethyl~pyridinium hydroxide inner salt
_ ~ ~ SC~ ~ N -C~3
' O CO2 ' . ~
''~ '
, O~i
N ""
: . . -
CO~p~ :
0~
SC~ ~ -CN3
N C02pNB
pNB = --CH2~ N2
, ` '

99~8
.
,.~ .
., .
~ - 87 - ~
,,! I
A solution of 673 mg (1.86 mmol) of p nitrobe~zyl 6~-
[1-(X) - hydroxyethyl~-3,7-dioxo-1-azabicyclo [3.2.0~hept-
2-ene-2-carboxylate (1) in 10 ml of acetonitrile W25 cooled
to -lO~C under a nitrogen atmosphere. A solution of 245 mg
(1.90 mmol) of diisopropylethylamine in 1 ml of acetonitrile
was added followed by a dropwise addition of 510 mg (1.90
mmol) of diphenyl chlorophosphate in 1 ml of acetonitrile o~er
a period of 2 minutes. The resulting solution W25 stirred
at -10C for 15 minutes to provide a p-nitrobenzyl 3-(diphenyl-
phosphoryloxy)-6~-[1-(R)-hydroxyethyl~-7-oxo-1-az~bicyclo-
~3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate. To this solution W25 aaded
a solution of 245 mg (1.90 mmol) of diisopropylethylamune in
0.5 ml of acetonitrile followed by a solution of 270 mg (2.16
~mol) of 4~mercaptomethylpyridine in 0.5 ml of acetonitrile.
The reaction mixture was stirred at -10C for 60 minutes and
the white precipitate which forme~ was collec~ed by filtration
and washed wi~h 5 ml of ice-cold acetonitrile to give 660 mg
(76% yield) of compound 2 as white crystals, m.p. 145C.
NMR(DMSO-d6) ~: 1.20(3~, d, J=6.0 Hz), 3.2-3.4 (3~, m),
3.7-4.1 (2~, m), 4.25 (2H, s), 5.05 (lX, d, J=4.0 ~z), 5.25
, d, J=14.0 Hz), 5.48 (1~, d, J=14.0 Hz), 7.40 ~2H, d,
J=5.5 Hz), 7O70 (2~, a, J=8.5 Hz), 8.23 (2H, d, J=8.5 ~z) and
8.58 (2H, d, J=5..5 ~z).
IR (KBr) ymax: 3400, 1790, 1695 and 1600 cm 1,
~ nal. Calc'd ~or C~2H21N306S: C, 58.01; H, 4.56; N, 9.23:
S, 7.04.
Found: C, 57.74; H, 4.56; N, 9.58; S, 7.21.
To a solution o~f 660 mg (1.41 mmol) o~ intermediate 2 in
140 ml of acetone there was added 5 ml of methyl iodide. The
reaction solution was stirred for 8 hours at 25DC. The solvent
was evaporated in vacuo affording a slightly yellow soli~ which
W25 triturated with ~iethyl ether to give 779 mg ~90% yield) of
the title compound 3 25 a white amorphous solid, m.p. 130C
(decomp.).
.
~ . . . . .

`
7~3
-- 88 --
. . . .
. NMR (DMSO-d6)~: 1.15 (3H, d, J=6.0 Hz), 3.2-3.4 (3H, m), 3.7-4.1 (2H, m), 4.25 (3~I, s), 4~30 (2~I, s), 5.25 (lEI, d, J=
14.0 Hæ~, 5.50 (lH, d, J=14.0 Hz), 7.70 (2~, d, J=9.0 E~z~,
8.10 ~2~1, d, J=7.0 Hz), 8.25 (2~, d, J=9.0 Hz) and 8.9~ (2~,
': d, J=7. 0 ~z) .
IR (~r) ymax: 3400, 1770, 169~ and 1640 cm . - .
~al Calc ' d for C23H24N36SI ~2
N,6.82; S, 5.20~ ~ .
.~ .
Found: C, 44.66; ~, 4.01; N, 6.84; S, 5.64.
- . :
B.
l~ I e
r~ 08
c~3
N H.,
0 3--~2P
Cll~-C3
N CO2e
, 4 :~
To a solution of 779 mg (1.27 mmol) of compound 3 in
tet~ahydrofuran-water-diethylether (80 ml-80 ml-100 ml), : ~:
there was added 140 mg (1.4 mmol) o~ potassium bicarbonate : :
and 125 mg (0.7 mm~l) of dibasic potassium phospXate. Then, : ~::
~, .700 mg of 10~ palladiu~ on charcoal was added and the mixture
: ~ was hydrogenated at 40 psi for 45 min on the Parr Shake~. The :
: mixture was then filtered.and ~h~ catalyst was washed with water
(2 X I0 ml). The combined filtrate and washings were extracted
with diethyl ether (150 ml) and then lyophilized to give a
, j
.
: . ,

1~699~7~3
, .
;
.
- 89 -
. br4wn powder. This crude material was purified on a C18
-. BONDAPAK*reverse phase ~olumn (30 g) .(Waters Associates),
`~ eluting with water under a 8 psi pressure. Each fractio~
(20 ml) was screened by high pressure liquid chromatography,
~; and 'ractions havi~g ~n ult~aviolet absorption at Amax=300 ~m
were c~llected and lyophilized to give 135 mg ~32% yield) of
the title compound 4 as a slightly yellow solid.
NMR (D2O) ~: 1.25 (3H, d, J-6.0 Rz), 2.7-3.2 (2~, m7,
3.40 (1~, q, J=9Øand 2.5 Hz), 3.9-4.2 (-2H, m), 4.40 (3~, s~,
~; 4.72 (2~, s), 8.10 (2~, d, J=6.0 Hz), 8.72 (2E, d, J=6.0 ~z).
IR (KBr) ymax: 3400, 1755, 1640 and 1590 cm 1,
W lmax (~2) 296 n~ (E=7782) ~ 258 nm (~=~913) -
., .
' . xam~le 2
.. .
(R) ~ Sc~2c~ ~ C~3
Co25 ;~
* Trademark
'
' ' " ' ' ': ~ ' ' '~ , , ~
i: , , . . ; . :

.~
--9o
. OH N
.~ A. ~ ~O2PNP
~ ~ OH
~a:
O Co2~
~SC~2cP2{~ ~ ~
~: ~ C02PNB
3 ~ :
,.1 ~
PN~ = p-nitro3~enzyl
:3~
;,1: ` ~ :
; ~ ~ ' ' ' ': .

~LX169~7~3
`:
. -- 91 --
..A suspension of l.l g (2.93 m moles) o~ diaz~ compound 1
~:~ was purged at r~om temperature with nitrogen for 5 minutes in
30 ml dry benzene. It was treated with 25 mg of rhodium
acetate dime~ and the mixture was he2ted to reflux for 45
minutes. The warm solution was diluted with ethyl acetate
(25 ml), filtered to remoYe ~he catalyst and evaporated to
dryness to give the keto compo~nd 2 as a white solid. This
W25 dissolved in dry acetonitrile (20 ml) and c~oled to -10C.
To this solution was addedj under nitrogen, diisopropylethyl-
amine ~417 mg, 3.2 m moles) foll~wed by 810 mg ~3.0 m moles)
of diphenyl chlorophosphate and the reaction mixture W2S
stirred at -.10C for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture W2S
ther~ trea~ed- with diisopropylethylamine (420 mg, 3.2 m moles)
a~d 2-(4-pyridyl~ ethane thiol (560 mg; 4.03 m moles) i~ 2 ml
acetonitrile ~J. Orgn Chem. 26: 82 (1961) Ludwig Bauer and
Libero A. Gardella ~r.]. The reaction mixture was stirred at
-~C to -10C for 1 hour, then diluted with methylene chloride
(100 ml) and washed successively with brine - H2O ~1:1), 4%
H3P04, s% NaHCO3, ~2 and brine. The organi~ phase W2S dried
~MgSO4) and eYaporated to gi~e a white solid. This solid
was washed with diethyl ether:hexane (1:1) and dried under
high vacuum t~ give 901 mg (63.9%~ of compound 3.
.IR(~CBr) 1790, 1690 cm 1
NMR ( C:DC13/DMSO) ~ 1 . 20 ( 3~1 , d , J=3 . 0 Hz , C~3 ), 2 . 8 to 3 . 2
( 7H, m), 3.9 to 4.4 (2H, m), 5.1 (1~, d), ~.4 (2H, q), 7.3
(2H, dj, 8.5 (2~, q), 7.76 (2H, d), 8.3 (2~, q).
- . ~ ~ , , . ~ " .,
~' : ., ,:
: .
,: :
,

~;997~
.
~. N
;;, o ~ 2P
3 ~ ~
, . . .
!~ ' . :
r, . ~ . . '
,''" . 0~
:~ ~ cf '`i!5~ CB3
. N
` ~ o C02PNB . -
:~ 4 ' - .
;,J
A suspension of carbapenem 3 (890 mg, 1.85 m moles) a~d
7 ml of iodomethane in 200 ml dry acetone ænd 12 ml methylerle
chloride :was stirred at 25~C :~or 24 hours. The reaction
mixture became a cl~ar solution i~ 18 hours . The solvent
was: remo~red under reduc:ed pressure, then the residue W2S
: washed with die~hyl ether to gi~e 920 mg (1.48 m moles)
(79. 8~ of 4 as a foamy soli~
r~` ~ IR(R33r) 1765,: 1630 ~
NM~ ~(DMSO) ~ 1.3 (3H,~ d, J=3.0 Hz), 3.1 to 3.7 (7H,. m), 4.1
(3X, m), 4.3 (3E~, s), 5.38 52X, q, J=7.0 ~lz), 8.1 (2~, d,
J-3.0 ~z), 8i9 (2H, ~, J=3..0 Hz), 7.6: (2H, d, J=4.0 Bz), 8.2
(2~I, d, J=4.0 Hz).
,j . ,
'Jj
',1; ,', ~-
~ .':

1~69~78
i-
,.`,;``'
. .
-- 93 --
C. ~ Ie
` ~ O C2PN~
`" .
OE~ - - r
N C
~.` ,. . . .
.~
The carb2penem 4 (920 mg~ 1. 47 m moles), dissol~red i;~
~0 ml tetrahydrolura~, 90 ml diethyl ether and 90 ml wa~er, ::
w~s tre2.ed with 265 mg (1.51 m m~les) dib2sic potassium
phosphate, 190 ms (1.9 m moles) potzssiulR hydsc~gen carbon2te
aIld 800 mg 10% palladium on c2rbon. It was hydro~enated
at 45 psi for 1 hour. The catalyst was filtered off through
CELITE and the filtrate W2S washed with diethyl ether
(3 x 25 ml). The aqueous layer was lyophilized to give a .
browni~ material which was then purified twice by .
chromatography through a 12 g*C18 column ~H2O) to gi~re 55 mg
of
IR(~Br) 1750, 1640 ~m . . :
N~R (D2O) ~ 1.30 (3H, d, J-3.0 ~z), 3.0 to 3.~ (7~, m), 4.3 ~ ~
( 3~1 , s ), 4 . 0 to 4 . ~ ( 3H , m), 7 . 90 ( 2~i , d), 8 . 7~ ( 2H , d) . :
,. .
'~ C18 BONDA~AX*re~rerse phase cc)lumn (Water~ Associates)
, .
¦A * Trademark (each occurrence)
,~, ' ' ' ' ' ' . : ' , ': .
',' ,' '. ' ~, ':. '' ' ' ` ''

f
~9~78
;7
- 94
"
. - '
, ~, ' :'
OH
~ ~ ~? CH3
co ~
, ' :.
i, Example 3 ~ ~
:
Preparation of 3-(N-Methylpyridi=e-3-yl-me~hanethio)-6~
[1- R ~ roxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-e~e-2- rboxylate
{ ~
: ~ ~
::, .,, ,:
~: ~
,
,,,,: . . , . -

~ , ~ ~ 95 ~~269~7~
;., ~
;` 1) ~ N ~
~ OH OH
~o Cl P(00)2J~`
N ~ 2) ~ > ~ 5
CO2pNB HS N CO2PNB
l9
~,.i'
,' .. . . , ,, , , ..... .. , .. "'
,. . .
~!
~ p-Nltrobenzyl 3-(pyridine-3-gl-methane thio)~ 6~-[1-(R)-hydroxy
`~.; ethyl~-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate.
,.
;, To a cooled (0) solution of 925 ~g (2.66 ~mole) of the keto
~ inter~ediate 5 in 14 ~l of acetonitrile ~as added a solution of 377 ~g
"~ ~2.9 m~ole) of diisopropyl ethylamine in 1 ml of acetonitrile follo~et
by 786 ~g (2.9 ~mole) of diphenyl chlorophosphonate in 1 ml of
,',' acetonitrile under a nitrogen at~osphere. The resulting solution ~tas
stlrred for 15 min at 0C, and thère was then added a solution of 377 mg
~" (2.9 ~mole) of 3-mercaptomethyl pyridi~e[prepared by the procedure
. described in Can. J. Chem., 56, 3068 (1978) ] in 2 ~l of acetonitrile.
i The reactio~ solution ~tas stirred for 90 minutes at 0. The pre~ipitate
as collected by filtration and washed uith 20 ml of ethylacetate to
give 950 mg ~60% yield) of the title product as white crystals.
5~ NMR~DMSO-d6) ~ 30(3H, d~ Jt~6.0Hz), 3.4-4.2(5H, ~) 4.25(2H, s),
" ~ 5.1(1H, d, J=4.5Hz), 5.40(Z~, ABq, J=14.4Hz), 7.2-8.5(8H, ~).
IR (KBr~ rmax 3500, 1775, and 1580 cm . Anal Calc't. ~or C22~21J306S1:
C, 58.01; ~, 4.65; N, 9.23; S, 7.04. Found: C, 57.19; H, 5.19;
, 8.76; 5, 7.08.
.,~ . . .
,1 : .
t :
':1
' ~
,
.
: .
,
`l .. ~
:' ~' : '~ .' . . ' .: :

1~;9~
96
R S ~ ~ CH31 > ~ ~ C~3
n 19 C02p~B C02p.~B
Pd/C, H2 ! -
OH ~b
J~ ~ CH3
. 2
3-(N-Methyl~yrldine-3-yl-methane thio?-6-[1-(R)-hydro~yethyl]
-7-oxo-1-azablcyclo (3.2.0) hep~-2-e~e-2-carboxylate.
To a ~olution of 730 mg (1.56 mmole) of compound 19 in 120 t!l of
acetone was added 5 ~1 of methyl iodite ~nt the reaction mixture was
stirred for lô hours at room temperature. The precipitate was collected
- by filtration and washed wlth acetone (10 ~1) to give 940~g (100% yield)
of the quaternized pyridine 20 as a slightly yellow powder.
NMR (D~SO-d6) ~: 1.25(3H, d, J-5.8~z)9 3.6-4.3(5H, ~), 4.20(3
4.25(2~, s) 5.25(1~, d, J~7.2Hz), 5.40(2~, AB~, J~12,16Hz), and
7.6-9.2 (9~, m). IR(~r)~ max: 3300, 1765 and 1690 cm . Anal Calc'd.
for C23~24N306S1Il: C, 46.24; H, 4.05; N, 7.03; S, 5.37. Found: C,
45.82; ~, 4.11; ~, 6.~7; S, 6.10.
To a solution of 933 mg (1.6 ~ole~ of co~pound 20 In 90 ml of ~-
tetrahydrofuran and 90 ml of ethe~r was edded 200 m3 of K~C03 and 349 ~3
o~ ~2HP04 in 90 ml of water followed b~ 1.0 g of palladiu~ on charcoal. -~
The mixture ~as hydrogenated at 45 psi on the Parr shaker for
45 ~inutes. The mixture was filtered through a Celite "pad and the ;~
,;~
* Trademark for a brand of diatomaceous (infusorial) earth.

-- 97 --
.:
. .
catalyst was washed with water (2 x 10 nl). The combined filtrate and
~ashing were extracted with ether (2 ~ 100 ~1) and lyophilized to give a
yellow solid which was purified on a C18 BO.~ PAR (Waters Associaces)
reverse phase column (8 g), eluting with 5Z acetonitrile in water under
8 psi pressure. Each 15 ml fraction ~zs assayed by high pressure liquid
chromatography and fractions having an ultraviolet absorption at ~ max
300 nm were collected and lyophilized to ~i~e 230 mg (43~ y$eld) of the
title produc,t as slightly yello~ crystals. m.p. 130C (decomp)
NMR (D20) ~: 1.25(3~, d, Js7.0Hz), 3.12(2~, d.d, J=7.9~z, 1.6Hz),
3.42(1H, q, Js7.2 ~z, 1.6Hz), 3.9-4.6(3~, ~), 4.25(2H, s), 4.42(3H, s)
and 8.0-9.0(4H,m). IR(KBr) y~ax: 3400, 1750 amd 1580 cm 1.
W ~ max (H20): 298 nm (E~8058). Anal. Calc'd. for C16H18N204S1.2H20:
C, 51.87; H, 5.44; N, 7.56. Found C, 51.55; H, 5.66; N,7.56.
.
-
, .
:~ .
., .
, :~
.
-: ' ' ' '
~: ~ . . . .
.
:. - ' ,. ~ ,. . : ,
: ,
~,, , . ' '; ' ' ~ , ' ; '

: `
6~
..
., .
.~., .
,. .
.- - , -
..~,
~ ..... .
~.;, .,
,., :
.,,; .
.i` ,
` OH
~ ~S~ ~
.. _ . :
:' Exa2Dle 4 ::
~ ,1 .
Preparation of 3-(N-Meehylpyridine-2-yl-~ethane thio)-6~-[1-(R)~
hydroxyethyl~ -7-oxo-1-aæabicyclo (3-2-0? hept-2-en _ -carboxylate :
:,Jj ~ . . :
.' ?
1 ~
.1 ,:
?i , .
.: '~ , ,- '
'~': ~ ' :
''`,: 1~ . ~-
.`,~ ' .
~Z~ - '-
,~ .
,1i . .

7~
gg
~ o~l
N 2) ~ ~' N
C02pNB HS '~ C2P~B
r 2 2
' .
.
' p-Nitrobenzyl-3- ~ e thio)-6Q-[l (R)_hydroxyethyl]
j -7~oxo-1-azabicyclo(3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxylaee
.
To a cooled ~0) solution of 925 mg (2.65 ~mole) of the keto
intermediate 5 in 14 ml of acetonitrile was added a solution of 377 mg
(2.92 ~mole) oE diisopropyl ethylamine in 1 ml of acetonitrile followed
by 786 mg (2.90 mmole) of diphenyl chlorophosphate in 1 ml of
acetonitrile under a nitrogen stmosphere. The resulting solution was
, stirred for 15 minutes at 0~, and there was then addet a solution of
1 377 mg (2.92 m ~ole~ of diisopropyl ethylamine in 1 ml of acetonitrile
followed by 350 mg (3.0 mmole) of 2-mercaptomethyl pyridine ~prepared by
the procedure described in Can. J. Chem., 56, 3068 ~1978)] in 1 ml of
acetonitrile. The reaction solution was stirred for 2 hours at -10C.
The precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with 20 ml of
~ethylene chloride to ~ive 650 mg (54~ yield) of the title product as a
yellow powder. NMR(DMS0-d6) ~: 1.26(3H, d, J=7.0~z), 2.7-3.5 (4H, m),
3.9-4.3(2H, m), 4.2(2H, s),5.42(2H, ABq, J=14.4Hz) and 7.2-8.8 (8H,m).
IR(XBr) rmax: 3400, 1775 and 1690 cm 1.
Anal- Calc'd for C22H21N306S1:4 C, 58.01; H, 4-65; N, 9.23; S, 7.04.
Found: C, 57,S6, H, 4,92, N, 8.94; S, 7.03.
.:,
.
.,.~ . .

- loo ~ 3C3~
, ,
l OH OH
J`~ 5 ,~ c~ ~ s ~?
C02pNB C02pNB C 3 I ~3
.:~ 22
-- . 23
Pd/ C H2
OH ~ ~
~5~1'~ ;~
24
:~ .
3-(N-~ ~yl ~Ld!n~-2-yl-methane thio)-6~-[l-(R)-hydro~geth
-7 oxo a abicyclo (3 2 0? hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate
,,~
i ~o a solution of 650 mg (1 39 mmole) of compou~t 22 in 100 ml of
I ~ceto~e was added 4 ml of ~ethyl iodide ~he reactio~ ~ixture was
stirred for 3 tays ~t room temperature. The precipitate was collected ~-
~, by filtration and washe~ with acetone (10 ml) to give 500 mg ~60X yield)of ~he quatenl~zed E~ridine 23 as a slightly yellaw solid. .-
N~R (DMSO~d6) ~: 1.26(3H. d, J~7 O~z) 3.9-4 2(2H~ m), 4.4~3H, s),
4.73(2H,s), 5 2(1H, d, J-3.9Hz), 5 50(2H, ABq, J~14Hz) and
~, 7. -9.4 (8H, m). IR (KBr) y max: 3400,1765, and 1690 cm
Anal Calc'd for C23H24N3651Il
~ound C, 45 62; ~, 4 27; N, 6 80; S, 5 30 , ;;~
;' ~'' ~
,. - . ~ .
':
~ ~1
.. .
', ' ' . - , . ',
~ ~ ' ' '.'', '

37~
101 -
.
To a solution of 1.0 g (1.167 mmole) of compou~d 23 in 90 ~1 of
tetrahydr~furan and 90 ul of ether was added 215 mg (2.15 m mole) of
KHC03 and 374 mg (2.1 mmole) of ~2~PO4 in 90 ~1 of water followed by
1.0 g of 10% palladium on charcoal. The ~ixture ~as hytrogenated at 45
psi on the Parr shaker for 45 minutes. The mixture ~as filtered through
a Celite pad ant the catalyst was washed ~ith ~ater (2 x 10 ml). The
co~bined filtrat~ and washing were extracted vith ether (2 x 200 ml) and
lyophilized to give a yellow solid which was purified on a C18 BONDAPAK
(Waters Associates) reverse phase colu~n (10 g), eluting with 5~
acetonitrile in water under 8 psi pressure. Each 15 ml fraction ~as
assayed by high pressure liquid chro~atography znd fractions ha~ing an
ultraviolet absorption at ~max 300 nm were collected ant lyophilized to
give 390 mg (44~ yield) of the title product. Recrystallization of this
material from ~ater-acetone-ethanol produ~ed fine needles. m.p.
194-196C. (decomp). NMR (D20) ~: 1.30(3H, d, J~6.2Hz) 9 3.2(2H,
q, J- 9.0~z, 3.6Hz) 3.46(1H, q, J~6.0Hz, 2.7 ~z), 4.1-4.6(3~ m),
4.60(3H, s) ant 7.9-8.9(4H, ~). IR (RBr) y ~ax: 3400, 1755,and 1590
cm . W ~max (~2) 292 nm (88092). Anal Calc'd for
C16H28N204S1.2R20: C, 51.ô7; H, 5.44; N, 7.56. Found: C, 51.37; R,
5.69; N, 7~37.
,
.` ' , .
: .
. .
* Trademark
~ , . . . : . : .
,
.

1, ,
:`~
` -- 102 --
. .
,
.,
~rN~ 5~
.- CH
. S0 2
.,,J ~ ~.
' i : ' '
'$
' Exa~.ple 5
~1 . Preparation of 3-(N-Methylpyridine-2-yl-ethane thio~-6~i-[1-(R)- ~ :
,1 .y~__xyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) he2t-2-ene-2-ca~ ylate :: :
~i: : - ' :
'`~: : ' ~'
- . I
'i, .'
1 ~ ~
: ~ ::
~ .

~ - 103 -
~0 ~z) ~ 5 ~
, C02PNB ~ SH COzPrlB
,
` 5 , 54 53
_ _ _ _
P-Nitrobeazy1~3-(pyridine-2-yl-etha~e thio)-6~ (R)-hydroxyethyl]
-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0? hept-2-e~e-2-carbo~ylate.
... .
;` To a cooled solution of 1.78 ~ (~.O~ole) of the keto intermediate 5 i~
;j 25 ml of acetonitrile was added 710 mg (5.5 mmole) of diisopropyl
`' ethylamine In 1 ml of acetonitrile followed by 1.4 g (5.0 mmole) of
.~ diphenylchlorophosphate in 1 ml of acetonitrile under a nitrogen
, atmosphere. The resulting solution ~asi stirred for 20 ~inutes at 0C,
and thPre ~as then added a solution of 710 mg (3.5 m~ole) of diisopropyl
ethyla~ine ln 1 ml of acetonltrile follo~ed by a solution of 850 mg (6.1
' mmole) of the thiol 54 [prepared by the procedure described in J. Org.
:~ Chem., 269 82 (1961)] in 2 ml of aceto~itrile. The reaction mixture was
stirred for 60 minutes at 0C. The precipitate was collect~d by
i` filtration and washed wlth ~eehylene chloride (20 ~1) to g~ve 1~3 g
(57~) of the title product as a yellow solid. ,~MR(CDCl3)
:
C:1.25 (3H, d, J=6.5Hz), 2.6-3.4 (7~, m), 4.2-4.6 (2H, m), 5.30 and 5.65
(lH each, ABq, J=14Hz) and 7.2-~.5 (&H. m). IR(RBr) y~ax: 3400, 1780
and 1680cm
.~i
i~ ,
~- j
~ . .
. . ~
; .

; ~
104 -
Jl 5~,~ ~ JF~, 5
CO2PNB CO2PNB 1H ~ :
Pd/C 3
H
53 2 55
OH
Joc~
O
co~3 3
_ 56 ~ ;
.. _. .................... , : . ,
3-(N-Nethyl pyridine-2-yl-ethane thio)-6~-[1-(R?-hydro~ye
oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate.
To a suspended solutio~ of 800 mg (1.7 ~ole) of compound 53 in 50 ml
of acetone ~as added 5 ml of meehyl iot:Lde. The reaction mixture was
stirred for 48 hours at room temperature. The precipitate was collected
by fileration and washed with acetonltrile (15 ml) to gi~e 810 mg
(76% yield) of the quaternlzed pyridine 55 as a slightly yellow powder.
NMR (DMSO-d6) ~: 1.20 t3~, d, J-5.6 ~z), 3.2-4.3 (9~, ~), 4.20 (3H, s),
5.26 and 5.55 (1~ each, ABq, J-15 az) and 7.8-9.2 (8~, m). IR(KBr)
rmax: 3400, 1770 and 1690 c~ . -
To a solution of 790 ~g (1.27 mmole~ of compound 55 in 100 ml of
tetrahydrofuran ant 100 ~l of ether ~as atded 100 ml of p~ ~ 7.0 buffer
solution followed by 1.0 g of 10% palladium on charcoal. The mixture
was hytroge~ated at 40 psi on the Parr sha~er for 40 minutes. The~
mi~ture was filtered through a"Celite" pad and the catalyst was washed
with water (2 x 10 ml).
,,

~g~7~
- 105 ~
The combined filtrate and washing were extracted with ether (3 x 100 ml)
and lyophilized to give 2 yellow powder which was purified on a C18
BONDAPAK (Waters Associates) column (30 g), eluting with 10X
acetonitrile in water under 8 psi pressure.
Each 15 ml fraction was assayed by high pressure liquid chromatography
and fractions having an ultraviolet absorptio~ at Amax 300 ~m were
collected a~d lyophilized to give 65 ~g (15% yield) of the title product
as a yellow powder.
NMR (D20) ~: 1.25 (3H, d, Js6.2 Hz), 3.1-3.6 (7H, m), 4.0-4.3 (2E, m),
4.32 (3H~ s) and 7~8-8.9 (4H, m). IR(R3r) rm2X: 3400, 1750 and 1590
cm 1. W Amax (~0): 300 D~ 8103~. -
: ~ .
'
:
~ .
';
~.
,........ .
: ' ~ , , ' ` ',, ` , ' . , " ' '
- : . : ~

~L.2~
'.! 10 6
'.' ,'
, . ,
~.
:! OH
~ J ` ~ ~ 3
." O .
. Preparation of 3-(1-Propylpyridine-4-yl-methane thio)-6~ (R)-
hydroeehyl]-7-oxo-l-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene- ~
` ~ ~
5'
'
' " ' ' ' . ' ' , ' '~ ~ ' ' , . ' ', ,' " '' . , , ' ~:

~ ;9~
- 107 -
OH
S ~ N
C02PN3 C02p,'~'B
_ 5l
P-Nitrob nzyl-3-(pyridi~ y~ _thio)-6c-[1-(R)-hydroxyethyl3
-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0)-hept-2-cpe-2-carboxylate.
A solution of 673 ~g (1.86 m mole) of p-~itrobenzyl 6G-[-(R)
-hydroxyethyl]-3,7-dioxo-1-azabicyclo ~3.2.0~ hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate
(5) in 10 ml of acetonitrile was cooled to -10~C under a ni;rogen
at~osphere. A solution of 245 mg (1.90 m mole) of diis~propylethyla~ine
in 1 ml of acetonierile was added followed by a tropuise additi~n of
510 ~g (1.90 m mole) of diphenyl chlorophospha~e in 1 ml of acetonitrile
over a period of 2 minutes. The result:Lng solution was stirred at -10C
for 15 minutes to provide a p-nierobenzyl 3-(diphenylph~sphoryloxy)-
-6-[1-(R)-hydroxyethyl~-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo-(3.2.0~ hept-2-ene-2-
~arboxylate. To this solution was added a solution of 245 mg (1.90 m
~ole) of diisopropylethylamine in 0.5 m~ of acetom trile followed by a
solution of 270 mg (2.16 m mole) of 4-mercaptomethylpyridin~ in 0.5 ~l
of ace~onitrile. The reaction mixture was stirred at -10C for 60
~inutes and the white precipitate which for~ed uas collected by
f$1tration and washed ~i~h 5 ~l of ice-~old ~ce~onitrile to give 660 ~g
(76% yield~ of compound 51 as white crystals, m.p. 145~C. N~IR - -
(DMSO-d6)~: 1.20(3H, d, J=6.0Hz), 3.2-3.4(3H, ~), 3.7-4.1 (2H, ~), 4.25
(2H,s), 5.05(1H, d, J=4.0Hz), 5.35(1H, d, J=14.0Hz), 5.48(1H, d, ,
J-14.0Hz), 7.40(2H, d, J=5.5~z), 7.70(2H, d, J=8.5Hz), 8.23 (2H, d,
J=8.5Hz) and 8.58 (2H,d, J=5.5Hz). IR(~Brj ymax: 3400, 1790 and 1695
',
-:
:~` ~i`,l ~
. , ~: ' . ,; . . , .; ' ,' '. ':
.: . : ,

,'3L~2 f~ '8
- :L08 -
cm Anal- Calc'd frC22H21N36S C~ 58-01; H~ 4-56; N~ 9-23; S~
7.04. Found: C, 57.74; H, 4.56; N, 9.58; S, 7.21.
.. . .
';I ' .
:,~, ~, 0~
Br ~ ~ ~ S
N ~ acetone O ~
~r C02pNB Na I C02pNB
j 51 . - 52
'`1 . . . ~ .
.
3-(1-Allyl pyridine-4-yl-methane thio)-6~-[1-(R)-hydrox~ethyl]-7-
oxo-l-azabicyclo (3.2.0?-hept-2-en3-2-csrbogylate.
To a solution of 900 mg (2.13 m mole) of compound 51 in 150 ml of
acetone was added 2 ml of allyl bromide and 380 mg of sodium iodide.
The mixture was stirred for 48 hours 2t rocm temperature and the solvent
was evaporated in vacuo to give a yellow solid. This material was -~
suspended into 120 ml of acetonitrile, filtered and evaporated in vacuo
to give 1.0 g (87% yield) of the title product as a yellow solid. NMR
(CD3CN)~: 1.20(3H, d, J=6.2Hz), 3.0-3.4(4~, m), 4.0-4.4(4H, m), 5.1-5.6
~, (4H, m) and 7.4-7.9(8H, m). IR(~Br)y~ 3400. 1770 2nd 1690 cm 1.
Anal- Calc'd for C25H26N36SlIl C, 48-16; ~ 4~21; N~ 6-74;
~ S, 5.15. F~und: C, 48.55; H, 4.46; N, 6.69; S, 5.15.
:~
:~ :
:j .
,~
'j: :
.. .
.~
;
'' '; ' ,:.
., .
.: . .
'' ~ ~ ,' ' ' ' ' ' '' ' . :
,

9~7B
-- 109 --
. . .
OH ~-
OH
S ~N ~ ~ ~ N~
C02pNB
' 52 53
... ... .. .. . .. _ _ . . .. _ . . . . . . . . ...
3-(1-Propyl pyridine-4-yl-methane thio)-6~-[1-(R)-hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-
1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate.
To a solutlon of 1.27 g (2.15 m mole) of comp~und 52 in 100 ml of
tetrahydrofuran and 100 ml of ether ~as added 100 ml of pH=7.0 buffer
solution followed by i.o g of 10% palladium on charcoal. The mixture
was hydrogenated at 40 psi on the Parr shaker for 40 minutes. The
mixture was filtered through a Celite pad and the catalyst W2S washed
w~th water (2 x 10 ml). The combir.ed filtrate and-washing were
extracted with ether (3 x 100 ml) and lyophilized to give a yellow
po~der which was purified on a C18 BONDAPAK (Waters Associates) column
(40 g), eluting with 10~ acetonitrile in wate~ under 8 psi pressure.
Each 15 ml fraction was assayed by high pressure liquid chromatography
and fractions having an ultraviolet absorption at ~max 300 nm were
collected and lyophilized to give 48 mg (6% yield) or the title product
as a yellow powder. N~(D2O)~: 0.95(3H, t, J=7.5~z),
1.25(3H, d, 7.0Hz), 2.05(2H, sextet, J=7.5Hz) 3.10(2H,td,
J=10 Hz, 2.5Hz) 3.35(1H, dd, J=6.5Hz, 2.5Hz), 4.0-4.8 (6H, m),
~; 7.1 (2H, d, J=6.0Hz) and 7.80(2H, d, J=6.0Hz). IR(RBr) ymax: 3400,
1750 and 1590 cm 1. Anal. Calc'd for C18H22~2O4s~2H2o: C~ 54.52
H, 6.10; N, 7.07. Found: C, 54.32; H, 6.03; N, 6.99.
~ .
~.
-

t7j~3
, - 110-
,`
'.
OH
,J~ CH~
~2~ ~H3
Preparation of 3-(N-Methyl-3-methylRyr dine-2-n:ethane thi~2-6~-rl-(R)-
hydro:~yethyl]-7-oxc~ azabicyclo (3.2.0) bept-2-ene-2-carboxylate
:
, : - .
' ~
.
'
: .
.. _ . _ .. .. , ., , . _ . _ _ _, . ~ . . . . . .. . .
~. ,, , , ,. :

997~3
. r
~ ~ 111 -
2 2 ~ ~ ~S~:
HCl
36~ 37
. ~
. _ . . ... . .
~, , 3-Methyl-2-mercaptomethyl pyridine.
~ , .
A solution of 2.45 g (17.0 mmole) of the chloro compound 36 and
1.37 g (18.0 m mole) of thiourea in 60 ml of absolute ethanol was heated
at reflux for 5 hours. Evaporation of ethanol followed by addition of
ether give 3.08 g (72% yield) of the isothiouronium salt which was
dissolved in 10 ml of water containing 1.44 g (26 m mole) of sodium
hydroxide. The solution was then heated at lOO~C for 5 minutes under a
nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was cooled to 5C, adjusted
to pH 6.4 by addition of acetic acid and extracted with ether (4 x
50 ml). The combined ether extracts were washed with 5~ aqueous sodium
bicarbonate and brine. Evaporation of dried (MgS04) solvent ~ave
1.4 g (83% Yield) of the thiol 37 as a yellow oil which uas used for the
next step without further purifieation. NMR (CDC13)~: 2.20(3H, s),
2.5-2.7(1H, broad s), 3.8(2H,t, J=6.5~z) and 6.9-8.2(3H, m).
~: :
1~ ~
~ '
'~':
.' ': ~.` ~ ':
~: :
,,.,, :
.. . . . .. _ . _ _ . .... _ _ .... . _ , . ... , . _ .. . .. . . _ , .. _ .. . . .

- 1l2- 3L2~;9~
. --'
0 2 _~ ~ 5
2PN~ 3 ~ C02p~B
HS~_J~`N J
_ 38
37
., .
P-Nitrobenzyl-3-~3-methy~ ridine-2-yl-methane thio3-6~-rl-(R)-
hy~ yethyl]-7-oxo-l-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept 2-ene-?-carboxylate.
To a cooled (0C) solution of 1.74 g (5.g ~mole) of the keto
intermediate 5 in 25 ml of acetonitrile was added 960 mg (5.8 m mole) of
dlisopropyl ethylamine ln 2 ml of acetonitrile followed by
1.4 g (5.8 ~mole) of diphenyl chlorophcsphate in 2 ml of acetonitrile
under a nitrogen aemopshere. ~he.resulting ~olution was stirred for 20
~lnutes at 0C, and thPre was then 2dded a solution of 760 mg
(5.8m mole) of diisopropyl ethylamine in 2 ml of acetonitrile followed
by 810 mg of the mercaptomethyl pyridine 37 in 3 ml of acetonitrile.
The reaction mixture was allo~ed to stir for 2 ho~rs at O~C. The
pre~ipitate was collected by filtration a~d washed ~ith acetoni~rile to
give 1.56 g (66 X yield) of the title product as a white solid.
m.p. 145C. NMR (DMS0-d6) ~: 1.23(3~ d, J~6.5Hz), 2.30(3H, s),
3.1-4.3(6H, ~, 4.35(2~, s), 5.20 a~d 4.45(1H each, ABq,J=15.0~z) and
7.3-8.4(7H,m). IR(KBr) rmax: 3400, 1767 aDd 1695 cm . Anal. Calc'd
for C24H26N309S2F: C, 47.91; H, 4.69; N, 6.98; S, 10.66.
~ound: C, 47.72; H, 4.34; N, 6.72; S, 11.22.
'
- . , .; ~
. ~

1~ 7~
.. ~ .
- 113 -
J`~ ,~ F503CH3 ~_ 5~\
-,~ N N N
2PNB S02p~B CH3 Ç~
38 1 Pd/C 39 ~3 S03F
OH
'' ~~S~ :
C02~ CH3
,
,' ' ~ .
,. __.. .. ,, ,,,,, _ _ . ~
3~ Methyl-3-methyl ~yridine-2-yl-methane thio)-6-~1-tR)- hydroxy
ethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxyl2te.
.,: : '
f ~ To a solution of 680 mg (1.45 ~mole) of compound 38 i~ 120 ml of
methylene chloride was added 270 ~g (2.33 mmole) of methyl
fluorosuIfonate. The reaction mixture ~as stirred for 3 hours ~t room
temperature. The precipitate was collected by filtration and ~ashed
with methylene chloride (5 ml~ to ~lve 840 mg (99X yield) of the
quaternized pyridine 39 as white crystals. NlIR
(DMSO-d6)~: 1.15(3H, d, J= 5.8Hz) 2.62(3~, s), 3.2-4.4(5
4.45(3H,s), 4.60 and 4.82 (lH each, ABq, J~9.2Hz), 5.30 and 5.46 (lH
each, ABq, J=12.8Hz), and 7.6-8.9(7H, m?. IR(KBr) rmax: 3400, 1750 and
1590 cm . Anal. Calc'd for C24H24N30gS2~ C, 49.14; ~, 4.47; N, 7.13;
S, Il.43. Found: C, 49.56; H, 4.16; N, 7.26; S, 11.03.
To e solution of 810 mg (1.39 mmole) of compound 39 in 100 ~l of
tetrahydrofuran and 100 ml of ether ~-as added 100 ml of pH=7.0 buffer
sDlution followed by 750 m~ of 10~ palladium o~ charcoel. The mixture
~ ~ '

1~9978
- 114 -
was hydrogenated at 45 psi on the Parr shaker for 60 min. in the cold
~, room (4-6~C). The mixture was filtered through a Celite pad and the
catalyst was washed with ether (2 x 10 ~1). The combined filtrate and
washing were extracted with ether (2 x¢0 ml) and lyophilized to give a
yellow solid which was purified on the C18 BON~APAK (Wat~rs Associates)
column (20 g), eluting with 5% acetonitrile in water under 8 psi
pressure. Eash 15 ml fraction was assayed by high pressure liquid
chromatography and fractions having an ultraviolet absorption
at Amax 300 nm were collected and lyophilized to give 141 mg(30Z yield)
of the title product as a yellow solid. NlYR (D20)~: 1.24(3H, d,
J=7.0Hz), 2.62(3H, s), 3.2-3.5(3H, m), 4.2-4.4(2H, m), 4.45 (3H,s), 4.50
and 4.59(1H each, ~3q, J=12.6Hz), 7.82(1H, q, J=7.0Hz, 6.5Hz), 8.35(1H,
d, J=7.0Hz) and 8.65~1H, d, J=6.5 ~z). IR(KBr) ymax: 3400, 1750 and
1580 cm . W Amax (H20): 296 nm (E=8014). Anal. Calc'd for
C17H20N204S1.~ H20: C, 57.85; Hs 5.85; N, 7.94~ Found: C, 58.60; H,
5.86; N, 7.87.
.
,
~,
, .. . . . . .. .
, . .. . . .
. :.

1~699'78
- 115 -
,
' , . ,
OH
~0`~2~35~ e
.... . ...... . .. . ,
.. .. .....
.. .. ,.
Example 8
~':
Preparation of 3-(2-Methyl-N-methylthiaæole-4-yl-methane thio)~6a-
rl-(R)-hYdroxYethyll -7-oxo-1-azabicvclo (3.2.0) hePt-ene-2-carbo~vlate
,~
:'' '"
'~
, :~.
':'

- 116 ~ 39~
` ' ,~,
.
N ~
~- OH OH
_ UL ~ 5 ~?~ ~ 3 I ~
CO2pNB -~ CH3 ~O2pNB
,i' ~ , ,
...
p-Nitrobenzyl 3-~2-methyl _hiazole-4~ methane thio]-6-[1-(R)
hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-l-azabicycl ~ 3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate.
To a çooled (0) solution of 1.4 g (4.0 m~ole) of the keto intermediate
5 in 12 ml of acetonitrile was added 0,$3 ml (4.6 m~ole) of
diisopropylethylzmi~e followed by 1.16 g (4.3 m~ole) of
diphenylchlorophosphate in 2 ml of aceto~itrile u~der a nitrogen
atmospere. The resulting solution was stirred at OD for 30 minutes to
-~ide p-nitrobenzyl 3-(diphenylphosphoryloxy)-6~-[1-(R)-hydroxyethyl]-
7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-eme 2-carboxylate. To this solution
was added a solution of 0.83 ml (4.6 m~ole) of diisopropylethylamine in
2 ml of acetonitrile followed by a sol~tion of 0.62 g (4.2 mmolé) of
2-methyl-4-mercaptomethyl thiazole r2repared by the procedure described
ln J. Amer. Chem Soc., 71, 3570 (1949)~ in 3 ~1 of acetonitrile. The
reaction solution was stirred for 40 minutes at 0. The precipit2te was
collected and washed with ether (30 ~l) to give 943 mg ~f the title
product as a whitç solid.
.
; NMR (CDCl3) ~: 1.32(3H, d, J~7Hz), 2.68(3H, S), 3.20(2H, m~
3.76(iH, d, J=5.5Hz), 4.16t2H, S), 4.20(1H, D)~ 5.40(2~, q, J=14Hz),
7.06(1H, S), 7.68(2H, d, J=8Hz) and 8.24(2H, d, J=8~z). IR~KBr) rmax:
3500, 1770, and 1700 c~
,, ~ ~:
~,
,,. ~,~.,
.

l~ 7i~
- 117 -
;,OH ~ OH
S CH3050ZF ~5 ~
N N~CH C112C12 o i i~ 3
o 3 i~ O2pNB
C02PNB 3
9 10 FSO3
1 Pd/C, H2
/ ~ ~
-,
o~ ~~ CH~
3-(2-Methyl-N-methyl-thia~ole-4-yl-methaDe thio)-6~ (R)-hydroxyethyl-
]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-eDe-2-carboxylate.
To a solution of 525 mg (I.l mmole) of co~pound 9 in 20 ml of -~
methylene chloride was added 0.27 ml (3.3 mmole~ of methyl
fluorosulfonate. The reaction mixture was stirred for 90 minutes at ~-~
room temperature. The precipitate was collected by filtration and
~ashed with methylene chloride (S0 ml) to give 650 ~ (100% yield) of
the quaternized thiazole 10 which was used for the next step wit~oue
further purification.
Thus, to a solution of compound 10 in 100 ml of tetrahydrofuran and
100 ml of ether was added 100 ml of p~=7.0 buffer solution followed by
500 mg of 10% palladium on charcDal. The mixture W2S h~dro~e~ated at
35 psi on the Pa~r shaker for 45 ~inutes. The Dixture was filtered.
through a~Cellte pad and the catalyst W2S washed with w2ter (2 x 10 ml).
The combined filtrate and washings were e~tracted with ether
(2 x 100 ml) and lyophillzed to give a yellow pouder uhich ~as purified
on a C18 BONDAPAK reverse phase colu~n (8 g) (Water Associates), eluting
with S~O acetonitrile-in water under 8 psi pressure. Each 1~ ml fraction ~
~'
* Trademark
1~J

- 118 ~ '3~
~ ,~.
was assayed by high pressure liquid chromatography and fractions having
an ultraviolet absorption at ~max 300 nm were collected and lyophilized
to give 145 mg (48% yield) of the title compound as a pale yellow
powder.
:, .
NMR (CDC13) ~: 1.20(3H, d, J=7Hz), 2.92(3H, S), 3.08(1H, d, J=3.5Hz),
3~20(1H, d, H=3Hz), 3.44(1H, dd, J=lHz, J=3.5Hz), 4.00(3H, 5), 4.20(3H,
m), 4.36(2H, m) and 7.88(1H, s). IR(KBr) ymax: 3400, 1750 and 1585 cml.
W Amax (H20): 296 nm (~=7500). Anal. Calc'd. for C15H18N204S2.2H2o:
C, 46.15; H, 5.64; N, 7 17; S, 16.41.
Found: C, 46.50; H, 5.26; N, 7.13; S, 16.20.
,
... .. .. . _ _ ... _ .. _ .. .. _ ,. .. _ .. _ _, ., _, . _ ...
~, , ~, , ;,,
; ' :' ~ ., . ;~.:
.

.
6~9~78
- 119 -
OH
J~s~
CO2~ CH3
'
Example 9
Preparation of 3-(N,N'-Dimethyl imidazole-2-yl-methane thio)-6~
[l-(R)-hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-car~oxylate
.:: ~ ::
~...
.. , :, ~

997~3
,
, ~ - 120 -
' .
CH3 CH3 ~
' ¢ \~ Cl 15) H2N ~ N - Ac ¢ / ~ SH
N 2) EtOH, ~ N
HCl HCl
31 32
.. . _ ... .. .. .
2-PIerceptomethyl N-methylimidazole
To a solution of 10.4 g (58 m mole) of 2-chloromethyl-N-methylimidazole
31 [prepared by the procedure described in J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 71, 383
(1949)] in 200 ml of acetonitrile was added 7.1 g (60 m mole) of
N-acetyl thiourea and> the reactipn ~ixture was heated at reflux for 9D
~ minutes. The precipi~ate was filtered and ~ashed with acetonitrile
I (20 ml) to give the isothiouronium salt ~hich was then dissolved into
j 120 ml of ethanol and heated at reflux for 18 hours under a nitrogen
atmosphere. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature,
condensed in vacuo to about 60 ml of ~olume and the precipitate was
removed by filtration. Evaporation of the filtrate in vacuo gave
2-mercaptomethyl-N-methylimidazole 32 as a yellow oil ~-hich was used for
the next step without further purificaeion. NMR (D20) ~: 3.90(3H, s),
4.10(2H, s) and 7.25(2~, S).
: ::
.
, . . .
, . . . .
. . . . . . .
.

- 121 - ~9~7~
. -- .
. . ,. -.
1) ~ N ~
OH OH
ClP(00)2 CH~
O ~ 2) CH > ~ N 3
~O2pNB ~ / ~ SH C02p~YB
}ICl
32
... . . . . - - - ~
p-Nitrobenzyl-3-[N-methyl imidazole-2-yl-methane thio]6c-[1-(R)-
hydroxyethyl~-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0~ hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate.
:
To a cooled (0~C) solution of 7.24 g (20.3 m mole) of the keto ~-
intermediate 5 in 35 ml of acetonitrile uas added 2.8g (21.3 m mole) of
diisopropyl ethy~amine in 2 ml of acetonitrile ~ollowed by 5.5 g (20.4 m
mole) of diphenyl chlorophosphate in 2 ml of acetonitrile under a
nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting solution was stirred at 0~C for 15
minutes and there was then added a solution of 4.1 g (3.0 m mole) of
diisopropyl ethylamine in 2 ml of acetonitrile followed by 4.6 g
~31.0 m mole) of the thiol 32. The reaction ~i~ture W2S allowed to stir -
for 60 minutes at 0~C. The white precipitate was collected by
filtration and washed with methylPne chloride (20 ~l) to give 6.6 g
(71% yield) of the title product as a white solid. M.p. 142. N~R
(DMSO-d6) ~: 1.32(3H, d, J=7.0Hz), 3~2-4.5(5a, m), 3.2(2a, s), 3.9~3H,
s), 5.50(2H, ABq, J=14.0Hz), 7.65(2H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 7.70{2H9 s) and
8.24~2H, d, J=6.6Hz). IR(KBr)y max: 3450, 1770 and 1590 cm . Anal.
21H20N406Sl.l~ H20; C, 52.18; H,4.79; N 11 59 F d
C, 52.22; N, 4.91 N, 12.16.
'~:
~,, ' ,,
.',.~

69~7~3
- 122 -
O~l OH --
C~I~J ~ ~$5~ ?
CO2PNB CO2PNB 1H3 ~0
33. ,~P~/ C, H2
~H I 3
' ~ ~,N?
2 CH3
3s
~-(N.-N'-Dime~hyl imi~azole-.2-yl-~e~hane.t~io!-6~L1- .... :
(R)-~ydroxye hyll-7~xo-1-azabiQyclo (~2.0) hept-2-
~A~=~ e _
To a ~3u~pended solution of 1.34 g (3.0 m mole) of
compound ~ ln 270 ml of acetone wa~3 added 20 ml of
I methyl i.odide. The reaction mixture wal3 ~ir~ed for
j 4 day~3 at room temperature. The precipitate wa~ ~ :
collected by filtration and wa~3hed with acetone t20
ml) to give 1.70 g (96% yield) of the quaternized
lmidazole 34 as yellow cry~tal~3. m.p. 175-177 C. NMR
(DMSO-d6) ~: 1.10(3H, d, H=6.. ~Hz), 3.30(2H, 8), 3. 2~ P:
4.3(6H, m), 3.95(6H, 8), 5.45(~H, ABg, J=14Hz), .:
: 2~ 7.65(2H, d, J=6.OHz). IR (KBr) vmax: 3400, 1750 and ;~ -
1600 cm1. Anal. Calc'd for C21H22N406S1: C, 43.
H , 9.~0; N, 5.48. Found: C, 43.02; H, 9.02~ N,
:~ 5.44.
To a ~301ution of 1.30 g (1.86 m mole) of compound 34
in 120 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 120 ml o~ether waR
added 120 ml of pH=7.0 buffer 6.01ution followed by
900 mg of 30% palladium on "Celite~. The mix~ure wa6 ~
hydrogenated at 40 psi on the Parr ~haker for 40 : ~.
minute~. The mixture ::
: 35

- 123 -
.
was filtered thro~lgh a Celite pad and ~be catalyst was washed with water
(2 x 15 ml). The combined filtrate and washi~g were extracted with
ether (3 x 100 ml) and lyophilized to give a yellow amorphous powder
which was purified on a C18 BONDAPAR (Waters Associates ) column(30 g),
eluting with 10% ace~onitrile in water under 8 psi pressure. Each 20 ml
fraction was assayed by high pressure liquid chromatography and
fractions having an ultraviolet absorption at Amax 300 nm were collected
and lyophilized to give 220 mg (35% ~ield) of the ~itle product as a
yellow powder. NMR(D2o)~ 1.12(3Jj d, J=7.0Hz), 3.08(1H,
dd, J=13.0Hz, 6.4Hz~, 3.15 (1H, dd, J=13.0~z, 6.4 Hz), 3.45 (lH,
dd, J=3.2Hz, 4.5Hz) 3.85(6H, s,) 4.1-4.3 (2H, m), 4.40 (1H,
d, J=13.5 ~z), 4.52 (lH, d, J=13.5 Hz) 2cd 7.40 (2H, s). IR(KBr) rmax:
3500, 1750 and 1590 cm 1. W Amax (H20) 296 nm (E=8411). Anal.
Calc d for C15H1gN304S~20 C, 51.68; ~, 5.67; N, 12.06; S, 9.50.
Found: C, 49.93; ~, 5.94; N, 11.46; S, 9.03.
.
:
., ,, , . ~ , . .......... . . . . . .
,

~ ~IL2~:i9~3'7~`
,, .
~, -- 12~1 --
,.
OH
~5 ~ CH3
;: 2 .
Example 10
~ - .:
: ~ Preparation of 3-(2,3,4,-Tri~ethyl thiazole-5-yl-methane thio?-6
(R)-h~droxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-zzabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate ~ ~
~:
:
: : ~ ~ .. .: -
: ~
' ' -

~69~378
. -- 125 -
CH3~ ~ Cl 5 CH3~
' ~ 2) NaOH ~ CH3
; CH3
HCl
46 47
., _ . -- - ~ ' ' ~~~'~'~' ''~
2,-4-Dimethyl-5-mercaptomethyl thiazole
- ':
To a solution of 4.8 g (26.0 mmole) of the chloro compound 46 [prepared
hy the procedure described in J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 104, 4461 (1982)~ in - -
50 ml of absolute e~hanol was added 204 g (30 ~mole) of thiourea. The ~
reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 18 hours. The precipitate was ~-
collected by filtration and washed with ether (20 ml) to give the
isothiouronium salt which was dissolved into 22 ml of lN-sodium
hydroxide and heated at 100C for 4 minutes under a nitrogen atmosphere.
The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature, adjusted to pH
7.0 with lN hydrochloric acid and extracted with ether (3 ~ 50 ml). The
combined ether phases were washed with water, brine and dried :
oYer MgSO4.
Evaporation of dried solvent gave 780 mg (49% yield) of the thiol 47 as
a colorless oil which was used for the next step without further
purification.
NMR (DC13) ~: 2.05 (3N, s), 2.35 (3H, s) and 3.60 (2H, d, J=6.5 Hz).
! - ~
.

99~78
._
- 126 -
., .
.. ..
. 1~ ~ N ~
OH ~ OH
O_ Cl~O~]~ ~ ~ CK3
CO2pNB ~ ~ CO2pNB C 3 ~:
-
: `:
~ ' .
P-Nitrobenzyl-3-~2,4-dimethyl thiazole-5-yl-~ethane thio] 6~-El-(R)-
hydroxy ethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3. 2. O) hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate.
. .
To a cooled (0C) solution of 1.4 g (4.0 mmole) of the keto inter-
mediate 5 in 25 ml of acetonitrile was added 610 mg (4.7 mmole) of
diisopropyl ethylamine in 1 ml of acetonitrile ollowed by 1.15 g
(4.3 mmole) of diphenylchlorophosphate in 1 ml of acetonitrile
under a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting solution was stirred for
20 minutes at 0C, and there was then added a solution of 610 mg
(4.7 mmole) of diisopropyl ethylamine in 1 ml of acetonitrile
followed by 750 mg (4.7 mmole) of the thiol 47 in
. .
-~ ~ ., :, ,. , . :
.

~-~ 12~i99~
- 127 -
2 ml of acetonitrile. The reaction mixture wa~
allowed to stir for 3 hour~ at 0 C. The precip~tate
was collected by filtration and wa~hed with methylene
chloride (20 ml) to give 1.14 g (61% yield) of the
title product as a white solid. NMR (DMS0-d6) ~: :
1.25(3H, d, J=6.4Hz), 2.30 (3H,~), 2.65(3H,B), 3.1-
3.4(3H,m), 4.10(1H, broad ~), 4.o-4.5t3H~m)~ 5.25 and
5.50(lH each, ABg, J=4Hz), 7.68 (2H, d, J=8.5 Hz) and
8.25 (2H, d, Jz8.5Hz). IR(KBr) ~max: 3500, 1770 and
1690 cm 1, Anal. Calc' d ~or C22H23N3o6s2 C, 5
H, 4.71; N, 8.57; S, 13.44. Found: C, 53.97; H,
4.74; N, 8.58; S, 13.10.
OH OH
~5~C~13 ~S~
C02pNB CH C02p!JB CH3 ~3
48 3 1 49 SO3F
. Ptl/C. H2
OH ~ ~ : :
~;~CH3
! 3-(2~3,4-Trimeth~l thiazole-5 yl-methane thio)-6~
i
~ 9~
, ~o a solution of 1.97 g (4.0 m mole) of compound 48
! in 180 ml of methylene ohloride was added a solution .
of 0..98 ml (13 m mole) of methyl fluoro~ulfonate in 2
ml of methylene chloride. ~he reaotion m~.xture was
~0 ~tirred for 70 minutes at room temperature. ~he
~; reaction mixture wa~ poured into a solution of ether
(400 ml) and n-pentane (100 ml). ~he precipitate was
collected by :~:
::
ix~
~ . .. . ... . , ~ ~
~ .
~ ~ , : , , `,

- 12~ -
.
filtration and ~ashed with ether (20 ml) to give 1.6 g (65.5% yield) o~
the quaterniz~d thiazole 49 as a white ~orphous powder, NMR (DMS0-d6)
~. 1.25(3H, s, J-6.5Hz), 2.45(3H,s), 2.80(3H,s), 3.2-4.5t6~m)~
3.90(3H,s), 5.30(2H, broad s), 7 60 a-id 8.2(1H each~ d, J=8.5Hz).
IR(KBr) ymax: 3400, 1770 and 1690 c~ . ~nal. Calc'd for
C23H26N309S3F.~H20: C, 45.09; H, 4.44; ~7, 6.86. Found: C, 44.50; E,
4.38; ~, 6.58.
To a solutioa of 1.0 g (1.72 mmole) o~ compound 49 in 100 ml of tetra-
hydrofuran and 100 ml of ether uas added 100 ml of p~l=7.0 buffer
solution followed by 1.0 g of 10~ palladium on charcoal. The ~ixture
was hydrogenated at 40 psi on the Par. shaXer for 40 mi~utes. The
mixture was filtered through a Celite p2d aDd the catalyst was washed
with water (2 x 10 ml). The combined filtrate and washing were
ext~acted with ether (3 x 100 ml) and lyophilized to give a yellow
powder which was purified on a C18 BOND.~PAR (~aters Asso~iates) colum~
(40 g), eluting ~ith 10% acetonitrile i~ uater under 8 psi pressure.
Each lS ml fraction was assayed by high pressure liquid chromatography
and fractions having an ultraviolet zbsorption at Amax 300 nm were
collected and lyophilized to give 315 mg (50% yield) of the title
product as a yellow solid. NMR (D20) ~: 1.25 (3~i, d, J=7.0Hz),
2.25 (3H, s), 2.90 (3H, s~, 3.0~3.30 (3~, n), 3.90 (3E, s) and
4.1-4.4 (4H, m). IR(KBr) y~ax 3400,1750 and 1580 cm . ~V
~ax:(H20): 297nm (~=8994). Anal. Calc'd for
C15HlgN304S.2H20: C, 48.25; H, 6.09; N, 7.79. Found; C, 47.96;
H~ 5.83; N, 7.89.
,
.
:':
; ; . :', ~ ', `'`:................ '
' ' , ~,
.;
. . , " .
.
: ~ . . :- ; ; i , ,

7;E~
~ - 129 -
,
~H ¦ :
[~H2 ~
~0 ~
i 2 CH3
,
,
~ - ,.
Example 1 1
Preparatlon of 3-[2-(N-Methylthiazolium) methyl thio]-6~-[1-(R)-
hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicYclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate -
~ . . ..
~. .
: '
,
..:
:-:: ,:
.: ~ , ~ . ., : .. :
, , , , : , ~ ,
.~, . . . . . :
., " , . . .

- 130 _ ~2~ 7~3
.: .
--OH ~0~ ¢~>/\C~ 2
H Cl HCl
.; '
~ 1 2
.--. .
~\S~,~H2 c
i, NH
2HC1 3
.~ .
1 2-Mercaptomethyl thiazole
.
To a chlorofor~ solution (30 ml) of thionyl chloride (3.81ml, 0.052M)
was added at room temperature 3.60 g (0.026M) of the hydroxymethyl
thiazole 1 followed by heating at 50 for 2 hours. Chloroform was
evaporated in vacuo leaving a bsown solid which was dissolved in 30 ml
of absolute ethanol. There ~as then added 2.04 g (0.026M) of thiourea.
The mixt~lre was then heated at reflu~ for 18 hours. The precipitate was
collected by filtration, washed with ethanol and ether to give 3.4 g
(55% yield) of the isothiouronium salt 3 The isothiouronium salt 3 was
dissolved in 30 ml of water and purged with N2 for 20 minutes. There
was added 1.10 g (0.027 ~) of sodium h~droxide and the mixture was
heated at 100 for two ~inutes. The cooled (0) solution's pH was
adJusted to 6.0 with acetic acid followed by ethylacetate (35ml x 2)
extraction. The organic layer ~as dried (MgS04) and evaporated in vacuo
to give 0.75g (42% yield) of the thiol 4 as a yellow oil which was used
without further purification; NMR (CDG13) ~: 2.1(1H, t),
4.0(2Hj d, J=lOHz), 7.27(1~, d, J=3.0Hz) and 8.85(1H, d, J=3.0Hz).
.
' .

~ 1~ 7~3
- 131 -
0~
J~ ~ r~ ~ ~1~S~
C02PNB 3) lO2PNB
HS ~ ~ ~
5 4 6
p-Nitrobenzyl 3-[(2-thiazole) methyl thio]- 6~-[1-(R) hydroxyethyl?
-?-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2. ? hept 2-eDe-2-carboxylate.
To a cooled (0) solut~on of 1.4 g (4.0 ~ole) of the keto intermediate
5 in 8 ml of acetonitrile was added 0.79 ml (4.4 mmole) of diiso-
propyl ethylamine followed by 1.17 g (4.4 mole) of diphenyl chloro-
phosphate under a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting solution was
~tirred at 0 for 30 minutes to provide p-nitrobenzyl
3-(diphenyl phosphoryloxy)-6 [1-(R)-hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-
azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate. To this solu~ion was added
a solution of 0.79 ml (4.4 mmole) of diisopropyl eth~-læmine in 2 ml of
acetonitrile followed by a solution of 0.72 8 of the thiol 4 in 2 ml of
acetonitrile. The reaction solution was stirred for 60 minutes at 0
and ~hen dlluted with 50 ml of ethylacetate and wash~d with 30 ml of
~ater, 20 ml of 10% aqueous ~3PO4 and 30 ml of brine. Evaporation of
dried (MgSO4) 60lvent gave a crystalline solid which W25 triturated with
ether to yield 782 mg (42~ yield) of the title product 6 as ~ white
crystalline material. m.p. 158-160C. ~lYR (CDCl3) ~: 1.32(3H, d,
J-7.0Hz), 3.28(3H, m), 4.20(2H, m), 4.36(2H, s), 5.40(2H, q),
7~40(1H, d, J~4.0Hz), 7.64~2H, d, J~8Hz), 7.76t1H, d, J=4.0Hz) and
8.24(2H, d, J=8Hz)
IR(KBr) rDax: 3500, 1770 and 1700 cm 1.
Anal. Calc'd. for C20H1gN306S2 C, 52.05; H, 4.15; N, 9.10; S, 13.89
Fou~d: C, 52.35; H, 4.40; N, 8.72; S, 13.90.
:, .
. . . ::

37
132
,r ~ 2 ~ ~N~
CO 2PNB I 2 N IH ~
6 Pd/C, H2
~ OH \ FSO
,. ~
0~5~
0~ CH ~)
... ...
3-[2-(N-Methyl thiazoliu~) methylthio]-6~-[l-(R)-hydroxyethyli7-7-
oxo-l-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate.
To a solution of 782 mg (l.36 mmole) of compound 6 in 55 ml of methylene
chloride was added 0.5 ml of methyl fluorosulfonate a7ad stirred for 90
minutes at room temperature. The precipitate was collected by
filtration and washed with methylene chloride (30 ml) and ether (20 ml)
to give 630 mg of a crude quaternized thiazole 7 which was used ~or next
the step without further purification.
Thus, to a solution of compound 7 in 140 ml of tetrahydrofuran and 120
ml of ether was added 140 ml of pH=7.0 buffer solution followed by 650
mg of 10% palladium on charcoal. The DL~xture uas hydrogenated at 30 psi
cn the Parr shaker for 35 minutes. The ~ixture was then filtered and
the catalyst was washed with water (2 x lO ml). The combined filtrate
and washing were extracted with ether (2 x 150 7~) and lyophili7ed to
give a yellow powder. The crude yello~ po7~7der was purified on a C18
BONDAPAK reverse phase column (7 g) (~7aters Associates), eluting with 5
acetonitrile in water under 8 psi pre~sure. Each 15 ml frac~ion wa~
assayed by high pressure liquid chro2atography, and fractions having an
ultraviolet absorption at Amax 300 nn 7~-~re collected and lyophilized to
give 23 mg (5% yield) ~f the title co2pou7nd as a yellow amorphous solid.

` ~ - 133 -
, ,~-.,,
.;.~. .
N~R (D20) ~: 1.28(3H, d, J=7.0Hz), 3.12(2H, d, J=7.0 Hz),
3.44(1H, dd, J=l.OHz and 3.0Hz), 4.20(3H, s), 4.24(2H, m), 4.76 (3H, m),
8.12(1H, d, J=4Hz) and 8.24(1H, d, J= Hz): IR(KBr) ymax: 3400, 1740 and
1580 cm . uv ~max (H20) 292 nm (~=7285).
.' ,
'.'
.. ..
. .
. il
~ ~:
::: ,
:`1 , :.
~',. . .
,
i ' ~ . ":
,~ ~
; ~ ' .
,~;, , '
," ;
.`
.~, ~ - ;
.
> ,
~`
'
,

~ 134 - ~2~9~7~
, .
'
, ' '
f ¦
~ ;~ S--CH --~31~CH3
- . . . .. . .. ..
Example 12
Preparation of 3-[1-(RS)-Methyl N-methyl-pyridine-3-yl-methane thio]
6~-[1-(R)-hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0)
hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate
'
;., ~
- '

~ ~2~9978
- 135 --
OH ~N~ qH
J 1) ,ol ~I y~
~-o 2) >
2 HS ~\~ C02PNB
. ~,.
27 28
_ _ _ _
P-Nitrobenzyl-3-[l-(R,S)methyl-py-ridine-3-yl--methane thio] 6a~ (R)-
hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabic~clo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxy~
To a cooled (0C) solution of 1.~5 g (5.3 mmole) of the keto ~ 1
~ntermediate S i~ 20 ml of acetonitrile was added 754 mg (5.8 mmole) of
diisopropyl ethylamine in 1 ml of acetonitrile follo~ed by a solution of
1.57 g (5.B4 mmole) of diphenyl chlorophosphate in 2 ml of acetonitrile
under a nitro~en atmosphere. The result~ng solution was stirred for 15
minutes at O~C> and there was then added a soluti~n of 754 mg
(5.8 mmole) of diisopropyl ethylami~e i~ 1 ml of acetonitrile followed
by 814 mg (5.8 mmole) of the thiol 27 in 2 ml of acetonitrile. The
~ixture was stirred at 0 for 3 hours, a~d then the reaction mixture was
d~luted with 200 ml of ethylace~ate, and washed ~lth ice-cold brine
(200 ml), water (200 ml), aqueous bicarbonate (100 ml) and brine (100
ml ) . Evaporation of dried (MgS04) solvent gave a yellow oil which was
purified by silica gel coiumn chromatography, eluting with 50X
acetone-50% methylene chloride to give 1.65 g of the title protuct as a
yellow solid.
NMR (CDCl3) ~; 1.22 and 1.25(3H ~ach d, J~?.OHz), 1.46 and 1.50(3~ each
d, J=7.2Hz), 2.4-3.3(3H, m), 3.X-4.2(3H, m), 5.35(2H, ABq, Js14.5Hz) and
7.2-8.6(8H, m). IR(KBr) vmax: 3400, 1765 and 1690 c~ 1. Anal. Cslc'd.
for C23H23N303S1: C, 58.83; H, 4.94; N, 8.95; S, 6.83.
Found: C, 57.15; ~, 5.04; N, 8.2B; S, 6.78.
:, ~ : . . ~, : . .
. i . . . .

;9~378
- 136 -
, . .
. -~ H ~ 1 ~ SH
~5C~2 ~
` HCl
2 !~i 2 D 27
.
.
4-(1' mercaptoethyl_-eyridine
To a solut~on of 25 8 of 1-(4-pyrid~ etha~ol 25 [prepared by the
procedure described i~ J. Chem. Soc.> PeIkin II~ 1462 (1974)~ ln 100 ~1
of chloroform was added 50 g of thionyl chloride. The ~ixture was
refluxed for 2 hour~. EYaporation of sol~ents in acuo ~ave the chloro
compo~nd 26 as a semi solid whic~ was used for the next step ~ithout
further purification. Thus, to a solution of 26 in 160 ml of ethanol
was added a hot solution of 14.4 g of thiourea in 75 ml of ethanol.
The xeactio~ mixture was heated at reflux for 18 hours. Ethanol was
evaporated and residue was dissolved in 100 ml of water and adjusted
to pB 10 by addition of 2NNaO~ The ~i~ture was stirred a~ r~o~
tempe-rature for 90 ~inutes, adjusted to p~ 6.Q by additio~ of 6NHCl and
extracted with ether (2 x 20~ . Evaporation of dried (MgS04) sol~e~
gave ~ yellow oil which was distilled at 5 ~m~ and collected at the
boiling range 60-65~C to give li.O g (38~ yield) of the pure thiol 27 as
a colorless oil.
N~R tCDC13) ~: 1.70(3H, d, J-6.0Hz)9 2~o5tlB~ d, J~5.8~z), 4~20(1~, t,
3~Ç.OHz, 5.8Hz~, 7.20(2H, d, J~6.2Hz~ and 8.5(2~, d, J~6~2Hz).
.::

~ ~2~;~'3~8
. . . - 1 3 ~
. .
OH
OH
J~ ~ ~R ~ 5~
CO2PNB CO2PNB ~CH
~ 3
28 , ~9
PdtC --
0~1 t H2
J~ \CH3
3~ ;
:' '`"`' . ' .
,
, ., ,. ; . .. . . ... .
,: ; ` ,
. ~ . ,
. ! ~, ,
:. ' ; ' ,
., '~ ' ' ~ ' '' '

- 138 ~ 9~7~
3-[1-(RS)-methyl-,-methyl-pyridin -3-yl~~ethane thio]-6~-[l-(R)-hydroxy
ethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-e_ -2-carboxylate
To a solution of 1.1 g (2.34 mmole) of co~pound 28 in 100 ml of acetone
was added 10 ml of methyl iodide. The ~eaction mixture was stirred for
18 hours at room temperature. The precipi~ate was collected by
filtration and washed with me~hylene chloride (10 ml) to give 1.4 g
(100% yield) of the quaternized pyridine 29 as a yellow powder.
NMR (DMSO-d6) ~: 1.10 (3~, d, J=6.5 ~z), 1.62 (3H, d, J=7.5 Hz),
2.6-4.2 (6H, m), 4.39 (3H, s), 5.42 (2H, ABq, J=13.6 Hz) and
7.9-9.2 (8H, m). IR(KBr) vmax: 3400, 1770 a~d 1190 cm 1.
24 26N306S1I1: C, 47.14; H, 4.29; N, 6 87; S 5 24
Found: C, 4~.19; H, 4.78j N, 6.11; S, 5.41.
; To a solution of 1.45 g (2.37 mmole) of co~pound 29 in 120 ~1 of
tetrahydrofuran and 120 ml of ether was added 120 ml of pH=7.0 buffer
solution followed by 1.5 g of 10% palladiu~ o~ charcoal. The mixture
was hydrogenated at 45 psi on the Parr shaker for 60 minutes. The
mixture was filtered through a Celite pad and the catalyst was washed
with water (2 x 15 ml). The combined filtrate and washing were
extrac~ed with ether (2 x 200 ml) and lyophilized to ~ive a yellow solid
which was purified on a C18 BONDAPAK (Uatcrs Associates) reverse phase
colu~n (50 g), eluting with 5% acetonitrile in water under 8 psi
pressure.
Each 20 ml fractlon was assayed by high pressure liquid chromatography
and fractions having an ultraviolet ~bsorption at Amax 300 nm were
collected and lyophilized to give 200 mg (24% yield) of the title
product as a yellow amorphous solid.
NMR tD20) ~: 1.32 (3H9 d, J=7.0 ~z), 1.63 (3H, d, J=7.2 Hz),
2.5-4.6 (6H, m), 4.32 (3H, s) and 8.2-8.9 (4H. m). IR(~Br) vmax: 3400,
1750 and 1590 cm . W ~max (H20): 296 nm (e=7s73?. --
Anal. Calc'd. for C17H20N204S11~ 2
Found: C, 54.39 8. 5.98; N, 7.68
: ::
; '
:. . . : , , : . . . -
, . .. . . . .
.
`~ , ` ' ' , . .
,

~ ~ ~ 9'~ 7
-- 1 3 9
': .
OH
~ ~ 5 ~
C02~3 CH3
Example 13
Prepara~ion of 3-(N-Me~hyl-N'-benzyl
6u-[1-(R)-hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0)
hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate
,
::
~ :
.
.~ ,, ':
. . . . . .
;.. : . . . .

f~ 99~
- 140 -
. '
C/~H
HC1
41 42
~~ -
... . .
.,.,
~ N-Benz~1-2-meroaptomethyl imidazole
.
To a solution of 3.23 g (13.0 mmole) of ~he chloro compound 41
[prepared by the procedure described in J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 71, 383
(1949)] in 80 ml of acetonitrile was added 1.72 g (14.5 mmole) of
N-acetylthiourea. The reaction mixture ~as heated at reflux for 3 hours.
The precipitate was collected by filtration and washed with acetonitrile
(10 ml) to gi~e the isothiouronium salt which was then dissolved into
80 ml of absolute ethanol and heated at reflux for 18 hours under a
nitrogen atmosphere. The reactlon was cooled to room temperature,
condensed in vacuo to about 30 ml of volume and the precipitate was
removed by filtration. Evaporation of the filtrate in vacuo gave 3.5 g
(97% yield) of the thiol 42 as a yellow thick syrup.
NMR (CDC13) ~: 2.1(1H, t, J=4.5Hz), 3.80(2H, s), 5.20(2H, s) and
6.8-7.5(7H, m).
.`'.

!
- 1 4 1 ~ i997~3
;
Oh 1) ~N~
C~2PNB r~ D
HS< 31 ~02PNB -:
: - 42 ~3
'-
,1 ,
.~ .
~, ,.... . . .... - - -
.
P-Nitrobenzyl-3-[N-benzylimidazole-2-yl-methane thio] 6~-[1-(R)-hydroxy-
ethyl]-?-oxo- -azabicy~lD (3.2.0? hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate.
., O
To a cooled (0 ) solution of 3.03 g (8.5 mmole) of the keto
intermediate 5 in 70 ml of acetonitrile uas added 1.17g (9.0 mmole) of
diisopropyl ethylEmine in 2 ml of acetonitrile follo~ed by 2.4 g (9.0
mmole) of diphenyl chlorophosphate in 2 ml of acetonitrile under a
~itrogen atmosphere. The resulting solution was stirred for 20 minutes
~t 0C, and there ~as then addet a solution of I.17 g (9.0 ~mole) of
diisopropyl ethylamine in ~ ml of acetonitrile followed by 4.8 g (15
~mole) of the thiol 42. An atditional 1.93g (lS m ~1~ of diisopropyl
ethylamine was added a~d the reaction ~ixture was allowed to stir for 2
hours at O~C. The precipitate was collec~ed by filtration and washed
with cold ~ethylene chloride (20 ml) to gi~e 2.5 g (55~ yield) of the
title product as a whit~ ~olid. N~DR (DMS0-d6) ~: 1.23(3~, d, J=7.2~z),
2.5-4.1(6H9m), 4.25~2H, s~, 5.20(2H~ s), 5.20 and 5.45 (lH each,d,
J=14.5Hz) and 6.9-8.3 (llH,m). I~ rl rma~: 3400, 1775 and 1690cm
'
,' ..`,
. , -
. .

~ - 142 - ~2~7~
J 1~ ;~ 5 ~;3
C02PNB 02PNB
43 44
__ __
'- , Pd/C
,H2 .
~H
5~
2- 1~3+
.~_ . 45
,
,
3-(~ Methyl-N'-benzyl imidazole-2-yl-methane ~hio)-6~-[1-(R)-hydroxy
ethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate.
To a solution of 1.76 g (3.3 mmole) of compound 43 in 1.1 1 of methylene ~ -
ehloride was added 1.15 ml (13.4 nmole) of methyl fluorosulfonate. The
reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The
reaction was concentrat2d in va~uo to about 15 ml of volume. The
precipitate was collected by filtr2~io~ and washed with methylene
chloride (10 ml) to give 1.58g (74% yield) of the quaternized imidazole
44 as a white solid. NMR (DMS0-d6) ~: 1.15(3H, d, J=7.0Hz), ~ ~
3.2-4.4(6H,m), 4.70 and 5.0tlH each, ABq, J=10.8Hz), 5.24 and 5.46 (lH ~ -
each, ABq, J=14 H7) ~ 5.50(2H,s) and 7.4-8.4~11H,m). IR(KBr) rmax: 3500,
1770 and 1700 cm . Anal. Cald'd for C28~29N409S2F: C, 51.48; H, 4.47;
N, 8.67; S, 10.20. Found: C, 51.84; H, 4.52; N, 8.65; S, 9.87. ~--
'`"
, ~, :
,,~ ' '~ .
,:
: : , ' ,
: ~ ', ' , ": ' ,' . . ' ` ' ;

~ `;
` - 143 ~ 9~7~
To a solution of 1.11g (1.71 m mole) of compound 44 in 100 ml of
tetrahydrofuran and 100 ml of ether was added 120 ~1 of pH=7.0 buffer
solution followed by 1.0 g of 10~ p211adium on ~harcoal. The mixture
was hydrogenated at 45 psi on the Parr shaker for 45 ~inutes. The
mixture was filtered through a Celite pad and the catalyst ~as washed
with water t2 x 10 ml). The combined filtrate and ~ashing were
extracted with ether (2 x 70 ml) and lyophilized to give a yellow powder
which was purified on a C18 BONDAPA~ (Waters Associates~ column (40g),
eluting with 10% acetonitrile in water under 8 psi pressure.
:`
Each 15 ml fraction was assayed by high pressure liquid chromatography
a~d fractions having an ultraviolet absorption at ~max 300nm were
collected and lyophilized to give 305 mg (43%) of the title product as a
slightly yellow amorphous solid. NMR (DMS0) ~: 1.40(3H, d, J=7.0Hz),
2.9-3.4(3H,m), 3.98(3H,s), 4.0-4.2(2~,m),4.23(2H, broad s), 5.57(2H,s)
and 7.2-7.65 (7H,m). IR(KBr) y max: 3400, 1760 and 1590 cm 1
W ~max (H20): 299 nm (E=8807). Anal. Calc'd for C21H23N304Sl.l~H20:
C> 57.25; H, 5.94; N, 9.54; S, 7.28. Found: C, 56.66; HJ 5.70; N,
9.49; S, 8.30.
~` :
. I .
,
. .
: .'
' ~ ' ' , ~ ,- , ' ;

'-' :3L;;; ~;9~37~
.,
OH
, , . . ,
.~ ~S~l
- : 3 II
' ' I . .
`: --.,
Example 14
,: ' - ~ ~
Preparation of 3-(2-Methyl-N-methylpyrid ~ ethane thio)-
: ~ : 6~-11-(R~-hydroxyethyl]--7-oxo-1-azabicyclo ~3.2.0)
~' ' ' , ~'.
he~t-2-ene-2-carboxylate
, ~ -.
, ~
~'" :'~':
: . . . .. ~ :: . . ,
,: : . ;:, :

~ 12~9~7~3
-- 145 -
,~C2 Et L A H
N~CH3 ~OH
2 13
S
Cl 1 )H2NJ~NH2
I~SH
N CH32) NaOH ~ N~H
HCl 3
14 . :~ :
_~ ~5
.. _ ..... , , , . :
.. . .. . . .... _
2-Methyl-3-mercaptomethyl pyridine
The ester 12 was prepared by the procedare described in J. Org. Chem.,
21 800 (1956). To a cooled (0) suspe~ded solution of 2.86 g of lithium
aluminum hydride in 50 ~1 of dry tetrahydrofur2n was added dropwise a -~
solution of 6.23 g (0.033 M) of the ester 12 in 15 ~1 of tetrahydrofuran
over a 15 minute period. The mixture was s;irred for 60 ~inuees at 0,
and there was then added 50 ml of eth~lacetate. ~The precipitate was
filtered, and washed with aqueous saturated a~monium chloride. The
organic layer w~s dried over MgS04, flltered and evapo~ated ~n vacuo
affording 3.2 g (70Z yield) of the hgdro~y~etbyl pyridine 13 as a
yellow oil. NMR (CDC13) of compound 13 ~: 2.46 (3~, S), 4.73 (2H, S),
5.1 (lH, broad), 7.2 (lH, dd, J=8~z)~ 7.8(1~, dd,J=8~z, J~lHz) and 8.3
(1~, dd, J=7Hz, J=lHz) and 8.3 (lH, dd J~7~z, Jsl~z).
To a cooled (0) solution of 4 ml of ~hiou~l chloride in 10 ml of
methlene chloride was added dropwise 2 solution of 3.2 g (0.026 M) of
the alcohol 13 in 10 ml of methylene chlor-de over a 15 minute périod
under a nitrogen atmosphere. The cool mg bath was removed and the reaction
was allowed to stir for 3 hours at roo~ te~perature. All solven~s were
evaporated in vacuo leaving compound 14 as a bFown solid which was used
for the next step without purificatio~. Ihe crude brown solid was
' ::: ` . ' . : : . '

~ - 146 - ~ 7~
.. . .
dissolved in 30 ml of absolute ethanol. There was then added 2.5 g
(O.032 M) of thiourea and the mixture was heated at 65-70C for 18
hours. The mlxture was cooled to room temperature. The precipitate was
collected by filtration and washed with ethanol (20 ml) and ether (50
ml) to yield 30 g of the isothiourorlium salt. This salt was dissolved
ln 10 ml of water and a solution of 640 mg (0.016 M) of sodium hydroxide
in 10 ml water ~as added under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was
heated at 100 for 2 minutes and then cooled to 0, adjusted to pH=6.0
with acetic acid and extracted with chloroform (2 x 35 ml). Evaporation
of dried (MgS04) chloroform gave 941 ~g (46% yield) of the thiol 15 as a
yellow oil.
NMR (COC13) of the thiol 15 ~: 1.8(1X, t), 2.60(3H, S), 3.73(2~, d,
J=10 Hz), 7.13(1~, dd, J=8 Hz) 7.57(1~, dd, J=8Hz), and 8.43(1H, dd,
J=8Hz, 3~z).
, : ~
; ~ OH OH
`i . I 1)> N~ J
clP(oo2 /'`~;~5~ ~
`I ' C02PNB S/~ C 2PN3
1 5 1 5 IH 1 6
- 3
'j~! P-Nitrobenzyl-3-~2-methylpyridine-3-yl-uetharle thio)- 6~-[1-(R)~
hYdroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxxlate.
To a cooled (0) solution of 1.52 g (4.37 mmole) of the keto
intermediate 5 in 5 ml of acetonitrile was added 0.86 ml (4.80 mmole) of
diisopropyl ethylamirle followed by a solution of 1.17 g (4.37 mmole) of
`~ diphenylchlorophosphate in 3 ml of acetonitrile under a nitrogen
atmosphere. The resulting solution ~as stirred for 30 minutes at 0C to -
provide p-nitrobenzyl-3-(diphenylphosphoryloxy) -6~-[1-(R)-hydroxy
ethyl~-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate. To this
'~ solution was added a solution of 0.86 ml (4.80 mmole) of diisopropyl
ethyl amine in 2 ml of acetonitrile followed by a solution of 940 mg
(6.76 mmole) of the thiol 15 in 2 ml of acetonitrile. The reaction
'I ,, ,
: ~:
~, .
, : , . ' ~ , ~ ' :

- 147 _i 2 ~
. ~
mixture was stirred for 60 minutes at 0C. The preripitate was
collected by filtration and washed with ether (30 ml) to gi~e 1.12 g
(55% yield) of the title prodtlct as a pale yellow solid. M.P.
186-188~C. (decomp).
NMR (DMS0-d6) ~: 1.20(3H, d, J=7Hz), 2.60(3H, S), 3.40(m, 2~),
4.16(m, 2a). 4.32(2H, S), 5.16(1H, d, J=5Hz), 5.44(2~, q, J=14Hz), 7.32
(2H, m), 7.8(2H, d, J=8Hz) 8.36(2H, d, J=8~z) and 8.48
(lH, dd, J=5.5~z,1.5~z). IR (KBr)yma~: 3500, 1770 and 1750 cm 1.
23 24N3O6S: C,58.83; ~,4.94; N,8.94; S,6 83
Found: C,58.63; H,4.99; N,9.06; S,6.58.
OH
/ ~ ,l :
IOZPIIB,~
C02pNB H3
- FSO
16 . 17
~~ ~~
Pd/ C,H2 ,.
OH
I
CH~
8 3
.,
- . -;
.. . .
., . . :'
.
:

~ - 148 ~ 9~3'7~
_
.
3-(2-Met~yl-N-methylpyridine-3-yl-methane thio)-6~[1-(R)-hydroY.yethyl]
-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo(3.2.0) hept~2-ene-2-carboxylate.
To a solution of 697 mg (1.19 mmole) of compound 16 in 100 ml of
methylene chloride was added dropwise at 10C 0. 5 ml (6.18 mmole) of
methyl fluorosulfonate over a 10 minute period. The mixture was stirred
for 2.5 hours at room temperature. The precipitate was collected by
filtration and washed w~th 30 ml of methylene chloride to give 777 mg
(90%) of the quaternized pyridine 17 as a yellow solid.
N~DR (COCl3) of compound 17~: 1.20(3H, d, J=7Hz), 2.82(3H, s),
4.36(3H, s), 4.16(2H, m), 4.60(2H,s), 5.20(1H, m), 5.42 (2H, q, J=14Hz),
7.80(2H, d, J=8Hz), ô.O4(1H, dd, J=7Hz, 6.5Hz), 8.32(2H, d, J=8Hz)
8.64(1H, d, J=7.5 Hz) and 9.08(1H, d, J=7.5 Hz). IR (RBr) ~max: 3500
and 1765 cm 1.
Anal- Calc d- for C24H26F~309S: C,48.91; H,4.55; N,7.23; S,11.04.
Found: C,49.39; H,3.97; N,7.20; S,10.98.
To a solution of 1.10 g (1.88 mmole) of compound 17 in 80 ml of
' tetrahydrofuran and 80 ml of ether was added 80 ml of p~ 7.0 buffer ~ ;
solution followed by 800 mg of 10% palladium on charcoal. The mixture
was hydrogenated at 30 psi on the Parr shaker for 40 minutes. The
mixture was filtered through a Celite pad and the catalyst was washed
with water (2x10 ml). The combined filtrate and washi~g were extracted ~ -
with ether (2x100 ml) and lyophilized to ~ive a yellow powder which was
purified by HP-20 column chromatographyr eluting with water followed by
5~ acetonitrile in water. Each 15 ml fraction was assayed by high
i pressure liquid chromatography and fractions having an ultraviolet
absorption at ~max 300 nm were collected and lyophilized to give 614 mg
(42% yield) of the title product as a slightly yellow powder.
NMR (D20) ~: 1.28(d, 3HJ J=7Hz), 2.86(3H, 5)9 3.20(2H, dd, ~ -
J=lOHz, 3.5Hz), 3.42(1H, dd, J=5.4Hz, 3.5Hz), 4.20(3H, m), 4.32(3H, s), -
4.35(2H, S), 9.88(1H, dd, J=7.2Hz, 6.5~z), 8.5(1H, d, ~=8Hz) and
8.70(1H, d, J=8Hz). IR(KBr) rmax: 3400, 1760, and 1590 cm . W ~max
(H20): 298 nm (E=839
Anal- Calc'd- for C17H20N203S H20: C,55.73; H,5.46; ~l,7.65; S,8.74.
Found: C,55.50; H,6.05; N,7.74; S,8.68.
': : : , ' ~ '
.
;:

: ` ~
.` i~
~i9~78
- 149-
Exal~le 15
Preparation of 3-[4-(N,N-dimethYl-1,2,3-triazolium)-
methylthio]-6a-[1-(R)-hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo
(3.2.0)hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate
o~
~+~
,
. Pxeparation of isomer A
SAc a) MeO~f ~ Me
)ON O ~ ~ 3 ~ ~
~ /~P~0S~)2
i CO2PNB
d) H2/Pd-C
, ' . ~
' '
, : : .;~ / . .:.: ~
' . . . , ,, '' ' :, ' ,

~ ~ ~9 ~78
-150 -
Methyltrifluoromethane sulfonate (0.58 mL, 5.16
mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled, stirred, solu-
tion of 4-(methanethiolacetate)-1-methyl-1,2,3-triazole
(590 mg, 3.52 mmol) in dry methylene chloride (2 mL) under
nitrogen. After 0.5 h, the bath was removed and after 1 h,
the solvent was removed with an aspirator. The residual
oil was dissol~ed in a few mL of water and this solution ~ ~
was cooled in an icebath. A cold solution of sodium ~ -
hydroxide (305 mg, 7.59 mmol) in a few mL of water was then ;~
added and the reaction was le~t stirring for 0.75 h. The
solution was diluted to 25 mL with water and the pH was
adjusted to 7.5 by the addition of solid sodium dihydxogen ~
phosphate monohydrate. Then, 14 mL of this solution (ca. ~ -
1.9 mmol of the triazolium thiol) was added to an ice~
cooled, stirred, solution of the enol phosphate (1.0 g,
1.72 m~ol) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (10 mL) . This was
left stirring for 0.75 h (some crystalline material,
presumably Na2HPO4 is deposited during the course of this
reaction). The suspension was transferred to a pressure
bottle with the aid of some THF (20 mL) and water (20 mL).
Ether (30 mL) and 10~ palladium on charcoal (1.0 g) were -~
added and the mixture hydrogenated (40 P.S.I.) for 1 h.
The organic phase was separated and washed with water
~2 x 5 mL). The combined aqueous phases were fil~ered
and the filtrate was concentrated under high vacuum (ca. ;~
O.5 mm, 1.5h). The yellow solution was then chromatographed
(medium pressure reverse phase column, 35 x 90 mm, H20 as
eluent) to afford, after lyophilization, 395 mg o~ the
carbapenem slightly contaminated with some inorganic -~
material. It was purified by HPLC (10 x 300 mm Waters
"Microbondapak"* C-18 column, multiple injections, H2O as
* Trademark
" ~

~ /~
~26sC~7a
` -151
.`
eluent) to give 310 mg (574) of isomer A as a tan-colored
powder: lHNMR (D2O) ~: 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hæ), 3.10 (2H,
d, J=9.1 Hz), 3.24 (lH, q, J-2.7, 6.1Hz), 4.03-4.71 (lOH,
m), 8.46 (lH, s); IR("Nujol")* 1760 cm 1; uv (phosphate
buffer, pH 7.4, M=0.05)~maX: 296 (E=7~500) -
B. Preparation of isomer B and isomer C
OH
a) MeOTf ~ H H
SAc b) aq. NaOH
~N ) OH O
~N
(tentative ~ N ~ ~
, structure) CO2PNB
~: :
d) H2/Pd-C
:
Methyltrifluoromethane sulfonate (1.60 mL, 14.0
mmol) was added dropwise to an ice-cooled solution of 4-
(methanPthiolacetate)-2~methyl-1,2,3-triazole (1.20 g,
7.02 mmol) in dry methylene chloride ~6 mL) under nitrogen.
~ This was allowed to warm tQ room temperature and le~t
) stirring for 16 h. Additional methyltrifluoromethane
- sulfonate (0.40 mL, 3.56 mmol) was added and after 3 h at
3 room temperature, the solvent was removed with an aspirator.
The residual oil was triturated with ether and the resulting
~i gum was dissolved in water (5 mL). This was cooled in an
- icebath and a solution of sodium hydroxide (844 mg, 21.1
mmol) in water (5 mL) was added. After stirring for 0.75 h,
this solution was diluted to 60 mL with water and the pH
adjusted to 8 by the addition of solid potassium dihydrogen
` phosphate. Then, 40 mL of this solution (ca. 4.7 mmol of
a mixture of isomeric triazolium thiols) was added to an
j * Trademark for liquid paraffin; it is a colorless, highly
refined oil.
.
. . : , , ~ :
~,; ., ~ : ,
. . ~ : , ~ ,,

` ~L26997~3
- 152- ~
~ .
ice-cooled, stirred, solution of the enol phosphate
(2.00 g, 3.45 mmol) in THF (60 mL). This mixture was
left stirring in the icebath for 0.5 h after which it
was transferred to a pressure bottle containing a sus-
pension of 10% palladium on charcoal (2.00 g) and ether
(60 mL). The mixture was hydroger~ated (40 P.S.I.) for ~ ;
l h. The organic phase was separated and washed with ~ ~ -
water (2 x 10 mL). The combined aqueous phases were ~-
filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under high
vacuum (ca. 0.5 mm, 1.5 h). The remaining solution was -
' then chromatographed (medium pressure reverse phase column,
45 x 130 mm, H20 as eluent) to afford, after lyophilization,
595 mg of a mixture of isomeric carbapenems which were
contaminated with a little inorganic material. These were ~ ~
separated and purified by HPLC (lO x 300 mm Waters hicro- -
bondapak~*C-18 column, multiple injections, H20 as eluent)
to afford, in order of elution: isomer B; 153 mg (13%);
HNMR (D20) ô: 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.12 (2H, q, J=1.4,
8.9 Hz), 3.39 (lE~, q, J=2.7, 6.0 Hz), 4.07-4.68 (lOH, m),
8.19 (lH, s); IR ("Nujol"*)1755 cm l; uv (phosphate buffer, ~1
pH=7.4, M=0.05) ;~max 296 nm (E-6,700); and isomer C; 284 mg
(24~); HNMR (D~O) ~: 1.23 (3H, d, H=6.4 E~z), 3.15 (2H, q,
J=3.7, 9.0 Hz), 3.37 (lH, q, J=2.6, 6.0 Hz), 3.95-4.65 (lOH,
m), 8.62 (lH, s); IR("Nujol")* 1750 cm l; uv (phosphate buffer,
pH 7.4, M=0.05) ~max 298 nm (E=7~600)-
* Trademark ~
~;, ` ~ '
:: : ' ~ :

i99
~ 153-
Example 16
(5R,6S) 6-(lR-hydroxyethyl)-3-(2-methyl 1,2,3-thiadia~olium-
4-ylmethylthio)-7-oxo-1-azabi,~,,clo~3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2- '~
carboxylate
o~
o ~ ~ Q3
A. Eth~l 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylcarboxylate
,
~ 2 _~ ~o~t
CH3 ~ ~OEt ~s
.
A solution of ethyl -N-carbethoxyhydra70nopropionate
(31.2 g, 0.154 mol) in thionyl chloride (80 mL) was stirred at
23C for 3 h and heated at 70C for 20 min. Thionyl chloride was
evaporated and the residue was triturated in hexane (4 x 30 mL).
The red solid was dissolved in dichloromethane (150 mL) and the
solution was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution
and water. After drying over Na2S04 the solution was concentrated
until the compound crystallized. After standing at 23C for a
while, the crystals were filtered; 16.8 g, mp 86C, 69%. The
filtrate was concentrated and purified by chromatography on a
silica gel column with dichloromethane as eluting solvent to give ;
3.17 g, mp 86C, 13%, ir (KBr)vmax: 1720 (ester) cm ; Hmr (CDC13)
~: 1.52 (3H, t, J=7.1 Hz, CH3CH20), 4.57 (2H, q, J=7.1 Hz, CH3CH20),
9.47 (lH, s, H of thiadiazole).
lC.D. Hurd and R.I. Mori, J Am. Chem. Soc., 77, 5359 (1955).
~1 ' .

.i ~
~L2~;i9~7~3
,; , ',':
. .
- 154-
B. 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethanoll
., ,: -:
,~OEt C.i20~ :
.LiAlH~_ N~ ~
J ~ .
':
To a suspension of ethyl 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylcarboxylate
(18.35 g, 0.116 mol) in ether (400 mL) was added portionwise
lithium aluminum hydride (2.47 g, 0.065 mol) over a 1 hr. period. The
reaction mixture was stirred at 23C for 7 h and treated with
lithium aluminum hydride (2.47 g, 0.065 mlt) . The stirring was
continued for 24 h before adding successively water (7 mlt) ~ 15
sodium hydroxide solution (7 mL) and water (21 mL). After stirring -~
for 15 min, the ether solution was decanted and the gum was
extracted with ether ( 5 x 100 mIt). The ether extracts were
colTbined, dried (MgS04) and concentrated (5.4 g). The crude
material was purified on a silica gel column (120 g, 4 x 16 crn),
with ether as eluting solvent to give 1.3 g (7%) of ethyl 1,2,3~
thiadiazol-4-ylcarboxylate and 2.45 g (18%) of 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-
ylmethanoli ir (film)vmax: 3380 (O~l) cm ; ~Imr (CDC13)ô: 2.31
(lH, s, O~I), 5.22 (2H, s, CH20), 8.50 (lH, s, H of thfiadiazole).
S.I. Ramsby, S.O. Ogren, S.B. Ross and N.E. Stjernstrom,
Acta Pharm. Succica., 10, 285-96 (1973); C.A., 79, 137052W (1973).
~ .
, ,,-.- ,
';

':
1269~78
- 155-
C. 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethanol methanesulfonate
N-~ 2 N ~ 2
N~ ~ MsCl
NEt S
A solution of 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethanol (0.75 gr
6.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was cooled to 5C under a
nitrogen atmosphere and treated with triethylamine (1.018 mL,
7.3 mmol) and methanesulfonyl chloride (0.565 mL, 7.3 mmol).
After 15 min, the ice bath was removed and the reaction mixture
was stirred for 2 h. The solution was washed with lN hydrochloric -
acid solution (2 x 2 mL) and water, ~ried (MgSO~ + MgO) and
concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica
gel column 1.5 x 21 cm) with ether as eluting solvent to give
0.90 g (71~) of 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethanol methanesulfonate;
ir (film)vmax: 1350 (S02) cm 1, 1172 (S02) cm 1; lHmr (CDC13)~:
3.09 (3H, s, CH3), 5.75 (2H, s, CH2), 8.72 (lH, s, H of thia-
diazole); uv (CH2C12)~max: 251 (El990) . Anal. calcd for
C6H6N2O3S: C 24.73, H 3.11, N 14.42, S 33.02; found: C 24.78
H 3.09, N 14.66, S 31.94 and 0.13 g (l9~) of di-(1,2,3-thiadiazol-
4-ylmet yl)ether; ir (film)vmax: 1272, 1242, 1200, 986, 805,
728 cm ; Hmr (CDC13)~: 5.16 (s, 4H, CH2), 8.42 (s, 2H, H's of
thiadiazole).
: : , - . . " , :. . :, . .
~, ' : .
. . .
, . . . ~ , , ~ ~ . .
: , . , ~ .
~ . ' .

` ~69~78
.. ,
,
,
-156 -
.
D. 4-acetylthiomethyl-1,2,3-thiadiazole
$ CN3~5N~ 3 -
::
., .
To a solution of 1,2,3-thiadiazol-4-ylmethanol
methanesulfonate tO.90 g, 4.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (9 mL)
was added an aqueous solution t2 mL) of sodium thiolacetate
[prepared from thiolacetic acid (0.38 mL, 5.3 mmol) and sodium
bicarbonate (0.445 g, 5.3 mmol)]. The resulting mixture was
stixred at 23C for 1 h and diluted with ether (75 mL). The
, organic solution was washed with water (3 x 3 mL), dried
'~ (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude mixture was puri~ied ~
'~ by chromatography (silica gel column: :L.4 x 19 cm) with 50~ ~ j
I ether in hexane as eluting solvent to give 0.60 g (75%); ir
i~ (film)vmax: 1675 (C=O) cm ; Hmr (CDC13)~: 2.37 (3H, s, CH3), -
4.58 (2X, s, CH2), 8.44 (lH, s, H of thiadiazole). Anal. calcd
~ for C5H6N2OS2: C 34.47, H 3.47, N 16.08, S 36.80; found:
j~ C 34.48, H 3.83, N 16.28, S 36.80.
' ' '~` :`"'
., : ~.,
: .
``,: , `
,, . ~ :
?
.
.. . . . ..

lX~39~78
" ,
-157 -
E. 4-acetylthiomethyl-2-methy~ 2!-3--thiadiazolium trifluoro-
methanesulfonate and 4-acetylthiomethyl-3-methYl-1,2,3-
thiadiazolium trifluorome~e sulfonate
CH25~CH3 H S~ S~CH
N ~CF3503Me ~ ~ 2 3 ,~ 2 3
S~ ~ 5 ~ CF3503 ~/~ S Y~ OE`35~)3
To a solution of 4 acetylthiomethyl 1,2,3-thiadiazole
(O.60 g, 3.44 mmol) in a mixture of ether (4 mL) and dichloro-
methane (0.4 mL) were added a few crystals of the title compounds
- and trifluoromethanesulfonate (0. 407 mL, 3.6 mmol) over 5 min
period. The reaction mixture was stirred at 23C under a
nitrogen atmosphere for 6 h. The white solid that was a mixture
of the two title compounds was filtered and washed with ether,
) max 1675 (C=o) cm~ H
2.43 (3H, s, CH3COS), 3,33 (s, CH3 on N-3), 4.57 (s, CH3 on N-2),
4.66 (2H, s, CH2), 9.55 (H on thiadiazolium N-2), 9.66 ( H on
thiadiazolium N-3). Anal. calcd for C7HgN2O4S3F3 C 20.27, H 2.38,
N 9.45, 5 32.46; found: C 24.61, d 2.57, N 8.47, 5 2B.2`.
~', ,'
... ~ , .
' ',`,~

~2~i9~
-158 -
F. 4-mercaptomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazollum trifluoro-
methanesulfonate and 4-mercaptomethyl-3-methyl-1,2,3-
thiadiazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate
~C HCl, 6N ~CH25H
N~5 OE'3S03 - - t N~ S CF3S03 . . . '
A solution of a mixture of 4-acetylthiomethyl-2-
methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium trifluoromethanesulfonate and 4-
acetylthiomethyl-3-methyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium trifluoromethane- ~
sulfonate (1.05 g, 3.1 mmol) in 6N hydrochloric acid (10 mL) ~ -
was heated at 65C under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1.75 h.
The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure leaving a
yellow syrup 0.91 g. This compound was used in the next step : ~-
: without purification. ~:
. . .
"

~6~37~3
, ~
- 159 -
G.
thiadiazoli~m-4-ylm~thyl~hiQ)-7 -OXQ~
azabicyalo~3.2,01he~t-2-ene-2-caxboxyl~e
S ~ i,h)~ s~
cold (5 C) solution of (5~, 6S)
paranitrobenzyl 6~ -hydroxyethyl)-3-(diphenylpho~-
- phono)-7-oxo-1-azab$cyclo(3.2.0)~hept-2-ene-2-
carboxylate ~1.7 y, 2.92 mmol) in tetrahydro~uran
(10 mL) wa~ treated with a solution of a orude
mixture of 4-mercaptomethyl-2-methyl-1,2,3- ~ -
thiadiazolium trifluoromethane-sulfonate and 4- ;-
mercaptomethyl-3-m~thyl-1,2,3-thiadiazolium
trifluoromethane~ulfonate (0.9 g) in a mixture of
pho~phate buffer (pH 7.2, 0.3M, 15 mL) and
tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The reaction mixture was
~tirr~d for 1 h an~ the pH was kept at 7.2 wlth 2N
~odlum hydroxide ~olution. The ~tirring was
¢ontinuea for one more hour be.Eore adding ether
(50 mL) and 10% palladium on charcoal (lg). The
resulting mixture wa hydrogenated at 23-C under 45
p8i for 2 h and flltered through a "C~lite" pad. ~he
organic pha&e waB ~eparated, d:lluted with ether
(50 mL) and phosphate buffer (pH 7.2, 0.3M, 20 mL)
and hydxogenated (2 g of 10% palladium on charcoal)
for 2 h under 50 psl. The aqueous phases were
combined (from the fir~t and second hydrogenolysis),
washed with ether and purified by chromatography on
"PrepPak"* 500-C/18 with water as eluting ~olvent to
give 0.22 g of crude material. It was repurlfied by
hplc with water as el uti ng
* Trademark
,
.. . ~

7~3
., .
--160
solvent to give 0.040 g (4~) of the title compound after
lyophilization, ir (KBr)vmax: 3400 (br, OH), 1745 (C=O of
~-lactam), 1580 (carboxylate) cm 1; ~mr (D20) ~: 1.23 (3H,
d, J=6.3 Hz, CH3CHOH~, 3.04, 3.05, 3.16 (2H, m, H-4), 3.38
(lH, dd, J=2.8 Hz, J=6.0 Hz, H-6), 3.9-4.6 (2H, m, H-5,
CH3CHOH), 4.51, 4.53 (2"s", SCH2), 4.61 (s, N CH3); uv
(H2O) ~max 224 (E4345)r 262 (E4980), 296 (E6885), []D 18
(c 0.18, H2O); Tl/2=9.8 h (measured at a concentration of
10 M in phosphate buffer p3 7.4 at 36.8''C).
~,,
; ~ ~
-
, ,~
~, ~; ,.
,-.,
.'' ~ . .
',: ~ ,',
~''' '
.~ . ' ' '

r~
1269~7B
,` :
-161 -
Example 17
Potassium 3-[5-(1-carboxylatomethY1-3-methyl-1,2,3-
., . ., _
triazolium)-methanethio]-6~-[1-(R)-hYdroxyethyl]-7-
oxo-l-azabic~clo[3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate
OH ~CO (~3
S--¢~S B(~ '
~~ ~CN ~ ) I~ ACS'~
. N2) MsCl/NEt3
KSCOCH
BrCH2~0Et
~: ' ' 1 .', `
. b) ~ (~)2
co2PNs
!; c) H2~Pd-c
. .- .
~ , , .
., . , ~ ' . , : :
~: ~ : '' `, ' ~ , .,' ,'' " ; :
- ~ , : ` , , ~ , .

~ r~.
.
:~269':37~3
- 162-
~'
; Lithium aluminum hydride (2.83 g, 70.9 mmol) was
added in small portions to a stirred suspension of l-methyl-
1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylic acidl (9.00 g, 70.9 mmol) in dry
THF (200 mL). The mixture was left stirring at room temperature
for 15 h after which a 20% aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide
(20 mL) was carefully added in ca 1 mL aliquots. The resulting
granular suspension was filtered and the solid washed with
additional THF (5 x 75 mL). The combined THF solutions were
dried (MgSO4) and the solvent removed. The residual yellow oil
was flash chromatographed on a silica gel column (90 x 35 mm)
[100 mL portions of hexane, mixtures of ethyl acetate-hexane
1) and (1:3), and lastly ethyl acetate-methanol (9:1) as
elwent]. This afforded 4-hydroxymethyl-1-methyl-1,2,3-triazole
(3.18 g, 40%~ as a colourless oil: lHNMR (CDCl~) ~ 4.07 (3H, s),
4.73 (2H, d), 7.52 (lH, s); IR (neat) 3320 cm
Methanesulfonyl chloride (3.S2 mL, 49.6 mmol) was
added dropwise to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution of the alcohol
' (4.67 mL, 41.3 mmol) and triethylamine ~7.47 mL, 53.7 mmol) in
i methylene chloride (20 mL). After 0.5 h, the solvent was removed
and the residual solid was taken up in acetonitrile (30 mL).
Potassium thiolacetate (7.06 g, 62.0 mmol) was then added and the
suspension was left stirring at room temperature for 3 h. An
additional quantity of potassium thiolacetate (3.0 g, 26.3 mmol)
was added and the suspension was left stirring for a further
16 h. The dark-coloured suspension was then concentrated and -
I water (10 mL) was added. This mixture was extracted with methylene ~ -
chloride (5 x 40 mL). The combined extracts were dried (MgSO4)
and the solvent removed. The residual oil was flash chromatographed
on a silica gel column (90 x 36 mm) [hexane followed by a mixture
lC. Pederson, Acta. Chem. Scand., 1959, 13, 888
`~ ~
, .
... . .
:: . , .
.. . .

9978
! 163
of hexane-ethyl acetate (1:1) being used as eluent]. This
afforded 4-(methanethiolacetate)-1-methyl-1,2,3-triazole
(5.95 g, 84%) as a faint pink coloured solid: lHNMR (CDC13)
` ~ 2.40 (3H, s), 4.10 (3H, s), 4.20 (2H, s), 7.53 (lH, s);
IR ("Nujol"* mull) 1675 cm 1.
A solution of the triazole (1.00 g, 5.85 mmol) and
; ethyl bromoacetate (1.48 mL, 13.3 mmol) in dry acetonitrile
(10 mL) was heated at 60 for 90 h under nitrogen. The
solvent was removed and the residual oil was triturated with
ether (4 x 25 mL) to leave l-methyl-3-(ethyl carboxymethyl)-4-
methanethiolacetate-1,2,3-triazolium bromide as a brownish
g~m which was used directly.
` A cold solution of KOH (0.66 g, 12 mmol) in water
.t~, (5 mL) was added to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution of the
triazolium bromide in water (20 mL). After 20 mun, this was
diluted to 35 mL and sufficient solid potassium dihydrogen
phosphate was added to bring the pH of this solution to 8Ø
This was then added to a stirred, ice-cooled, solution of the
enol phosphate in THF (35 mL). After 0.5 h, this mixture was
transferred to a pressure bottle containing ether (35 mL) and
; 10% palladium on charcoal (1.5 g). It was hydrogenated at
40 p.s i. for 55 mun. The organic phase was then separated
and washed with water (2 x 5 mL). The com~ined aqueous phases
; were filtered and the ~iltrate concentrated under high vacuum.
The residual material was chromatographed on a reverse phase
column (35 x 120 mm) with water as eluent. Lyophilization of
the carbapenem containing fractions left 1.20 g of a green-
coloured solid. This was rechromatographed on a Waters Prep.
,. Il *
500 HPLC (PrepPAK~SOO/C18 column) with 2% acetonitrile-water
as eluent. The fractions containing the carbapenem were
combined and lyophilized. This material was again rechromato-
graphed by HPLC ~10 x 300 mm Waters "Microbondapak"* C-18 column)
; * Trad~k
, "~,
~ ~ , . . . .

~1.26~7~3
- 164 -
with water a6 eluent to afford, after lyophili~ation,
pure title aompound (190 mg, 17%) a~ a pale yellow
solid: 1HNNR (D20) o 1.24 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.07
(2H, d, J=9 Hz), 3.38 (lH, g, J=2.7, 6.0 Hz), 4.02-
4.30 (3H, m), 4.29 (3H, 8), 5.23 (2H, s), 8.52 (lH,
~); IR ("Nujol"* mull) 1750 cm 1; UV (phosphate
buffer, pH 7-4) ~max 296 nm ( ~=7,520)
Examnle 18
Pota~sium 3-l4-(1-carboxYlatom~thyl-3-m~hyl- ;~
1.~ 3-triazoli~m~-methan~hi~l-S~-~1-LR)~
Qne-2-ca~boxy~ate ~ :
'' OB '- ~.
~
o
~ 20 ~0~ ~NJ -- --~ ~N ~V~CO2Et
: 6' e~N ~ -) EtOj;Cl,MEt3
~2N3 ~ 4
. >--OC N~ ~ 2
P~t3
~ ~ ' ~
, ~:
~ Trademark
::
,: "

,, ,f ~
69~7~3
-165 ~
"
GY ~ ~ I ~ AcS ~ JC'02Et
N / a) ~eOTf ~N~
CO ~ H H
2 c) ~0~002
C02PNB
d) H2/Pd-C
.,
A mixture of ethyl azidoacetate (30.0 g, 0.23 mol)
and propiolic acid (14.3 mL, 0.23 mol~ in toluene (75 mL) was
stirred at room temperature. The reaction remained mildly
exothermic for 1.5 h after which it quickly became vigorously
exothermic and cooling with an ice bath was necessary. After
this exothermic phase had passed, the reaction was heated at
reflux for 0.5 h. After being cooled in an ice bath, the
crystalline material was collected by filtration and washed ~-
with a little toluene. The crude material obtained in this
manner (33O3 g, 72%) consisted of a single isomer [lHNMR
(DMSO-d6) ~ 1.20 (3H, t, J=7 Hz~, 4.15 (2H, q, J=7 Hz), 5.42
(2H, s), 8.67 (lH, 3)J, presumably l-(ethyl carboxymethyl)-
1,2,3-tria~ole-4-carboxylic acid by analogy with earlier workl.
A solution of the carboxylic acid (5.00 g, 25.1 mmol)
and triethylamine (3.68 mL, 26.4 mmol) in dry methylene chloride
(50 mL) was added to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution o~ ethyl-
chloroformate (2.52 mL, 26.4 mmol) in dry methylene chloride
(50 mL). The purple coloured solution was left stirring for
0.5 h afterwhich it was washed with water (10 mL), dried (MgS04)
and the solvent removed, The crude mixed anhydride was dissolved
in THF (50 mL) and added slowly to an ice-cooled suspension of
sodium borohydride (0.72 g, 18.9 mmol) in THF (50 mL). After
stirring for 0.5 h, additional sodi~m borohydride (0.30 g,
7.9 mmol) was added and the reaction was left in the ice bath
for 1 h. Water (5 mL) was then added and after 10 min, this
was followed by 10% aqueous HCl (3 mL). After gas evolution
had ceased, solid potassium carbonate (2 g) was added with
.
lC~ Pederson, Acta. Chem. Scand., 1959, 13, 888
~ ' ' ' ' , ., ' .

~ 3L,~i9~37~3
- 166-
stirring. The organic phase was then removed and the residual
white paste was extracted with additional THF. The combined
organic phases were dried (MgSO4) and the solvent removed.
Flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexane,
mixtures of ethyl acetate-hexane, and finally ethyl acetate
afforded l-(ethyl carboxymethyl)-4-hydroxymethyl-1,2,3-triazole
(2.04 g, 44%) as a crystalline solid: lHNMR (CDCl3) ~ 1.28
(3H, t, J=7 Hz), 4.23 (2H, q, J=7 Hz), 4.75 (2H, s), 4.85 -~
(2~, s), 7.73 (1~, s).
Diisopropylazodicarboxyla~e (4.11 mL, 20.8 mmol) was
added dropwise to an ice-cooled solution of triphenylphosphine
(5.47 g, 20.8 mmol) in dry ~HF (100 mL) under nitrogenO After
0.5 h, an ice-cooled solution of the alcohol (1.93 g, 10.4 mmol)
and thiolacetic acid (1.49 mL, 20.8 mmol) in dry THF (50 mL)
under nitrogen was added to this mixture. This was left for
2 h in the ice bath and then for an additional 12 h at room
temperature; after which the solvent was removed. ~he reaction
mixture was flash chromatographed on silica gel (40 g; eluting
with 100 mL portions of hexane, 5~, 10%, 15~... 50% ethyl acetate- ~-
hexane). Fractions containing the thiolacetate were combined
and rechromatographed on silica gel (60 g) relution with 200 m~
portions of: hexane, 5~, 10%, 15~, 20~ ethyl acetate-hexane and
2205, 25, 27.5...35% ethyl acetate-hexaneJ. This afforded 1.24 g
(49~) of l-(ethyl carboxymethyl)-4-methanethiolacetate-1,2,3-
triazole as a crystalline solid l~NMR ~ 1.28 (3H, t, J=7 Hz),
2.37 (3H, s), 3.87 (2H, s~, 3.90 (2H, q, J=7 Hz), 5.12 (2H, s),
7.63 (lH, s); IR ("Nujol"*mull), 1735, 1780 cm l] and an additional
1.40 g of material contaminated with triphenylphosphine oxide.
* Trad ~ rk
. ` ~ . . . ' . , . . . ' .
~' , : ' ' ~ "' '' '~ ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' '
. .

~L2~ 7'~3
- 167-
Methyl trifluoromethane sulfonate (0.51 mL, 4.53 mmol)
was added dropwise to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution of the
triazole (1.00 g, 4.12 mmol) in dry methylene chloride (5 mL).
The bath was removed after 0.5 h and after an additional 0.5 h,
the solvent was removed with an aspirator vacuum. This left a
white solid which was suspended in water (15 mL) and this stirred
mixture was cooled in an icebath. A solution of KOH (0. 69 g,
12.4 mmol) in water (5 mL) was added and the reaction was left
stirring for 1 h. It was then diluted to 30 mL with water and
solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate was added to bring the pH
to 8Ø A portion of this solution (22 mL, ca. 3.0 mmol of the -~
thiolcarboxylate) was added to an ice-cooled, stirred solution
of the enol phosphate (1.60 g, 2.76 mmol) in THF (30 mL). After
0.5 h, the reaction was taken and put under high ~acuum to
remove the THF. The yellow solution was then chromatoaraphed
on a reverse phase column (35 x 120 mm) eluting with water (300
mL) followed by 100 mL portions of 5, 10, 15...30~ acetonitrile-
water. Lyo~hiliza*ion of the desired fractions afforded the p-
nitrobenzyl ester as a yellow solid (930 mg). This was trans-
~erred to a pressure bo tle containing ether (25 mL), THF (25 mL),
and phosphate buffer ~25 mL, prepared ~y dissolving potassium
dihydrogen phosphate (1.36 g, 0.01 mol) in water (100 mL) and
adjusting the pH to 7.4 by adding 45~ aqueous KOHJ and 10%
palladium on charcoal (900 mg). The hydrogenation was conducted
at 40 p.s.i. for 1 h after which the organic phase was separated
and washed with water (2 x 5 mL). The combined aqueous phases
were filtered and then concentrated under high vacuum. The
residual solution was chromatographed on a reverse phase column
(35 x 120 mm) eluted with water. Fractions containing the
carbapenem were combined and lyophilized to afford 1.21 g of a
pale greenish solid. This was then purified by HPLC (10 x 300 mm ~ -
Waters "Microbondapak"* C-18 column, H~O as eluent) to give pure
title product, 480 mg (41%)- ~NMR (D2O) ~ 1.23 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz),
,Trademark
,.~
~ . , . . . , . . . . - ,. . . . . . . . . .
.
.

~ ``~
~ i9{3~
"
.
- 16~-
,
3.11 (2H, d, J=9 Hz!~ 3.3/ tl~, q, J=3.0, 6.1~Hz), 4.02 (7H, m),
5.18 (2H, s), 8.53 (lH, s): IR ("Nujol"TM mull) 1750 cm : UV
'! (phosphate buffer, pE 7 4)~`max 20S nm tE-7~810). : :
; Example 19 ~
,, ~ ,
3-[5-(1,4-Dime~ 1,2,4-triazolium)methanethio]-6a-[1-(R)-
; hydro~yethyl]-/-oxo-l-azabicyclo[3.2.0]he~t-2-ene-2-carboxylate
0~
~co2~
:
.1 ~
r' A~ l-meth~1-5-metha_ethiolacetate-1,?,4-triazole
N ,~J 3 ~ ~ ,N~SAc
jl ~ b) CH3~SH/NEt3 ~N
.! . ~
;,
MethanesuIfonyl chloride (0.46 mL, 6.0 mmol) was added
dropwise to an ice-cooled, stirred, solution of l-methyl-5-
hydroxymethyl-1,2,~-triazole* t565 mg, 5.0 mmol) and triethylamine
(0.91 m~, 6.5 mmol) in methylene chloride ~5 mL). After 20 min,
additional triethylamine (1.05 mL, 7.5 mmol) followed by thiol- ~-
i~ acetic acid (0.53 mL, 7.5 mmol) was added and stirring was -~
1 continued for 45 min. The reaction was then diluted with
*R.G. Jones and C. Ainsworth, J. Amer. Chem. Soc., 1955, 77, 1938.
."~
, ~ , ., , . ~ , .

~L269~7,8
- 169-
methylene chloride and washed with water. The aqueous phase
was extracted with methylene chloride (3 x 5 mL) and the
combined organic phases were dried (MgS04) and the solvent
removed. Column chromatography on silica gel afforded pure
l-methyl-5-methanethiolacetate-1,2,4-triazole (570 mg) as a
yellow oil [in addition, an impure fraction (200 mg) was
rechromatographed (preparative TLC, silica gel) to give a
further 100 mg of pure material (total yield: 85%)]: lHNMR
(CDC13) ~ 2.38 (3H, s), 3.90 (3H, s), 4.25 (3H, s), 7.80
(lH, s).
B. 3-[5-(1,4-dimethyl-1 ! 2,4-triazolium)-methanethio]-6~-
[1-(R)-hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo- -azabicyclo[3.2 O]hept-2-
ene-?-c
o~
., C02P~ . .
d) ~2/~d-C
Methyl trifluoromethanesulfonate (1.20 mL, 10.7 mmol)
was added dropwise to an ice-cooled solution of l-methyl-5-
methanethiolacetate-1,2,4-triazole (730 mg, 4.27 mmol) in
methylene chloride (7 mL). The reaction mixture was slowly
i~ allowed to warm to room temperature over 3 h after which it was
concentrated. The residual oil was triturated with ether to
leave crude 1,4-dimethyl-5-methanethiolacetate-1,2,4-triazolium
trifluoromethanesulfonate (1.46 g) which was used directly.
., ~. .
~.
:; - : ., . :
.
- . ~ . . .
~ , . . .

2~ 9~7~ ~
:
~ 170-
A solution of sodium hydroxide (512 mg, 12.8 mmol3
in water ~5 mL) was added to an ice-cooled solution of the
triazolium salt (1.45 g, 4.35 mmol) in water (5 mL). After
45 min, this was diluted to 25 mL with water and the pH was
adjusted to 7.6 with solid potassium dihydrogen phosphate.
This solution was then added to an ice-cooled, stirred,
solution of the enol phosphate (2.00 g, 3.45 mmol) in THF
(25 mL). After 30 min, thie reaction muxture was transferred
to a pressure bottle containing ether (40 mL) and 10~ palladium
on charcoal (2.0 g). This was hydrogenated (45 p.s.i.) for
1.25 h. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ether (25 mL)
and filtered. The organic phase was separated and washed with
water (2 x 5 m~). The combined aqueous phases were washed with
ether (3 x 25 mL) and then concentrated under vacuum. Column ~ -
chromatography (reverse phase, 45 x 130 mm, water as eluent),
followed by lyophilization of the carbapenem-containing fractions,
afforded 6~0 mg of crude material. This was rechromatographed
to give pure title product (450 mg, 39%): HNMR (D2O) ~ 1.24
(3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 3.19 (2H, q, J=2.6, 9.2 Hz), 3.45 (lH, q,
J=2.8, 6.0 Hz), 3.91 (3H, s), 4.06 (3H, s), 4.08-4.36 (2H, m),
4.54 (2H, d, J=2.8 Hz), 8.71 (lH, sl; IR ("Nujol"TM mull) 1755 cm 1;
UV (phosphate buffer, pH 7 4) ~max 294 nm (~=8,2023; T1~2
(phosphate buffer, pH 7.4, M=0.067, T=37~C) 9.1 h.
-, ~
~.
. ~ .
.
~ . . . . '

1269~378
, ,
~ - 171-
, .
, Example 20
(l'R,SR,6S) 3-[(1,3-dimethyl-5-tetrazolium)-methylthio]-6-
.~
s(l-hydroxyethyl~-7-oxo-1-azabicv ~l3L3LI~3~ -ene 2-
, j .
OH
N-CNz~
.
,:
A. 5-carketho~y-2-methyltetrazole and _-carbethoxy-l-
methyltetrazole
CO21:t 3 2 4 \CN 3
:~
la. Methylation with diazomethane
,.:
, ~ A solution of 5 carbethoxytetrazolel (9.17 g, 0.064
j ~ mmol) in ethyl ether2 (80 mL) was cooled to 0C and treated
~ ~'
!: lD.Moderhack, Chem. Ber., 108, 887 (1975).
The use of a mixture of ethanol and ether gave the same ratio -
of isomers.
'' ' `:
'
.~ . .
,~ ` : ' '

~ `
- 172-
dropwise (15 min) with a solution of diazomethane (3 g, 0.071mmol)
in ether (200 mL). The light yellow solution was stirred for
30 min and the excess of diazomethane was destroyed by addition
of acetic acid (1 mL). Evaporation of the solvent and distilla-
tion of the residue gave a clear oil: bp 95-100C/0~5 torr; 9~64
g, (96%). ~mr indicated a mixture of l-methyl and 2-methyl
isomers in a ratio 6:4. Separation of the two isomers could not
be done by distillation nor hplc: ir (film) vmax: 1740 cm 1
(C=O of ester); Hmr (CDC13) ~: lo53 (3H, two overlapping t,
J=7.0, CH2CH3), 4.46 and 4. 53 (3H, 2S, CH3 of l-methyl and 2-
methyl tetrazoles, ratio 6:4. The methyl of the 2-isomer is at
lower field and is the minor product), 4.5 ppm (2H, two overlappang
q, CH2CH3)-
lb. 5-Carbethoxy-2-methyltetrazole
N-N ~ N-~ CH3I ~N
N_N\ ~ 2 13~C C
A mixture of 5-carbethoxy-2-methyltetrazole and 5- -~
carbethoxy-l-methyltetrazole (0.252 y, 1.61 mmol, ratio of the :~:
two isomers 1:1) in iodomethane (0.5 mL) was sealed in a glass
tube and heated at 100C for 15 h and at 130C for 6 h.
Distillation of the reaction mixture gave the title compound as
a light yellow oil: 0.139 g (55%); bp 95 100C/0.5 torr (air
bath temperature): ir (film) vmax: 1740 cm 1 (C=O of ester);
~ mr (CDC13) ~: 1.46 (3H, t, J=7.0, CH3CH2), 4.53 (3H, s, CH3-2),
4.5 (2H, q, J=7.0, CH2CH3).
. .
. ~

-173 -
20 Methylation with dimethyl sulfate
A solution of 5-carbethoxytetrazole (1.42 g, 0.01 mol)
in dry acetone (20 mL) was treated with anhydrous potassium
carbonate (1.38 g, 0.01 mol) and dimethyl sulfate (1.26 g, 0.01
mol). The mixture was heated under reflux for 12 h. The
carbonate was filtered and the solvent evaporated under reduced
pressure. The residue was diluted with dichloromethane (30 mL),
washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate (10 mL), brine (10 mL)
and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the
solvent and distillation under vacuum gave a clear oil: 1.45 g
(93%); b.p. 85-110C/0.5 torr. lHmr indicated the presence of
two isomers in a ratio 1:1.
. :
B. 5-Hydroxymethyl~2-methvltetrazole
,
3~ C02Et + LiBH4 ~ N~C 2
. 3
i: :
1. By reduction of the mixture of esters.
A mixture of 5-carbethoxy-1-methyltetrazole and 5-
' carbethoxy-2-methyltetrazole (ratio 6:4) (7.60 g, 0.049 mol) -~
;, in dry tetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was cooled to 0C and treated
with lithium borohydride (1.06 g, 0.049 mmol) added in small
, portions over 15 min. The mixture was maintained at 10C for ~
~, 30 addition min and then stirred at 20C for 4 h. The mixture ~ ;
i was cooled to 0C and the excess hydride was carefully destroyed ~-
by addition of 6N HCl (pH of 7 after no more gas was evolved).
The solvent was concentrated under vacuum and the residual oil ~-
diluted with dichloromethane (200 mL), washed with brine (10 mL)
and finally dried over Na2SO4. Concentration of the solvent
~: .
.
,.,~ ~ .

12~9~3
,
-174 -
and distillation of the residue under vacuum gave 1.83 g
(33%) of a clear oil. lHmr of this material indicated the
product was 5-hydroxymethyl-2-methyltetrazole.
2. By reduction of 5-carbethoxy-2-methyltetrazole.
'! To a solution of 5-carbethoxy-2-methyltetrazole
(0.139 g, 0.89 mmol, obtained by isomerization of the mixture
of esters with methyl iodide) in dry tetrahydrofuran (1 mL)
at 10C was added solid lithium borohydride (0.019 g, 0.87
mmol). The mixture was slowly warmed up to room temperature
and stirred for 4 h. The excess borohydride was destroyed by
careful addition of 6N HCl at 0C (pH 7). The solvent was
evaporated and the residue dissolved in dichloromethane (25 mL)
and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the
solvent gave the title compound as a clear oil: 0.092 g (91~);
bp 90-120C/0.5 torr with decomposition; ir (film) vmax:
3350 cm (broad, OH~; Hmr (CDC13) ~: 4.4 (2H, s, CH3-2), 4.93
(2~, s, CH2-5).
,~ :
C. 5-Acetylmercaptomethy,~2-methyltetrazole
'
1) MsCl, Et3N
2) CR3COSK ~ ~ 2SAc
, .
: ~ , . . . .

r:
~L269978
- 175-
To a solution of 5-hydroxymethyl-2-methyltetrazole
(1.83 g, 11.7 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (25 mL) at 0C was
added methanesulfonyl chloride (1.47 g, 12.9 mmol) followed by
triethylamine (1.30 g, 12.9 mmol) added dropwise over five min.
The mixture was stirred at 0C for 1 h, and then treated with
a solution of potassium thioacetate (1.60 g, 14.0 mmol) in dry
N,N-dimethylformamide (10 mL). The resulting gel was stirred
at 0C for 3 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with dichloro-
methane (200 mL), washed with brine (20 mL) and dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate. Evaporation of the solvent under
vacuum and chromatography of the resulting oil over silica gel
(2 x 15 cm, eluting with dichloromethane and dichloromethane-
acetone 5~) ga~e the title compound as a clear oil: 1.31 g (65%~;
ir (film) vmax: 1696 cm (C=O of thioester); ~mr (CDC13) ~:
2.43 (3H, s, SAc), 4.36 (3H, s, 2-CH3), 4.38 ppm (2H, s, 5-CH2).
D. 5-mercaptomethyl-1,3-dimethyltetrazolium trifluoromethane-
sulfonate
N-~N ~ SO~CH NaOH ~C 3 c~3s03
- :~
A solution of 5-acetylmercaptomethyl-2-methyltetrazole
(0.400 g, 2.32 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (3 mL) was trea~ed
with methyltriflate (0.76 g, 4.64 mmol) and stirred at 22C for
16 h. Evaporation of the solvent under vacuum gave a red oil.
This salt was dissol~ed in cold oxygen-free water (5 mL) and ;
.
::
- ~ , . : . .
.

;99~8
- 176-
!
treated with 4 M sodium hydroxide (0.8 mL, 3~2 mmol). The
mixture was stirred at 0C for 40 min, diluted with water
(7 mL), and the pH was adjusted to 7.3 with saturated KH2P04.
- The clear resulting solution was maintained under nitrogen
and used immediately for the following step.
,! E. (l'R,5R,SS) 3-[1,3-dimethyl-5-tetrazolium)-methylthio]-6-
(l-hy~ro~ y_)-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo(3.2.0)hept-2-ene-2-
carbo~late
0~3 ~3 OH : :
~ (~) 2 + C~N25N ~ ~(~
CO2PNB . CH ~ 3 3 -
.~ ' .
A solution of enol phosphate (0.915 g, 1.58 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (8 m~) was cooled to 0C and treated dropwise
with the solution of 5-mercaptomethyl-1,3-dimethyltetrazolium
trifluoromethanesulfonate (2.32 mmol, prepared above) over a
. period of 20 min. The pH of the reaction mixture was stable
at 6.5 throughout the addition. After 20 additional min. the
pH of the solution was adjusted to 7.0 with saturated sodium
Ij bicarbonate. The mixture was transferred to a hydrogenation
:' :
. . -
!i .
., . . .~ ~ : . ' . ':
:': ' , .` ;
: , : - ' :
., :' : . : . ~

- 177-
bottle, diluted with ~HF (10 mL), ether (20 mL) and ice (20 g).
The carbapenem was hydrogenated over 10% palladium on acti~ated
carbon under 45 psi while slowly increasing the temperature to
22C for 90 min. The catalyst was filtered and washed with cold
water (5 mL) and ether (20 mL). The aqueous phase was washed
with ether (20 mL) and maintained under vacuum for 20 mln to
remove traces of organic solvent. Chromatography on PrePak
500-C/18 and elution with water gave the title compound as a
white powder after lyophilization 0. 266 g (49~ ]D3 +13
(c 1.04, H2O); W (H2O, pH 7 4) ~max 294 nm (~7,500~; ir (KBr)
vmax: 1755 (C=O of ~-lactam), 1600 cm (broad, C=O of carboxylate);
Hmr (D2O) ~: 1.24 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz, CH3CHOH), 3.0-3.3 (2~, m,
H-4) ! 3.42 (lH, dd, J=5.8, J-2.9, H-6), 4-4.2 (2H, m, H-5 and
CH3CHOH), 4.34 and 4.57 (2 x 3H, 2S, CH3-1 and 3 of tetrazole),
4.49 and 4.51 (2H, 2s, CH2S). The product has a half life of --
10.5 h at 37C (c of 10 4 M in pH 7.4 phosphate buffer.
, : - ' :'
: :;
.

- 178 -
ExamPle 21
;,
Alternate Procedure for Preparation of 3-(N-Methylpyridine-2-yl-
.! methanethio)-6~-[1-(R)-h~droxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]-
- hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate
~`
CO~ CN3
A.
O
~ C02CH3 ~ ,~ OH - ~ ~
~CO~
., .
In a 2 1 flask equipped with a magnetic stirrer, and
equipped with a Vigreaux column for distillation, a heating mantle
and N2, there was added 4.0 mole (432 ml) of methyl acetoacetate
and 8.0 mole (464.6 g) of allyl alcohol. The reaction mixture
was distilled for 12 hours at 92C. There was added 136 ml (2.0
mole) of allyl alcohol and the mixture was distilled 23 hours.
There was then added 136 ml (2.0 mole) of allyl alcohol and the
mixture was distilled 16 hours. The reaction mixture was then
distilled under vacuum and product was collected at 105-110C/35
mm Hg. There was obtained 414 g of allyl acetoacetate (73
yield).
B. O C ~ N3 ~ CO ~ ~;

- 179 - ~X69~7~ ~
,~ .
To a solution of allyl acetoacetate (226.5 g, 1.594
mole) in 3 1 acetonitrile and triethylamine (243.~ ml, 1.753
mole), there was added p-toluenesulfonyl azide (345.3 ml, 1.753
mole) over a 1 hour period while keeping the temperature at ~20~C
with a cooling bath. The reaction mixture became yellow. The
reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature under a
nitrogen atmosphere for 18 hours. The mixture was concentrated
on a rotary evaporator. The residue was dissolved in diethyl
ether (2.6 1) and lM aqueous ROH (800 ml). The organic phase was
washed five times with lM KOH (500 ml) and once with brine (400
ml). After drying over MgSO4 and concentration on a rotary
evaporat~r (temp. <30C), there was obtained 260.2 g (97%) of the
title product.
co~~ > ~co~
~ N2 N2
,'
3 To a stirred suspension of allyl diazoacetoacetate (203
g, 1.195 mole) in 2 1 methylene chloride and 199 ml (1.434 mole)
ii triethylamine at 5C, there was added 302 ml (1.315 mole) of
! t-butyldimethylsilyl triflate over a 45 minute period. The
mixture was stirred 1 hour at 5C and then another 1 hour without
cooling~ The reaction mixture was washed 4 times with 500 ml H2O
~' and then once with 500 ml brine. It was then dried over Na2SO4
and concentrated to 344 g of orange oil. This oil was used
directly in the next step.
` ~ OCOCH3 ~ ~ 2
; H ~
' OSi~ , N2
" ~CO~ ,'
~ ~ H O
:,
`: :
',~-: ., , :
' ' .
- ,

- 180 - ~269~378
"
To a mixture of (l'R,3R,4R)-3-~l'-tert-butyldimethyl-
silyloxyethyl)-4-acetoxy-azetidin-2-one (28.7 g, 0.1 mole) and
freshly fused ZnCl2 (6.8 g, 0.05 mole) in dry CH2C12 (700 ml),
there was added dropwise a solution of allyl 2-diazo-3-tert-
butyldimethylsilyloxy-3-butenoate (33.84 g, 0.12 mole) in CH2C12
(50 ml) over a 5 hour period. The mixture was stirred at room
temperature for 2 hours at which time TLC (thin layer chroma-
tography) showed a small amount of remaining starting material.
An additional quantity of allyl 2-diazo-3-tert-butyldimethyl-
silyloxy~3-butenoate (4.23 g, 0.015 mole) in 10 ml of CH2C12 was
added over a 1 hour period and stirring was continued ~t room
temperature for 10 hours. The reaction was then diluted with
ethyl acetate (750 ml), washed (2 x 300 ml saturated NaHC03, 300
ml brine), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to give 62.5 g of dark
orange oil which was dissolved in methanol (500 ml) and treated
with lN aqueous HCl (110 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred
at room temperature for 2 hours after which time there was added
lO ml lN HC1 followed by an additional 2 hours of stirring. The
reaction mixture was concentrated to 1/2 volume and poured into a
mixture of ethyl acetate (800 ml) and water (800 ml). The
organic phase was separated, washed with water (800 ml) and the
combined aqueous extracts washed with ethyl acetate (400 ml).
The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (2 x 400
ml), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to 32 g of dark orange red
oil~ Flash chromatography afforded 9.33 g (33~ yield) of title
product as a gold-yellow oil which solidified to a light yellow
solid. lH-nmr (CDCl3) ~: 6.20-5.72 (m, 2H), 5.48-5.21 (m, 2H),
4.74 (dt, J=5.8, J'=1.2Hz, 2H), 4.30-3.88 (m, 2H), 3.30-3.20 (m,
2H), 2~B9 (dd, J=7.3, J'=2.1, lH), 2.18 (s, lH), 1.32 (d, J=6.2,
3H).
E.
0
2
,

- 181 - ~2699~7~
.
A mixture of ~-diazo ester prepared in Step D above
(9.2 g, 32.7 mmole~ and rhodium acetate [Rh2(0Ac)4] in benzene (1
1) was refluxed for 1 hour. The solution was treated with
activated charcoal and filtered through a Celite pad. The pad
was washed with 100 ml of hot benzene. Concentration of the
filtrate afforded 8.08 g (97% yield) of title product as a light
~ brown crystalline solid. 1H-nmr (CDC13) ~: 6.15-5.68 (m, lH),
- 5.45-5.18 (m, 2H), 4.71-4.60 (m, 2H), 4.40-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.17
~ (dd, J=7.1, J'=2.0, lH), 2.95 (dd, J=6.9, J'=18.9, lH), 2.42 (dd,
Z J=7.6, J'=18.8, lH), 1.88 (s, lH), 1.39 (d, J=6.3, 3H).
. . , :
F. OH
O CO~ ,~
i , ,
0~
~ C~ ~ :.
.
To a solution of keto ester prepared in Step E (7.5 g, -
O.03 mole) there was added at 0C under a N2 atmosphere di-
isopropylamine (6.08 ml, 0.035 mole~ followed by diphe~yl-
phosphoryl chloride. After 15 minutes, TLC showed no remaining
starting material. To the reaction mixture there was added
diisopropylamine (6026 ml, 0.036 mole) and a solution of freshly
distilled 2-mercsptomethylpyridine (4.5 g, 0.036 mole) in 5 ml
acetonitrile. After stirring at 0C for 2 hours, the mixture was
poured into ethyl acetate (1 1), washed with water (2 x 150 ml),
saturated NaHC03 (150 ml), H~O (150 ml) and brine (200 ml). The
organic phase was dried (MgS04) and concentrated to a dark
orange-yellow gum. Flash chromatography afforded the product as
a golden yellow oil. The product was dissolved in diethyl ether
and cooled to 0C. Filtration afforded 4.8 g (44% yield) of the
purified title product as cream-colored crystals. lH-nmr (CDC13)
., .
'Z
1 ,., . ~ . . , , , ~
:. ~. ': ' ' ' , .'
:

` - 182 - ~ ~6~7~
`
~: 8.6-8.4 (m, lH), 7.85-7.15 (m, 3H), 6.20-5.i4 (m, lH),
5.54-5.15 (m, 2H), 4.80-4.66 (m, 2H), 4.29-4.03 (m, lH), 4.19 (s,
2H), 3.69-2.85 (m, lH), 2.97 (s, 1~), 1.32 (d, J=6.2, 3H).
G. OH
~S ~ >
OH
~ N
0 C02K
To a solution of ~he allyl ester prepared in Step F
(1.79 g, 4,97 mmole), tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (175
mg, 0.15 mmole) and triphenylphosphine (175 mg, 0.67 mmole) in
CH2C12 (25 ml), there was added a solution of potassium 2-ethyl-
hexanoate (1.085 g, 5.96 mmole) in ethyl acetate (12 ml). After
stirring at room temperature for 1 hour, TLC showed only a trace
of starting material. The reaction mixture was diluted with
anhydrous diethyl ether (150 ml) and the precipitate was collect-
ed by filtration, washed with ethyl acetate and then ether to
give a light-brown solid. This solid was dissolved in H2O (10
ml) and purified by reversed phase chromatography to give 1.85 g
of title product as a cream-colored solid. This material was
fur her purified by slurrying in acetone to afford 1.47 g 183%)
of pure title product. H-nmr (D2O) : 8.45-8.35 (m, lH),
7.92-7.22 ~m, 3H), 4.78-3.91 (m, 2H), 4.69 (~, 2H), 3.34-2.71 (m,
3H), 1.19 (d, J=6.4, 3H).
OH
O--~ 02K
2
'
. . ,, : . -
,

12~9~178
183 -
Toluenesulfonic acid (27.6 mg, 0.16 mmole) was added to
a c~oled (0C) suspension of potassium 6-hydroxyethyl-2-(2-
pyridylmethylthio)-carbapenem-3-carboxylate (53.8 mg, 0.15 mmole)
in acetone (2 ml). The mixture was stirred at O~C for 20 minutes
and then treated with methyl triflate (0.02 ml). After stirring
at O~C for 60 minutes, T.A-1 resin was added followed by hexane (6
ml). The mixture was extracted with water (4 x 0.5 ml) and the
combined aqu~ous phases purified by reversed phase HPLC to give
10 mg ~f the ti~le produ~t.
'
.

- 1~4 - ~269~378
Example 22
Preparation of 3-(N-MethylpYridine-2-Yl methanethio)-6-[1-(R)-
hydroxyethyl]-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo[3.2.0]-hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate
Via "One Pot" Process
~: .
S ,~
? , OH CH C ~3
SAc
:l 1 3
CH3CN ¦ C1~(0~)2 ¦ NaOH
? C~ 45 min, EtN(i~r)2 H20, 0C, 1 h-
i: \ / ~ /
` OH
~ 6~ ~ 3SO3
.! 02PNB
2 \ / 4
'~ \ ~
. p~ 6.5-7.5 : '
TH~, H20
., j/
,~
. . .
,' , . . ~ ' ' ~ ! . . ' '
'' ' ~ : ' ' ' ' : , ' '
~, . . .
. ' ' . " . ' .... . , . . , ~ . . .

- 185 - ~ ~ ~9~7~
. .
OH CH
~ s ~J ~ OP (0~,2 ~ ~ ~
¦ H2 Pd-C 10g
5C, 2 h. ~ ~:
~ ,::
0
6 ~ -~
A. Preparation of enol phosphate (2)
~H OH
C02PNB C02PNB ~ ~ ,
An ice-cooled solution of ketone 1 (3 g, 8.62 mmoles)
in acetonitrile (30 ml) was treated with ethyl diisopropylamine
(9 mmoles, 1.04 eq, 1.57 ml) (addition time ca. 2 minutes) and
chlorodiphenyl phosphate (9 mmoles, 1.04 eq, 1.87 mlJ (addition
time ca. 2 minutes). The reaction was stirred for 45 minutes and
~TLC (ethyl acetate, silicx gel) showed disappearance of ~etone 1. :~
The solution was diluted with ethyl acetate (60 ~1), washed with
cold water (2 x 50 ml) and brine, dried over sodium ~ulfate-and
concentrated (bath temperature below 20CC) to give a foam which
was used as such.
:~
. . ., :
,- : ~
," : .
, ~ '
: , . . . . .. .

~ - 1,86 ~ 9
B. Preparation of thiol (~)
N~Oh/~20 ~, ~, f"~ 56
2) KH2PO4
. .
An ice-cooled solution of thioacetate 3 ~3.31 g, 10
mmoles) in water purged with nitrogen for 5 minutes was treated
dropwise (ca. 5 minutes) with a cooled solution of sodium hydrox-
ide ll.75 eq, 17~5 mmoles, 0.7 g) in water (8 ml). The mixture
became yellowO After 7~ minutes under nitrogen the pH was
adjusted to 7.4 with saturated a~ueous solution of K~2PO4. The
reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 ml). This aqueous
solution of thiol 4 (50 ml, 0.2 mmoles/ml) was used as such.
C .Couplln~
OH O 4 `
(~)2 ~2
CO2PNB
'S~, S ~
CO2PNB
j 5
:
An ice-cooled solution of 2 (crude, prepared in A, 8.62
mmoles) in tetrahydrofuran ~50 ml~ was treated dropwise with the
aqueous solution of thiol 4 prepared in B ~5 ml of solution every
`~! S minutesi. During the course of the reaction the p~ of the
,~ reaction mixture was maintained around 6.5-7.5 (preferably 7) by
~ adding cooled 2N sodium hydroxide solution. The reaction was
`~ followed b~ TLC (a) silicagel, ethyl acetate; (b) reversed phase
' Analtech ~PSF, CH3CN- pH 7 buffer (4:6).
,
,.
;,
o

- 187 - 1~9~78
.
~ t the end 1.15 eq of thiol was used (50 ml ~f so-
lutio~). The reaction was complete after 1 hour at 0C and the
mixture was used as such for the hydrogenation after the pH was
adjusted to 7.
D. Hydrogenation
i ~H ~ CH 45 psi
S ~ ~ H2/Pd-C 10~
N ~ ~ THE-H20-ether
CO2PNB 0gC, 2 h,
~ 13
~: .
The reaction mixture containing 5 (prepared in C) was
tr2nsferred into a Parr flask with THF (10 ml), phosphate buffer
(pH 7, 0.1 M) (10 ml), ether (75 ml) and Pd-C 10% (5 g) a~d 1
i hydrogenated at 45 psi at 3-10~C for 2 hours. Then the catalyst
was fil~ered, washed with water (3 x 10 ml) and the pH adjusted
to 6.2 carefully with cold 2~ NaOH. Ether was added and the
~ aqueous phase was separated and washed again with ether. The ~1
i~ aqueous phase was purged of organic solvent under vacuum and then
purified on a "Bondapak C-18~** column (100 g, 4.5 x 13 cm) with cold
distilled water. The light yellow fractions co~taining the
~, product (checked by U.V. and TLC) were lyophilized to give 1.46 g
(50~)* of 6 as a yellow powder. ~293, E - 9000, ~ 271, E = 11064 : ;~
*yield calculated from bicyclic ketone
** Trad~k
' `
. . . ~
..: .
.
,
~: , , . , ~ . , :

;9~37
--188~
SUPPLEMENTARY DISCLOSURE
The following additional examples are provided
to further illustrate the present invention.
~ .
. .
Prepas~tion o~ (5R, 6S) -3-{ 1 ~1, 3~d~eehy~pyr~dlnlum-4-yl)~e . hyl ~ thlo }-6- .
[l-(R)-~ydroxyethyl]-~-o~s~ zablcyc'lo[3.2.û]hept-2-ene-2-cF~rk~ e
t 23A)
~ad
. , :
(4R~SR,6S)-3-~(1,3-di~ethylpg~tl~ 4-yl~e~b~l]th~o}-6-[1-(R)-hgdrosy~
cth~l]-4-~ethyl-7-oxo-l-s2a~cyclo~3.20V]~ept-2-e~e 2 c~r~o~yl~te
(23B)
.
oll a
~ N~
,
23A
,
.
:
~ J
.
: , ~ , ,,; . , :
~' ' ' :.

t;9~'7
~lB9-'
.` ' ~
A. ~J:~
., ,
f}~3 C~ OH
[~3 1~ 2 ~ ~C~3
3 . . I
eaeral procedure of Boe~elhelde l for the preparatloa of .
hydrox~et~lps~r~dine~ sa~ u~e~ us, ~ ~olut~lo~l of ~se~hly dis~lled.
3,4-lut~d~ne (46.0 g, 0~,43 mol) 1~ 120 ~ o~ glacial acetic acid uas coolet
at 0-~ arl~ the~ 64 ~iL OE 30~: El2O~ s added drop~ll;c. T~c r~:~ult~g
~olut~oa ~as he~ee~ ~t 75~l: (oil~a~ eemperature). fDr 3 ~. Another 20 ~
o~ 302: E1202 ~a~ then ~dded ~t heatiDg ~as cont~ued ~or 18 ~. Fl~ally, 20
f 302 ~22 ~as ~gai~l a~ded and the react~oII ~7a~ kep~ at 75~C fo~
~a~oe~er 3 ~. The ~olut~oll wa~ the~ concentr~ted to a~out 100 DL under
wates-ssp1~ator pres~ure, 50 ~ of a2o ~as addet and t~ie m~xtu~ a8
concentratod to ~bout one half volume. ~he result1ng m1x~ure vas cooled
.
(0-5~C) ~ld bas1f~ed to about p~l 10 U8i~1g cold 40% a~ueous ~la~. Th~
mix u~ a~ the~ e~ctrac~et ~itl~ CII2C12 (5 x) aad the ~ct~r~ct as drl~d
N~2CO3 + Na2S04) ~d coz~ce~trate~ on ~he ro~co-vap ~o giYe a ~ello~
601l~tlol~. Dllution of th~s ~o~ut~on uith hexa~e afforde~ ~ Dolit ~hicll uas
collected by ~ltrat~on and the~ driet .-n va~o ~o g~re 3,4-lutidinc~
oxid~ (4800 g~ 83%) ~8 a~ o~-wb~te 801~t~
''
`
` ' ` `: ' '

` ~
~X~9~3~;'a
~ï9 0~
The ~ ox~de ~as added portionwl~e eo 60 ~L o~ ~cet~c anhydrlde
an~ the resul~lng dar~ ora~e ~olutlo~ ~a~ hea~ed (~ater-~ath) at about
~O~C fo~ I h. The @xce~s acetlc a~hydr~de ~as then digtilled o~ uadcr
r~duced prc~ure a~ th~ erlal ~ollln~ ~ 90-120~CtO.I tozr (39.0 ~) wa~
collocted. Chromsto~rap~y o thls oll ~sll~ca gel/ethyl ~c~tate-pet.~e~e~
2:3~ af~or~ pur~ 4-ac~eo ~ othyl-3-~e~hylpyridiae (I9.0 g, 302) AB aa
oil: lr (aeat) 1745 c~
~ he ace~ate w~s the~ take~ up ~n 100 ~L o~ lOX aqueou~ ~Cl and
re~luxe~ for 1 h. The resultln~ 601ut~0n ~a~ cooled ae O-C, b~ ied ~lth
s~lid R2C03 a~d thea extrac~ lth Ca2C12 (3 x 100 ~L)~ 5he o~an~c
extract ~as ~as~ed tbr~e), dr~ed ~a2S04) a~d ~aporsted to giq~ 11.0 8 ~
o~-~h~te ~o~ld, ~.p, 70-72-C. ~his 601id us~ ~risurste~ ~lt~ col~
ether to glve pu~e 4-bydr~ymethy~-3-~eehylpyrid~e ~9.5 g~ 67~ a~ ~ vhit2
6al~d, ~.p~ 77-80-C ~lit.2 ~.p~ 81 8ZDC): a~m¢ (CDC13) ~ 8.27, 7.41 ~ABq,
J~5~z, 2~p ~.18 (~ ), 5.63 tb~ 8~ -~?~ 4.6~ ~, Ca2), 2~20 ts, C~3);
~r ~u~ol) 3170 e~
~ Boek~lheide, ~.J. LlD~r JACSp 76~ 12B6 ~1954).
2. ~.L.F. ~s~rego, B~Ao ~illo~ S.C. Shsr~a, JC~, 2485 ~1972).
.; .. , ! ~
` .... .. ~
..
. . ~ i . ..
.

~ ~i
-J.91-
', , . ~,
~ B. Preparstlon of 4-(Acetylthlo~eth~ 3-~ethylpyridine
,, ,
. , .
CH o~ ~H2sAc
; ~ CH3 ~ 3
'"
To a~ lce-eold, mecha~ically ~tirred solution of triphenylpho~-
~ phine (17O04 g, 0.~65 ~ol) lu 250 ~L o~ dry TEF ua~- sttet dropui~e
;~ dilsopropyl a~oticarboxylate ~12.8 ~L, 0.065 ~ol) a~d the rceult~ng slurry
~ wa& stirred st 0C fo~ 1 ~. To thls mixture ~as added dropw~se ~ solutlon
.~ . . ~ .
`' of 4-hydroYy~ethyl-3-me~ylpyrld~ne (4.0 B3 0.0325 ~ol) in 100 mL of dry
5El~, ~ollo~ed ~y ~re~hly d~e~lled th~lacetic acld .~4.64 mL, 0.065 mol).
~' The resulti~g ~ture waz ~irrcd st O-C ~or 1 h a~t the~ at room
3~1, temperature for 1 h to give aa orange solutlon- The 601utio~ wa3 , .;~
:. couce~tratet (rotary e~aporator~ and then dlluted with petroleu~ ether.
i~ The re~ulti~g ~lxtu~e was filteret and the iltrate ~a~ evapnrated eo gi~e I ~ ~
1 an orange oll. Chromatography (~illca gel!hexa~ the~ 10% ' 50X ethyl ; ~::
T l ~ -
:~ acetate-hexane). o this oil ~ave 7.0 g of 8G oil ~hic~ was d~st~lled I
~ ugelrohr)"to give the p~re product (6.0 g, 100 ~) as ~ yello~ oil, b.p.
:1 (alr-bath ~e~peraeure~ 95-lOO~CIO.l torr: l~nmr (CDC13) ~ 8.40, 7.20 (ABq, :
; J~5~z, ~a), 8.37 (6~ 4.08 (8, C~2), 2.35 (6~ C~3), 2.32 (~ C~3); lr
~eat) 1695 c~
-,
. * Trademark

37
,~;
, .
--192--
','
.~., . . ::,
, ` ' ., - .
, .
~ H2SAe f~i2SAC
~ca3 ~ 3
` ~3
'
To a~ ice-colt ~olu~lon of t~e th~oacet~te (2.95 g, 0.016 ~Dol)
lO ~ of methylene chlorlde uas adde~ drop~se ~e hyl ~rlfluoro~et~aDe-
~ulf.o~ate ~4.S0 ~, 0.04 ~ol) ~nt t~ Isixtur~ ~as nt~r~ed at 0C u~de~ ~2 i
for 1 ~. Tbc re~ct~c3n ~xturc va~ t~en evapor~te~ to ~ness aDd the
~e~iidu~ vas ~rt tura~oll ~eh ether. The ~esult~ng 60lla ~az colloctet by
~iltratio~ a~d drlet ~ vac~o to give t~e product (4.0 g~ 7223 a~ a whlte
eoli~ ~r (CDCl3-) ~72 (~ lj5 8.58, 7.87 (~Bq, J~6E~, 2~), 4.39 (~,
;~ 3 ~ ~ 2)~2.53 (~ 3), 2.36 (~); ~ ( ) 17 ~l
;~
., , ' :
" ~

: :`
9$~37
-193-
D. Preparztlon of (5R,65)-3-r((l,3-timethylp~rldinlumr4-yl)meth~l]thIo~-6ll-
(R~-h~rdroxyethyll-7-oxo-l-aza~icyclo~3o2.olhept~?-en~-2-carboxylate ''
ÇH2SAc
I D~ Me
e 1) NaO~ 2o
G~ y 2)
Me ~ ~ ~ )2 2
CF3SO ~3 C0
3 ) ~12, Pd~
To an lce-cold, ~2-purgea ~olution of ~aO~ (0.324 8~ 0.008 mol)
1~ 10 ~L of ~2 wa~ added tXe th~oacet te (1.40 g, 0.004 ~ol) a~d thc
r~sture ~as 6t~rred ~t OC under N~ ~or 1 h. ~fter ehe p~ ~as ad~u6ted ~o
7.2-7.3 U8i~g 10~ aqueous potasslu~ dihydrogen pho~pha e the re~ulti~g
solut~o~ ~ac added ~ropwise to 8U ice-colt solut~o~ of th~ enol pbosphatc
tl.45 g, 0.0025 ~ol) in 20 mL of TBF~ The ~lxture Yas stirred at OCC for 1
h and ~as then transferred to a pressure bottle. To this mixturc ~a~ added
20 ~L o~ ether, 25 2L o~ 0.1~ phosphaee ~uffe~ (pL 7.4) and 1.4 g of lOZ
palladlum oa-charcoal. ~he ~1~ture wa8 ~he~ hydrogenated ae 45 p8i ~or 1
h. ~he reactlon ~Ixturo ~a~ ~llteret through a pad of Celite ~nd the pad ~;
~as washed ~ith add~tlonal etber s~d p~ 7.4 phosphate bu~fer. The aqueous
pba~e wa~ ~eparated and resldual solvents ~ere re~oved fn v~Cuo. ~he
resulting aqueous ~olUtloD wa~ applled to a re~erse-phase colu~n (C
"BoDdaPsk~' ~hlch ~as el~te~ ~lth B2O and thea 10X acetoni~rlle-~2O. Lyo~
phil~zae$on of the reievant fractions gave 0.9 g of an oraDge sol~d. Th~s
* Trademark (each instance)
~ :.
,

-194-
matc~al ~ac rechro~a~ogr~phe~l u~ug ~2 an~ ~h~n 2~ ~cl!tonitrlle-~20 ~8
eluant. Lyoph~llzatio~ aforted pur~ . 23P. (0~25 ~, 57~) as a yell~
sol~d~ r (D20) ~ 8.5S (8, ~ 8.53, 7.96 (~Bq, J~6.8 ~Iz, 2~)~
4 30-3 99 (~p 2~). 4.27 ~5~ SE~), 3.35 (dd, Jl'2.f?~ ~Z~ J2 6.
~d, J-8.2 Elz, 2~), 2.50 (8, 3~1)" 1.23 td, J~6.3 ~z, 313~; ir (ICB~) 1755,
1590 e"~~l; W ~p~o~pbat~ ~uffer, p~ 7) ~g6 Dl- (c?180~.
, ~.
`. . ' `
'
.~, . . . .

t;9~37~3
5-~ ,
^. E. Prepllra~ion of (4R?sR~6s~-3-{t~l~3-dl~ethylpyrld~nium-4-yl?2~-eehy~ hlo}-6
b_xy,late
1 ) ~0O)2Pcl J""~ Ho '
2 ~ ~(3~H~
3 3 N2 ~ Pd/~ , ~
Jla lco-cold ~olutlo~ of th~ ~cycl~c ketone (0.906 ~, 0.0025 ~sol) j ~ ;
~ 10 ~L o~ ~cetonitrlIe ~aB treate~ succes~ely wltS d~phe~rl chlorophoo
phate (0.544 zllL, 0.00263 n~Gl) > d~lsoprop~lethg~ (0.457 ~, 0.00263
~ol) aDd 4-di~eth~laminopyridlne ~0. 3 ale) . A~ter 50 ~ the reactio~
m~ture Ya~ dilu~e~ ~rith colt ~thyl ~c~tate and t~e~ waEihe~ wi~ cold nater -~
~ , :~ ,.:
~d ~r~e. Th~ orga~ic pb~se ~a~ dr~ed (Ns2S04) Ult evaporaeed at roo~
te~per-ture eo give the enol pSo~phat~ as 8~1 off-whit~ fO~SI; This fosm ~as
t3ke~ ~p ~n 20 n~ o~ l~F, cooled ~t -30~C u~der ~2 snd the~ treated ~h a~
~queoun l;olut~on o3~ tl~e thlolatc [preparet a~ don~ previously fro~ 0.3 ~ o~
l~aO~I (7.5 s~ol) ~nd 1.3 g of the ~h~oa~etat~ (3.76 a~ol) ~ 10 ~L of ~I20
The re~ctlo~ ture ~a~ E~tlrred at -30-C for 30 m~, tSen at O'C fo~ 7
a~d f~ t ~a~ tra~6ferred to pre~ur~ l~oetle cont~ 20 ~ of ~
ethar" 30 D~ of 0,1~ phosphate bu~fer (pll ~.4) Im~ 1.5 g o~ lOX pslladtu~-:
o~-charcoal~ ~tcr hy~roge~aeln~ ~t 45 pd ~o~ I h ~e ~ture ~as
,~`.~, ! .

` ~` 3L269~78
- 19 6 -
~`
,
:` *
fllter-d through"Cel~ee"and the ~ueous phs~ 8 6eparated ant conce~tra-
ted in vCCuO, The resul~lng solutlo~ w88 appliet to a revesse ph~se ~C18
8OndaPa~) colu~n ~h~ch ~as eluted ~ith ~2- Lyophlllzatlon o~ the releva~t
fract~o~si gave 1.2 g of a yello~ solld. Thl~ ~aterlal was rechro~atog-
raphed ~clutl~g wlth H20 to 4~ aceton~tr~le-a20) to glve~ a~t~r lyoph~
zation, pure 23B (0.250 g, 28~ yellow ~olld: ~D~r tD20) ~ 8.53
(rii, 1~, R.49, 7.81 (A:Bq, J--6.2 HZ, 2~1), 4.38--3.9B (~, 4~), 4.27 (8, 3P),
3.49-3.18 (~ 2H), 2.51 (8, 3~), 1.25 (d, J~6.7 Hz, 3~), 1.16 ~d, J'7.6 ~2
3~); lr (~r) 1750, 1595 c~ ~; u~ (pho6p~aee bu~fer, p~ 7) 292 nm (c7930).
~ ~.
', ', ,.
~ Trademsrk
::
'
.. . ~ . -
:: , , ~ ., :

~ ;9~7~3
~' `` '' , .
-197-
,
xam~le 24
Preparat~on o~ (5R,6S)-3-{~tl,2-d~methyl~ridln~u~-4-yl)methyl]thio}-6
:
tl-(R)-h~droxy~yl]-7-oxo~ za~cyclot3.2.0]hep~-2-ene-2-carboxyla~e
~4A~
., . ' . ' , .
and . ~ ~
:;
~ ( 24B)
'
o~
Or. .~ --~CH3
eo ~ ~3 CH3
24A
3 :
' :
. ~ .~
. ~

;9~
19 8-
'
C2H~ f~20H
~3 ~:1'3
~o 1~ 8u8pll!n8l0~l o95~ llthi~ alu~ hy~ride ~2.4 g, 0.06 ~ol~
i~ 150 ~L OI aDhydrou6 ether wa~ added a ~olut~or of ~Dethyl 2~ethyllso~
cot~ate~ (14.~ ~, 0O093 ~ol) 1~ 50 ~L o~ aDhydrou~ eeher, n~ -5-C ~:~der
~72- The result~ng mix~ure was sti~sed at rooDI tea~p~rature for 30 ~n ~nd
Wl18 t~3e 1 reflu:~ced ~or 2 b,. A~ additional 1.2 ~ tO.03 sl~ole) of lithlu
aïum~nu2ll hydrltle ~ a~ded portlo~c ~a refluxi~g ~a~ co~t~nue~ for 1
b.. T~e re~ctlo~ ~Dixture was then coo~et at O-C i~nd tres~ed succe Elvely
~$th 3.75 EL ~2v 3.75 mL 152 ~queous ~aO~ and finally 11.25 ~L o~ R20.
Thi~ suspension ~as then filtered and the filter ca~e was ~ashed uith ether
a~ the~ ethyl acetateO The flltrate ~as e~apora~ed to glYe ~ dark y~llow
oil ~h~ch was taken up 1~ acetonltrile snd ~hen filtered through a pad of
~illca g~l ~elut~o~ wit~ acetonltr~le ~nd t~en ace.tone). Thi8 ga~e the
product ~7~7 g~ 67Z) as a ~ello~ o~ n~r ~CDC13) ~ 8.30, 7.10 tABq,
J 5 ~ZD Z~)~ 7.17 (~ ), 5.42 t~, -0~, 4.70 (s, C~2), 2.50 tJ. C~3).
'
to. Ef~ovs~y, ~. Rum~, Bu~l. soc. ch~. Fr., 648 (1954).
,~ ' . , .
,,P~
.

`: ,. . .
-199-,
~ ,:
' :~
B.
~: c8 o~ ;
3 ~ ~3 ~ ;
To ~ ~o~t~o~ of trlphenylpho6phi~e ~31.4 ~, 0.12 ~ol) ln 00 ~L
of dry T~F, ~t -5C u~der N2, ~a~ ~dded dropwise dil60prop~1 R~o~csrboxy~
lat~ (2306 ~L, oOi2 ~ol) R~d t~e ~xture ~8 ~tirre~ ~t -5~C for 1 h. ~o . :~.
r.he re~ult~g slur~ ~as ~tded a ~olutio~ o~ 4-hydroxy~thyl-2-~ethylpyr~-
di~e (7.0 ~, 0.062 ~ol) &ad ~r~ly di$~111e~ thIolacetic ~c~d (8.60 ~L,
0.12 ~ol) 1~ 40 ~L o ~ry TEF over a~out lG ~la. The react~o~ ~as ~tirred
at 0C for 30 ~ID a~ e~ at roo~ tempersture ~or 1 h. The recul~g
~uspe~sion ~as f~ltered sDd the ~ltrato ~as.concentrated to glve an
orange-yellow llquld ~lc~ W~8 dilute~ ~tb ether a~d ~iltered. Tb~
flltrate ~ e~aporated s~d tho re~ldual oll ~as chromatograpSed (sllica
gelle~hyl ace~ate-hexane~ o gi~c th~ thioacetato (8.87 g, 79Z) a~ a
yello~ oll: l~nmr (GDC13) ~ 8.4~; 7.03 (ABq, J~5~z, 2~), 7.08 (89 I~), 4.04
r 2 ( ~ C~3)~ Z~3~ 3~; ir (Doat~1695 om~
', . ~
!
.
.j~,, . .:
:,
' ~ . . ' ' ' '.,. :. ' '. .'' .' ' '

i9~
: -200~ '
. ~ ,
C. Prep~rat~oD of 4-Mercaptometh~1-2-~ethylp~ridine
i
~2SAC C~2SH
C~3 ~ C~3
'~
'' .
-:
To 15 ~L of ~c~ocold, ~2-purged lN NsO~ ~as adde~ all se o~ce
: !
4~(acetylthIo~ethyl)-2-~ethylpyridine (1.358 ~ 0.0075 ~ol). Ate~
6t~r~ or 1~ m~n at O-C th~ reactlo~ ~ixture ~as ~aæhe~ Ylth ~ther (2 x
S ~1.), Deutral ized ~lt~ conc~n~rated ~Cl a~t estracted ~ith ~et~yle~e
chlorIde (3 æ 10 ~ aporatio~ o the ~eth~leDe chlor~de solut~on
a~forded the thiol (0.89 g, 96X) ~ a pal~ yello~ oil vhich graduall~
~ecuDe pirak on sl:a~d~ng: l~nmr (CDC13) ~ 8.43, 7.37 (ABq, J-5 ~z, 2B),
, Ca2), 2.55 ts~ C~3), 1.81 (t,' J-7.5 ~z
S~). '
,.. . . . . .
.. .
, .. . . . . :
,
.

9~
. .
-201-
. .
. ' .
Do P ~ 1 (5R,6S~ [~2-~e~ylE2~d~n-4~yl)~ethyl~thlo~-6
SR~-hydrox~eth~lJ-7-oxo-l-aza~cYclot302.01hePt-?-cne ?-carboxylate ; -~
,
s ~ OE~ ' ~
~0 ~ i I ,~5 ~ ~ 3
~ ~N
'- - . ' i " ,~
To 8~ ~ce-cold ~olut~o~ o t~e ~icyclic ketone 50.760 ~, 0.003
mol) in 8 ~L o~ aceto~trlle wa~ sdded ~ucc~sslvely dlphe~yl cbloropho~
pbate ~0.653 mL, 0.00315 ~ol), dilsop~opylethyla~i~e (00550 m~ 0.00315 i
~ol), a~d di~et~ylaD~opys~dlne ~0 A 8.Dg). After ~e~rrl~g th~ ~ixtur~ ~t i
O-C for I ~ it ~as coo~ed at -20dC s~d 4-~erc~pto~ethyl-2-~ethylprridlne
~0.620 g, 0.00446 ~ol)~ follo~ed by diisoprop~lethyln~ine (0.550 ~L,
0.00315 ~ol)~ ~a adde~ The re~ct~on ~as ~tlrred at -20-C for 1.5 ~ a~d
~he~ allow~d eo ~ar~ ~o ~oo~ te~perature. The resultlng ~ixture wa~ 1.
d~ ed w~th 50 mL of ethyl acetat2, ~ashed t~20, ~a~. ~aBC03, sat. Na4Cl~,
s dried (~a2S04) aid e~aporatea. The resldu~l materiat ~as c~ro~atograp~ed
o~ sil~ca gel,.~lutet ~lt~ etbyl acetste tben acee~nitrile) to ~i~e a ~olid
uhich ~a~ tr~urate~ ~ith ether to giv~ the pure pr~d~ct ~0.820 g, 73~) as
8 white ~olid: I~D~r ~CDCl3) ~ 8.45~ 7.09 (ABQ, J~5 ~z. 2~?, 7.15 ts. ~
6025-5.80 (~ ), 5.60L5.20 (m, 2~), 4.82-4.68 (~ 2~3, 4.55-4.05 (~, 2~), .
: 3.97 ~6, 2~, 3.16-2093 (~, 3~), 2.55 ~, 3~j, 1.84 (~r 6, 1~), 1.32 (d, .
J~6 ~z~ 3~; Ir ~eat) I77?, 1695 ou l.
.
,~
L ~L ~
,,
., .,: ' ~ '. .' ' ' ' . : . '

9~78
- 2 o 2-
E. Prepsrae~on o~ (5R,~S)-3-~t(l,2-dimethylpyrldinium-4-yl?m~thyl~thio ~6-[1-
(R)-hydro~s~ethyl]-7-oxo-l-azab~cyolo~3.~o~hept-2-ene-2-carboxvlate
'
OH
5 ~ 3 ~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ CN
A ~olution o~ the allyl e6ter (0.350 ~, 0.936 ~ol) la 6 ~L of
dry acetoaitrile ~a~ cooled at ~5C a~d treated ~th methyl trifluoro~e-
thanesulfoaate ~0.111 ~L, 0.983 mmol). ~fter 15 mlD a solutlon o~ tetra-
k~s~triphe~ylphosphi~e)pallad~u~ tO-027 ~, 2.5 molX) and trlphenylpho~phi~e
(0.027 g) was added. Ater stirring the reactio~ ml~ture for 5 ~n
pyrrolidlne tO.082 ~L, 0.983 ~mol) ~as added dropuise. A solid slowly
be8a~ to separate from the resulting brow~ ~cl~tion. The mixture ua6
Y~gorously stirred at 0C for 20 mln, then 15 mL of cold (O~C) acetone ~aa
slouly adted and stirring uas contlnued at 0C for 20 ml~. The resultlng
suspensio~ uas ~lltered and the resitue ~as washed with cold acetone and ,
then dried ~n vacuo to give 0.345 g o~ a ~elge powder. Thl8 ~sterial ~as
taken up ih ~ ~all a~ount of p~ 7 phosphate buffer tO.O~) aud applied to
" .. *
a short re~er~e-phase (C18 BondaPak) column. El~t~on with ~2 a~d lyophi-
lizatio~ of ehe relevant fractions gave 0.255 g of a lig~t yello~ ~olid.
Ihis materlal uas rechromatograph~d, as done before, tD afford ta~ter
lyoph~llzat~on) pure 24A (0.195 g, 60~) as a li~ht yellou ~olit~
l~nmr (D20) ~ 8.58, 7.83 (ABq, J~6.4 ~z, 2~), 7.87 (s, 1~), 4.32-3.95 (~
2H), 4.22 (8, 2H), 4.17 (8, 3~), 3.32 (dd, J1~2.6 ~z, J2~6.1 ~z, lH3,
, ': ~
* Trademark
~, ,..... , : , ;~ . ,
. .
. .

:
~ .2j9~378 (
-203-
.
3.06-2.93 (Sl~, 2H), 2.74 (5, 3H), 1.22 ~d, J~6.4 Rz, 3H); ir ~KBr) 1757,
1590 c~ ~; uv (?hosphate i-~ff~r, ?Y 7.4) ~96 ~ (c7446).
..
~;, '
~ ' :
-
.
' ~
~ -
: ~ .

:
~L~6~378
~ 204-
~ .
F. ~
fl-(R? hy~ox~ethy~ ethy -7-oxo-1-azabic~ .2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carbo- -
: xylate
,~ ' ,
: .
~ ~o ~ r$cO~3
~:: 2
: ~ I
~ 801utio~ of t~e ~-~iazo ester ~1.50 8~ 0.00508 ~ol3 1~ 12 ~L of ~ ~ :
et~yl ~etate-hexane ~3~ a~ heated to a gent~e reflux u~ter N2 a~d the~
0.020 g of rhsdium octaaoate was ~dded all at o~ce. Rapla ~2 e~olDt~o~ va~
:~ obs~rved for a~out S ~o a~d aftor refluxi~g for anothex 10 ~ t~e
reactlo~ ~as co~plete ~tlc). ~he ~ol~nts ~er~ 6u~sequently re~Yed uDd~r
reduced pressure ~nd ehe resldual gum wa~ taken ~p lu 15 mL o~ aceto~
rile. Th~ 801uel0n was coole~ at -5-C a~d treated with dipheDyl chloro-
~ phosphate (1.10 ~L, 0.00533 mol), dli~opropylethylamlne (0.927 ~L, 0.00533
-~ : mol) a~d 4-~imetbylam~Dopyrldine (0.6 mg, 0.1 ~ol %). The reactio~ ~ixeure
as stl~r~d ~t O~C fo~ 1 h 8a~ wa~ then cooled to -20-C aud treated ~it~ a
.~ ` 801utlo~ 0~ 4-~erc~iptometh~1-2-~ethylpy~idine (0.656 g! 0.00533 mol) ~n 1
- ~ sL ~ ace~o~trll~, follo~ed ~y 0.927 ~L (0.00533 ~ol) of dlisopropylethyl-
: amine. The r~sulti~g mlxture ~a~ 6t~rred at -10C for 1.5 ~ and was then
treate~ ~it~ additional thiol (0.066 g, 0.53 ~mol) sDd dilsopropylethyl- :~
a~fne (0.093 ~L, 0.53 ~ol). The reactlo~ ~ac allowe~ to war~ to sbout
IO-C oY~r 1 h a~d ~a~ the~ dll~t~d ~itb 75 mL of colt ethyl scetate, ~a~hed
2OD bri~e)~ ~le~ (Ns2S04) and evaporated (~ae~ temperature ~30C). Th~
result~ng gum ~8~ chromatographed on ~ilica gel. Elutio~ wlt~ eehyl
. ~ .
:

69
--20 5-
acetate removed i~pur~ties and subsequen~ elut~o~ ~th ~cetonltrile ~f~ord-
ed the product (1.04 g, 532) which uas o~ta~ned as ~ pale yelloY foa~:
l~nmr (CDC13) ~ ~.43" 7.07 (~Bq, J~5 1;1z9 2~), 7.10 ~ ),, 6.20-5.7S (~,
13), 5.51 S.29 (~, 2E~)~ 4.81-4.69 (~, 2~), 4.29-4.03 tD~, 2~), 3.96 (~,
2EI), 3.35-3.05 ~ ), 2.53 (8, 3~), 2.16 (br s, 11~), 1.33 (d, J~6.3 11z,
311), 1.22 ~-1, J-7.3 ~, 3ii); lr ~ t l770, 1705 c ~ 1.
-
'
, j i .
~ ..
' , , ." ~: ,

37~3
206-
G. ~E~ (4R,5R,6S)-3 {f(l~2-dime-e-hylpyrltlniu~-4-yl)~eehyl-khto}-6-
~1-(R)-hYdro ~ethyl]-4-methyl-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo~3.2.0]hept-2-ene-2-carbo-
~,
; ~ C~3 OH cH3
o ~ ~ S ~ ~ C~3 ~ ~ s ~ ; 3
2 2~ CH3
,' ~
A ~o~ue:Lon of the allyl e~ter (0.582 g, 0.0015 mol) In 15 mL of
d~y acetonitrile ~as treated ~ith meth~l trifluoromethane~ulfonate (0.178 ~ - :
,
~L, 1.575 ~mol) at -5C under N2. Ater 15 ~in a solution of tetrakls~
(~riphe~ylphosphlne)palladium (0.035 g, 2 ~ol ~) and triphenglphosphine
~0.035 g) ln 1 ~L of methylene chloride wa~ sdded, ~ollowed after 5 ~ y
0.131 ~L (1.575 m~ol) of pyrrolidl~e.. The resultlng mixture ~a6 6tirred at
0~C for 20 ~ and then 30 ~L of cold (0C) aceto~e uas added. The mixture
~as vigorously ~tlrred at 0C for 15 ~in and ehen the precipitate ~as
collected ~y flitratlon. ~ashed ~h cOla acetone and drlet ~n vacuo to
gi~e 0.520 ~ of a belge powaer. B~ dllut~ng the f~ltrate ~ith ether
another 0.041 g of ~he crude product ~as obtalned. The co~bined ~olids
~ere tis~olved ln a 6mall amount of pH 7,4 pho6phate buffer (0.05M) ~nd
applied to a rever6e-phase ~Cl~" BoDdaPak)"column. Elutlon ~ith ~2 and
then 2~ acetoni~rile-~20 afforded, after lycphlllzati~D,~ 24B (0.413
* Trademark
,. ~ . " .
j, ! '
~,:, . . .
'
,

~j9~
, . ( -207-
E~- 762) ~s ~ yellow solld~ r (D20) ~ 8.55, 7.76 (~Bq, J~6.3 Hz, 2~),
~.81 (s~ lH), 6.4-3.7 (n~, 2~), 4.19 (8, 2~), 4016 (6, 3~1), 3.~7-3.14 (h,
2~), 2.73 (s, 3EI), 1.24 (d, J96.~ ~z, 3~), 1.16 (d. J~7.3 ~z, 3~), ir (~r~
1750. 1595 c~ 1; uv (pho~ph-te bu~er, p~ 7.4) 293 ~ 7l70).
'~
.
'
~ ,
.
;~ ~?
. ~1
..
..... ~., ~ .; . . .. . . ....
~ ~ , ;, . . .. : . . `


i9~78
.. ,:- ~
` -208- .
:
.,'. . ~
Pxeparation o~ (5R,6S) 3-[1,6~dimethyl-~ridinium-2-y~)
methylthio]-6 (lR-hYdroxye~hyl)-4R-methxl-7-oxo--l a_icyclo-
- [3.2.0~ hept-2-ene-2-carboxYlate
: :
" -
OH ~
CS3 ~ S ~ ~ CS3
~
~ .
'~:
- .,
.
' ',:
',~
.:
' . ' ' ~;
'' ' ' . , : ' . ,
: ~ ~ ,, ` ;' ~
.. . . . . .

`
1~;95~7~3
: ~209-
,
A. (1,6-ti~ethylpyrldinium-2-yl?me~hylthiol, trifl~oro~ethanesulfonate_~alt
MeOT~ HCl, 6N .~
-CH~ N ~ S~CH3 Ether ~ ~J"~ H, ~fo
` A solutlon of (6-methylpyr~d~n-2-yl)methylthio acetat2 (1.0 g,
5.52 mmol) i~ dry ether ~5 ~L) kept under a nitro~e~ atmosphere was treated
wlth methyl triflate (0.74 mL, 6.5 ~mol) and stirred at 23C for 4 h. The
ether was decanted and the wh~te solid wa~ washet twice with ether (2 mL)
and dissolved lnto hydrochloric acid solutio~ (15 ~L, 6N, 90.0 m~ol). The
re ultisg solueion was heated at 7~C for 4 h under a ~itrogen atmosphere
and then ooneentratet under reduced pre.s~ure ~o a yello~ syrup. Traces of
hydrochlorlc acid ~ere re~oved ~y codist:lllstioD wlth ~ater (2 x 10 mL).
The crude material was purified by reversed phase colu~n chromatography
(2.2 ~ 13.0 c~, PrepPak C-18) w~th water a~ eluting solYeat. Appropriate
fractions were co~bined ~nd lyophilized eo gl~e a white powder; 1.43 g,
85.4%; ir (KBr) ~ ax 2565 (S~)~ 1626 (pyridiniu~), 1585 (pyridlnium) c~
u~ (~2) A~a~: 278 (~7355); Anal- ealc~d for C9~12N03S2F3: C 35.64,
3.99, N 4.62, S 21.14; found: C 35.49, ~ 4.05, N 4.56, S 20.99.
* Tra~emark
:-
: ~ -

78
~ `~
-210-
B. (5R,6S) 3-[(1,6-dl~ethylpyridlnium-2-yl)methYlthic]o6-tlR-hYdroxYethyl)-4R-
~ met~yl-7-oxo-l-azabi~yclo~3. ?.O]hePt-?-ene-2-car~o~2~
~ ~3 l- (PhO)2R l ~ C~3 IC~3
CH r~~f'D~ 2- NEttiPr~ H , ~tC J~ I
3 1 1 _ o ~ ~ ~ r-- _ ~ , ~ _C~
~ 3- ~hiol suf~es 7.0 3 1 A __ 5~ ~ ~ ~ 3
; O~ `~ 4- NE~lPr)2 the~ o~ ~ ~ ~J
COoPNs ~BF C ~ ~'
. To a cold ~5C) ~olutio~ of (5R,6S) paranitrobenz~1 3,7-dio~o-6-
(lR-hydroxyethyl~-4RS-methyl-l-aza~i~yclo~3.2.0~heptane-2-R-car~o~ylate :-~
~l.ll g, 3.06 ~ol, RIS: 86/14) i~ d~y aceto~itrile (90 mL) kept under a ~ :
n~trogen at~osphere ~a~ added ~imultaneou~ly diphenyl chloropho~phate (0.68
mL9 .3.3 ~ol) and dlisopropyleth~lamlne (0.57 ~L, 3.3 m~ol) over lO ~in
perio~. ~b~ cold ~5'9C) ~isture was ~tlrred ~o~ 1 h, co~led to -30-C and
tr~ated ~ultaDeously ~$t~ a ~olutlo~ o~ (1,6-dimeth~lpyridi~ium-2-yl~
~eth~lthiol, trlfluorc~ethanesulfon2te ~alt (1.03 g, 3.4 ~ol) in d}y
aceto~itrlle (2 ~L~ and dilsopropylethyl ine (0.59 ~L, 3.4 mmol) over 15
~i~ period. Ihe re~ultl~g ~i~tire ~a~ stirret ~os 0.5 h at -30C, ~armet
up u~tll O-C and ~tirred for l.O h befo~c be~g dlluted wlth colt ~ater (35
rL)~ The re~ult~g emulsion ua6 poured on top of reversed pha~e colu~
(llprepakll~G-l8~ 2.5 s 18 c~) ~b~ch ~as then elutea ~it~ a ~ture of 25-50~ .
aceto~ltrile 1~ ~ater. L~phllizatlo~ o~ appropriate fractions gave a
6t~c~y ~ello~ Eolld, 1.69 g whlch ~as ~olu~ ed lnto wet tetrahydrofuran
~40 mL). Tc the re~ulti~g 801ution was addet ether (70 ~L), pota~slu~
dlhydroge~phosphste-60dlu~ hydro~lde buffer (p~ 7.0, O.Z~, 50 ~L) a~d lO~
pallAdiU~ OD charcoal ~1.69 g) and the resulting ~ture wa~ h~arogenated
under 42 p8. 8t 23~C for 2 h a~d then ~lltered o 8 "Celite"* pad. The two
~,..
~:: * Trademark

69~78
-211-
,, ,
' . ,
phases vere ~eparaeed and a~ aqueous phase vas uashed with ether (2 x 20
~L) and concentrated under h~h ~cuu~ a~ ~23~C to lS ~L ~hich uas applled
,
o~ top of reYersed phsse columa ('IPrePak C-18"*). Elution with a muxture o~
42 acetonitr~le ln ~ater gave after lyophil~zatlo~ of appropriate fractions
0.23 g of title co~pou~d ~ixet ~ith potasslu~-sodlum dlpheD~lphosphate ~24Z
~ ~ole). Repuriflcat~o~ o~ re~er~ed phase column (2.5 x 14 cm, "PrePak
*
C-18)" ~th ~ater (400 ~L) and a ~xture of lOX ~ceto~i~rile in wa~er (200
~L) A~ elut~ng ~olvent gave after lyoph~l~zat~on of appropriate fraction
a yello~ po~de~, 0.17 g, 15.3~; lr (~Br) ~ax 1750 (C-0 o~ ~ lactam),
1625 (pyridin~u~), 1600 (C~0 of carboxylate~ cm 1; ~r tD2) ~: 1.12 (d,
J-7.2 Ez, C~3 o~ C-4), 1.24 ~d, Js6.4 ~2, C~3C~0~), 2.80 ~8, C~3 o~ C-6 o~
pyrid~iu~), 4.18 (C~3 o~ N o ~y~dlnlu~), 4.41 (center cf AB quar~et, ~:
.' C~2S~, ?.5-8.4 (~s o~ pyr~d~niu~)~ u~ ~Buffer O.OSK, p~ 7.0) Ama~: 278 (
! 11504); t~]~ ~256.4 (c 0-22~ ~2); ~1/2 u 20.8 h measured at 37 C ia
buffer (p~ 7.4) for ~ co~centrat~o~ of 10 4~.
., '
.;.' - ~ ' :`
....
: ,:
,, ,
* Trademark
.
~:
- ~
.: : , ,:, : . . . .

;9~7
.. 212-
re~ration of (5R,6S3 3-[ (1,6-dimethYipyridiniu~-2-yl3-
methylthio]-6- (lR ~ DxyethYl)-7-oxo-l-azabicyclol3. 2.0] hePt-
2-ene- 2- carboxYlate
,,
O~I
C~3
.Ci3~'L~s ~C~{3
o . o~3 -
.
... . . .

~6 9 ~8
2:l3- /
A. ~
hydroxy~yl)-7-oxo-l-azablcyclo~3.2.07hep e~ 2-ene 2-csrboxylR~e, trlfluoro-
methanesulfonate snd dlphenylphosphate ~al~
~ MeO~f 1- N~OE~ --~
~1 s8cH ~ ~ ~
CH3 ~ 3 Ether 2 4 3
C~33
~ 1- (PhO)2POC1
o J~ o~ --~ . T~o9
4- NEt(iPr)2 (PhO) PO ~ .
COOPNB COOPNB 2 2
. ! - .
~o a cold (5C) solution of ( $,6S) paranltrobenzyl 6-(lR-hydro~
xye.thyl)-3,7-~ioxo-1-azabicyclot3.2.0~heptano-2R-carboxyla~e (2.14 g, 6.14 .
~mol~. ~n dry ace~onitrile (18 mL) kept under a nitroge~ atmosphere ~as
adde~ diphe~yl chlorophosphate (1.37 mL, 6.6 mmol) 9 di~copropylethylamine
~1.15 ~, 6.6 ~ol~ at such a raee that the temperature ~as kepe at S~C
(7-10 mlD~ and 4-dl~ethylaminopy~ldlne (6 mg, 0.05 ~ol). The mixture was ,
stirr~d for l.S h ~t 5C a2d, w8S u~ed as lt ~a~; this ~xture wlll ba
called '~olutlo~ A' further ~n the procedure. A ~olutlon o~ (6-meth~
pyridi~-2-yl)methylthio acetate ~1.23 g, 6.8 m~ol) ln dry ether (10 ~L)
kep~ u~der a nitroge~ atmosphere was treated wl~h methyl tr~flate (0.85 ~L,
?.5 ~ol) a~t stirred for 1.5 h at 23C. The ether wa~ decanted a~d th~ ~:
whlte powder was washed twlce wlth ethar ~2 s 10 mL3 and dlssolved in ~ater
~: '' '' ' '
. : ~' ' ~ . . '"': . . ' ,
~ . ' ' ' .

:
i9~7~
-214-
,~
....
(20 ~L). The re6ult~ng aqueous solutlon was cooled to 0C under oxygen
free atmosphere and treated with sodium hydroxide (4N, 3.4 mL, 13.6 ~mol).
The mix~ure wa~ stirred at 2C for l h ant then the pH was ad~usted a~ 7.6
by ehe addition of potassium dihy~rogenphosphate; thls mixture will be
cailed 'solution B' further i~ the procedure. The colt (5C) 'solutio~ A'
was treated with 'solution B' over 0.5 h period while the pH was kept
~etween 7.25-7.35 by the dropwise addition of 4N sodium hydrox$de solution.
The mixture was stlrred for 0.5 h and poured on top of re~ersed phase
colu~n (4.0 x 18 cm), "PrePak C-18") ;the column was eluted with a ~ixture
of 25-50~ acetonitrile in water. Lyophilization of appropriate fractions
gav~ the title ~ompound as a yellow powder, 2.82 g (51~ (PhO)2P02 , 49%,
CF3S03 ), 80~; ir (KBr) ~ax 3700-3000 (OH), 1772 (C-O o B-lactam), 1700
(C-O of ester), l625 (pyridi~lum), 1590 (pyrldinium) cm 1; l~mr (DMSO, t-6)
~: 1.15 (d, J~6.2 Hz, C~3CUOH), 2.84 (s, C~3 on C-6 of pyridinlum), 4.16
(s, CH3 on N of pyridinium), 4.i9 (s, SC~2), 6.6-7.5 [(PhO)2P02 ], 7.5-8.7
(U'8 on pyridinium and ~lfi of PNB ester).
!: * Trademark
~l, ` . . '
',i ' ' '~
.. ,. -, ,

j9~7
! ' ' ~ 2 15
B. (5R,6S3 3-f (1,6-dimethylp~ritin~um-2-yl)me~ylthlol-6-(lR-hydroxyethyl)-7
Cll~ 3
COOPNB (Pho)2po2 Buf~er N ~ ~:~
COO , ~,:
To a solution of (5R,6S) para~ltrobenzyl 3 C(1,6-dimethylpyrid~n- ~ '
iu~-2-yl)methylthlo~-6-(lR-hydroxyethyl)-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo~3.2.0)hepe-2-
ene~-2~car~oxy1ate, trifluorome~hanesulfonate and dip~enylpho~phate (49:51
- salt (0.87''g, 1.27 m,mol) ln wet eetrahydrofuran (50 mL) was fldded ether ~50 '~
~L), potasslu~ d~hydrogenpho~phate-sodium hydroxide buffer (O.LM, 40 ~L, pH
7.0~ a~t lOZ pallsdlu~ o~ charcoal (0.87 g). The mix~ure ~as hydrogeDR~ed
unter 36 psi at 23C for 2 h and ~iltered o~ a Celite pad. The t~o phases
were separated a~d aqueous phase wa~ washed with~ether (2 x 15 mL~
conce~trated under hlgh vacuu~ uDt~l 30 ~L ant poured o~ top of reverse
phase colu~n (PrepPak C-18, 2.2 x 13 c~). Elution of the colu~n wa~ do~e
uith uater. Approprlate fractions ~ere combined and lyophill~ed ~o glve a
yellow powder, 0~179 g, 40X; lr (RBr) A~a~: 1755 (C-O of ~-lactam), 1628 ~,;
(pyr~dinium~, 1590 (C~O of carboxyla~e) cm : ~mr (D20) ~: 1.25 (d,
J-6.4 Hz, C~3CHOH), 2.82 ~s, C~3 on C-6 of pyr~diniu~), 3.12 ('dd', J~9.2
Hz, J~2.9 ~z, ~-4), 3.39 (dd, J-6.0 ~z, J~2.8 ~z, ~-6), 3.7-4.4 (C~3CHO~,
* Trademark (each instance),
~7
` : ~ , .:
.: . . .

;9~
, ~
-216-
., ,
. H-5, C113 on N o~ pyridlniu~, 4.48 ~s, CH2S), 7.6-8.4 (~l's on pyridln~
s~v (Y20) ~maX 279 ( 9628~ ~$th ~hould~r at 296; 1~1D~ 55CO-C (C 0.63,
~2); 1l~2-12.5 h measured at 37C in buf~er p~l 7.4 for 8 concentratlon of
10-4~
., .
,
,~ ,,.
.
1 ' ' '
~:
~:
'
.:
~
':: , , . . ~.
.~1. ' .

2 ~ 3~7~3
-217-
,' ~1
.
aæab~cyclo (3.2.0) he~t-2-ene-2 carboxYlat~
0~1 CH
s~
2 ~ C~3
2 _ ~ ~ ~ O2PNB__________~? ~ ~ CO2PNB.
1 3 4
:-
:
~ . , :
solutio~ o~ S0 ~ (0.35~) of eth~l 3-o~o-n-Yalera~e a~ 54 g (0.35N) o
p~nltrobenzyl alcohol ~ 400 ~1 o~ tolueae was heated at 130-140
w~t~out a re~lux~2 conde~s~ gor 18 ~0 Evapora~ion o~ ~ol~e~t gave ~ ;
yellow csystalli~e ~aterlal which was recrystall~zed rro~ Et20-pe~ne
eO pro~uce 75 8 (86~ ~elt) o p-nitrobenz~l 3-o~o-n-Yalerat~ O ~.
m.p. 33-34~ Br) y 1740 sn~ 1705 t~ 1. N~R (~DC13) 6
1.20~3~,t7J~.0~, Z.65(2~,q,Js7.0~z), 3.60(Z~,s), 5~28(2~,~), .
7.45(2~,d,J-9.5Bz), and 8.18(2~,d,J-9.5~z). To 8 solutio~ o~ 55.5 g . , i
tO.2ZM~ of co~pou~d 3 ~ 500 ~1 o~ C~3C~ ~as atded at 0 45 g
(0~44~) o~ TE~ follo~ed ~y 50 ~ S0.2ZM) of p-oar~02ybenzene~ul~o~yl
azidan The ~ce ~atb ~s re~o~ed and the ~ixture was allowe~ to st~r fo~ :
90 s~n. The prec~p~tate wa~ ~iltered, was~od with C~3C~ ~nt th~
fll~rate ~as concentratet eo CR 100 ~1 ~olume and diluted ~it~ 800 ~1 of -~
EtOAc. Ths organlc ~lutio~ was waæhed ~th aq. ~a~C039 brlne and drled
t~gSO4). Evaporatlon o~ the ~ried solvent gave 55 g (902 yield) of
co~?ound 4 as a slightly ~ellow crys~als. ~.p. 96-97. 1~ ~RBr) ~ 2120
~nd 1710c~ 1. NKR (CDC13) ~ 1.20(3~,t,J-7.0~z), 2.85(2~,q,J~7.0~z),
5.40(2~,s), 7.50 (2~,d,J~8.0~2), and 8.15~2~,d,J-8.0~z).

,
-218-
.:
~. osi~
~CO2PNB ~ /~ C02PNB
N ~2
,, .
.
4 5
.~, ~ ~_
i',
.
5, 1_1~ ero~er~Tlox~c-rbo~7~ 6o-2~ tTld~ees~i6~lTlo~T~
To ~ cooled (û-) ~olut~o~ of 54 g (0.2~) of eo~npound 4 i~ 400 ~Rl of
CII2C12 tt88 adde~ 41.4 g ~0.4~) of TE~ follo~et by 56 ~ (0.21~S) of
butyldi~tt~ylsilyl chlo~ite .in 30 ~1 o~ 2C12 over 40 ~ln. The
~olu~on ~a~ ~tlrred ~or 120 ~n, ~hen ~asihet ~lt~ ic~a~er. T~e
l2C12 wa~ d~et (~IgSO,~) ~ f~lt~ed as~ cea ~ ~ ~ gi~ i8 ~ ;
e~ S c~mpound 5 a~ s~ello~ 601~ o 1~ p . 54 55 . L~ t~Br)
~t 20t30 ~a 1695 c3~ 1" Th~ ~ o~ conpou~d 5 ~dicated that co~npotlnd 5
~as obtalned a~ a }~/Z m~xture at ~be olefir~lc posltlo~ la a ~ratlo of
9:1. I~R (CDC13 ~ or 16O~ner) ~ û.15(611,~)~, 0.90(9~,8),
58(3}~dDJ~7.01IZ)~ 5.15(2~ )r 7.3o(2~d~J~s.a~) a~d 8.0(2~1, d,
Jl- !~ o l)~
': ~ ' . . -'
li ~
' '
'~
, ~} .,

3~3~78
` ` . ` -219- (~
r~
.
os
~O~c ~C02PNB > ~ ~ ~C02P~
. ~N N2 6~
7 : ,,.
,-~ ~ ~ .,
., ' :
~; ,:,
C. ~
t-~ueYld~nethsls~lylo~ ethyl7-azetidin-2-one_
.` To a suspenaed ~olutiou of 12.5 g (O.lM) of aslhydrou~ Zs~C12 ~ 700 ~a~.o~
C~2C12 was added 60.4 g ~0.21:K~ of coD~pou~ld 6 ~nd st~rred for 15 mia st
23u ~:hes~ coolet ~o 0~. ~ solut~on of 106 g (0.27M) of compound S
200 ~nl o~ C}12C:L~ ~as added dropwise to t~e a~ove reactiosl 801Util:ln ove~
90 ~1S1J tbe~l st~rred fos 120 ~n w~thout the cool~Lg bath. l~he reactlo~
~ture ~.ta8 ~vashed wlth a~q. Na~C03 (4 x 150 ml)~ ~ater~ br~ne a~d ~riedI ~-
(~gso4a. EY porat o~ of dr~ed 8011~e~1t gave ~ dark oil, ~hic~ uas
pur~f$ed ~y S102 colu~Dn; elut~o~ of the colum~ wit~ EtOAc-C112C12 tl:9) , :
gave 51.5 ~ (54:~) of compou~d 7 a~ a ~hite crystall~ne materlal. ~D.p. : ::
112-114',. L~ (~Bs) ~r 2130,1760 a~t 1720 cm 1, Tbe 360~ nmr of
i, ~ co~Dpou~d 7 ~ndicated ~cha~c co~pou~d 7 tta~ ob~a~ne~ as 8 mixtur~ at the :
l-methgi pos~t~on ~L~ a ratlo o 2:1. ~$ (CDC13) ~ 0.3-0.6t6~, 25),
0.8Z~9~,2~), 1.05-1.15(6El,~)~ 2.68(0.661I,q,J-6.6 and 2.0~z), 2..88
(0.34~g,J~6.6 and 2,.0~z) 3.57(1El,~n), 3.84 tl~.m), 4.09~1~I,m),
517t2}I,~wos), 5.84(0.66~,8), 5.95(0.341~,8), 7.52(2~,d,J~8.5Elz) and
8 ,. 23 (28 ~ d ~J~8 . 5
-~
.
~, ~
., .
.
,, ~', . '

7~
2:20-
OS i ~
11~CO2P~ ,
0~ ~ C2
'
.
D. 4~ Iethyl-3-diazo-3-P-nitro~enz~10xycar~ony1-2-oxo-~ropy1)-3~-rl~
~ ~o
To-~ solut10~ of 30 g ~59.5 ~mol) o~ co~pou~d 7 ~n 400 ml of ~eO~ was
adde~ at 23' 150 ~1 o~ lN-~C1 a~ stirred for 1~ h~ The ~eactio~ wa6
coDee~trated to ga 200 ~1 o~ volu~e ~d estracted uith EtOAc
(3 s 200 ~1~. The comb~ed EtOAc ~as uashed ~th ~ater, aq. Na~C03 and- .
b~lneO Evaporatio~ o~ dr~ed (~S04~ ~olve~t gave 22.3 8 (96X~ o~
co~p~u~t 8 a~ ~ uh~e cr~stal1~e ~aeerla10 ~.p. 147 148-. IB (R3r) y
34009 2135~ ant 1750 w 1, 5he 360 ~Ez D~r of co~pou~t 8 i~dicated thae
cn~pound 8 ~a~ obtai~e~ as a mixture at the 4-~et~yl pos~t~on ~c a ratlo
o~ 2:1. NKR (D~SO-d) ~ 1.07-1.10(6~ , 2.73(0.66~,q,J-6.6 an~ 2.0 ~z),
2. 5(0.34~,J-6.6 and 2.0~z)~ 3.55-3.90(3~,~), 5.25tZ~
7.70~Zd.d,J-9.Oa~), 8.05(0.66'd,~, B.10(0.348,~ d 3.21(2~,d,J~9,0~z),
;::- ,
~'
.
.~
,
,

1269978
-221-
.,~
~ CO2PN3 FN~0
I 2
8 9
. ~ ,, ~
E. ~-~trobenz~ (R)-hydroxy~ethyl]-4-methyl-3-,7-dioxo-1-azabicYclo
:"! [3-2-OLheptane-2-car~o?c~late C9)-
~i, A solution of 14.0 g (35.86 ~ol) of co~pound 8 and 70 ~g of
rhodium(II~ octanoate i~ ethylacetate ~as beated at reflux ~or 20 min u~der
N2. The ~xture ~as evaporated in acuo to g~e oo pound 9 as a form, :
~ IR (C~C13) ~ 3400 and 1750 c~ 1, The 360 ~gz ~r of co~pound 9 ~:
j~ indicated that co~pou~d 9 was o~tai~ed as a mixture as the 4-meth71~ . pos~tio~ in ~ ratlo of 2~ uclear Overh~user Effects (~OE) ~ere uged,. to determlne the configuration of the 4-~ethyl. When the ~5 of ma~or
isomer ~s irrad~ated, an approximately 7Z slgnal incsease fo~ the
4-n~thyl protons was observed, indlcating the Ci8 relationship of the
and the 4-met~yl. 0~ the ot~er ha~d, whe~ the ~5 of ~i~or isomer is
irrad$ated, ~o signal ~ncrea~e was observed for ~he 4-~ethyl, inaicating~
the ~rass relat~onship of the ~5 and the 4~met~1 fo~ t~e mi~or lsomes.
N~R ~CDC13) for the ~a~o~ ~v~er ~ 1.24(3~d,J~7.35~z),
~ ~ 1.40(3~,d,J-6.3~z~J 2.40(1~,~), 3.24(1~,q,J-6.6 ~d 7.2Ez~ 3.67(1~9q, :~
' J~8.0 and 2.2 ~z); 4.18(1~,~)) 4.82(1~,8), 5.24(1~,d,J-6.3~z), 6.18
,d,J-6.3~z), 7.60(1~,d,J~8.5Ez), a~t 6.22(lX,d,J-8.5~z). ~MR (CDCl3) :~
for the mi~or ~oomer 6 1.0(3~,d,~-7-35~z), 1.40(3~,d,J~6.3~z), ,
: . 2.83(1~,~), 3.25(1~,q,J-6.6 a t 1.50~z), 4.14(1X,q,J~7.36 and 1.502z),
4.67(1X,s), 5.24(1~,d~J~6.3~z), 6.18t1~,t,J-6.3~z~ a~a
~, 7 . 60 ( 1E~, d, J88 . 5~Iz) a~d 8 . 2Z t lE~, d,J~8 . 5~Iz) .
:
~ . . . .. . . ~ , . ~ i . .............. , .; . . , .; . . . .. . . .
.. , , . . : . .", .... . . . .

~ 69~8
-222-
OH CH3 OH CH3
~=- o~
:' ' C~ PNB
C02PNB 2
9 10
:'' . ~ ~ '.
- F. p-Nitrobenz~l-3-dlphenoxgpho phingl-6~-~1-(R)-hydroxyethyl~-4~~methY~-
7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-~ne-2-carboxvlate (lo?.
.?
To a coolet (0~) solution of 20.0 g (55.2 ~mol) of the keto intermediate
9 in lSO ml of C~3CN was added 7.18 g (55 mmol) of diisopropylethylamine
~- followed by 14.85 g (55 mmol) of dipbenylchlorophosphonate in 20 ml of
C~3CN over 5 min. The resulting solutio~ ws6 stlrred for 60 ~in a~ 0,
then diluted with 600 ~1 of Eto~c~ ~ashed wi~h lce cold lOZ ~3P04 and
brine. Evaporation o~ the dr~ed ~gS04) solvent gave a crude oil which
was purified by S102 column; elut~on of the column with lOX EtOAc in
C~2C12 gave 3.7 g (11.5%) of the phosphonate 10 as a white form. IR ~:
(CHC13) y 3400, 1790 and 1720 cm 1. :~
NMR (CDC13) ~ 1.20(3~,d,J~7.2~z), 1.38(3~,d,H-7.3Hz), 3~35(1H,l,J~6.
a~d 2.0~z), 3.50(1~,~), 4.2-4.25(2~,m~, 5.20(1~,~,J~10.5~z)~ 5.37 -
(la,d,J~10.5~2), 7.1-7.4(10~,~), 7.56(1H,d,J-9.OEz), and 8.10
(l~,d,J~9.OH~). Nuclea~ Overh~user Ef~ec~s ~ere used to determine the
con~iguration of the 4-met~yl of compound 10. Whe~ the H5 is
l~radlated, no sig~al increase was observed ~or the 4-~eth~1, lndicating
the tr~s rel~tlon~hlp o~ tbe ~5 ~d t~e 4-~eth~l. ;
.. . ..
: ~
.: . ~

~ ~;9~78
~ 223-
:, OH td
HS ~ qII
-o-P(00)2 ~ ~ ~ S
C02PNB
, 10 11 ~:
., ~ ' ~ '
G.
methyl-7-oxo-1-azab~c~ Ç~L~_O~ hept -2-ene-2-car~oxylate ~11).
To 8 cooled (-15-) ~oluticn of 1.2 g (2 ~mol) of the phosp~onate 10
10 ~1 o~ C~3C~ was added 39~ m~ (3 ~ol) o~ dllsopropyler~yla~l~e
followed b~ 370 ~g (3 ~mol) of 2-mercap~o~ethylp~rld~ne u~der ~2~ The
reaction ~xture ~as sllowed to stir for 60 ~in at -lS~ the~ add~t~onal
60 ~t~ at 0~. The react~o~ was dlluted with ~to~c, washed wlth ~ce
~ater, bsine and dried (~gS04~. E~aporat~on of 801ve~t5 In Yacuo, gav~ a - ~:yellow oil whic~ wa~ pusif~ed by SiO2 colu~; elut~on o~ the colu~ ~lth
2a~ EtOAc ~n Ca2C12 ga~e 375 ~g 140~ ~ield) o~ compound 11 as ~ w~it~
a~orphous foam. IR (R~r) ~ 3400,1775, ~nd 1710cm 1. NMR (CDC13) ~ 2.14
~3~,d,J-6.7~z~), 2019(3~d~J-~7~z)> 3~14(1~q~J-6~2 a~d 2.0~z), 3.4Q
(l~,m)~ 4.0(1~,d~J~7.6~z~ 4.12(1~,d,J-7.6~z~, 4.18(1~fq,J-6.7.and 2.0~z)
4.25(1~,m), 5.25(1~,t,J~11.3~2), 5.40(1~,d,J-11.3~z), 7.15-8.2~4~3.
.
,"7
: ' ' . .,, :
:` , . , ~
, . : ' , ' , :: ; ', '
' . ' :.. ~' ' : ' '
: ~ : ., . ~ . ;
:: : , : :
. ' , ' '

~ 1~169~7~3
~ -224-
q~ Cn 3
~5~
;~ CO ~PNB . o
-~ CO ~ ~H3
11 2
.,
12
.~ .~ " .
3-r2~ ethylpyridlnium)metha~ thlo]-6a~ (R~-hydrox~eeh~ 48~3ethyl
-7-oxo-1-azabicyclo (3.2.0) hept-2-ene-2-carbGxylate (12).
To a solution of 1.0 g (2 smol) of co~pou~d 11 i~ 10 ~1 of C~2C12 was
added 450 mg (3.3 mmol) of me~hyl~rifluoro~e~ha~esulfo~ate a~d stirred
a~ 23 ~or 90 ~i~. E~aporatlon o~ C~2C12 i acuo gaYe ~he quate~nizea
pyridine as a foam which ~as hydrogeaated immediately without a~y
fuxther puriflcatlon. The crude pyridlDi~m salt was dis~ol~et ~o
T~F-e~ber-P~ 7 buffer (1:1:1, 100 ~1 eac~) follDued by 600 ~g of 10~
palladiu~ o~ charcoal. The m~xeure uas hy~roge~ated ?t 35 ps~ o~ the
Parr~haker for 45 mi~. The mir~ure was filtered through ~ "Celite"* pad -
~d ehe cat~lyst was uashed with ~ater (2 x 10 ml). The combiDed
~ltrate a~a ~ashings were extr&cted ~lth ether t2 x 100 ml) a~t
lyophilized eO g~re a yellow powder.which uas purified o~ a C18 ~ONDAPAK**
reY~rse phase colullm t10 g), elutirlg ~th 5X C~I3~ i~ water u;lder 8 ps~
pressu~e. Each 15 ~nl fract~o~ ua6 assayed by hig'h pressure llqu~d
chroD~atography and fsaction~ haYi~g a~ ultsaviolet abso~ptio~ at lma~
30G ~ ~ere collected a~d lyop~ zed to gl~e 58 mg (llZ ~ield) of ~ehe
tltle colRpou~d a~ a pale yello~ powder. IR (~r) y 3400,1750, asld lS90
cm lo ~m~ (H20) 292 ~ 7081). ~MR (D20) ~ 1.13(3~,d,J~6.5~
1.23(3~3,d,J~6.51Iz)~ 3.18tl~n), 3.45~1~,q,J-6.0 a~d 2.1Elz), 4.0-4.4
~4H,~), 4.65(3~,~), 7.79(2E~ 8.30(1~ , and 8.60(1EL~
~ ` ' .
* Trademark
** Trademark
. ~ . -
,,
. .
.
.

~L2~9~3 7~3
`~ -225-
'
Example 28
Preparation of 3-[2-(l,4-Dimethylpyridinium?methane
thio~ -6~ lR) -h ~S~thyl] -4 3-methyl- -
?-oxo-l-azabicyclo 13.2.0)hel~2-ene-2-carboxYlate :-
0~Ci33 ~ OE~ CS13
~0-~100)2 2~ ~3~O3C33
3) ~ 2
lO , . ~3
- .
~ ' '
-- ... .
3-t2-(1,4-DilDethlrlpYridlnlulD)metha~e thio] -6-rl-tR)-hydroxyeth~1?-4B
-~ethyl-7 oxo~l-azabicyclo (3.2.0) h-ept-2-ene~2-carbo ~
l~is co~pound was obtairlet as rellow powder i~ 17Z yield from co~npou~d
10 in the saDle ma~mer ~8 that de6cr~be~ n ;l3:xamplQ 27,
IR ~ 3400, 1755, and 1600 cm 1. ~y ~ max (H2O~ 300 nm t~ 7600). I~R
(D20) ~ 1.20(3H,d,J-6.7Elz), 1.28(3~,d,J~6.7~Iz), 2~60(3~,8),
304-3.5~2~I,~), 4.2-4.4(4H,~), 4.52(3~,s), 7.82(1~,t,J~6.5 ant 4.2tlz),
8.32tlll,d,J-6.5Rz), and 8.6o(la~d,~J~4.2az)~

~ .
-226~ i9~'3~7~3
., . . ,- `....
;. . :
~ . .
Is Exam~ 29
,.,
. Preparation of 3-t4~ meth ~ mmethane-
a~ (R)-hydro~ethyll-4~-
methyl-7-oxo-1-azabicvclo(3.2.0)hept-2-ene-2-carboxylate
S ~ N o~ -
o~ C~3 . 2) CF3S03CH
~ ( ~)2 ~ > ~ N ~ ~ -C~ ~
O ~ 3) P~ ~ 2 C2 ~3 ~ .
''` CO ~?~lB , , ,
2 ~ ~
: 10 , .:'' . ~ 14 ~: :
!, ,~ ,
'' ' -'' . : '
.. . .
.~ t~ 7-oxo~ za~lcsclo t3.2.0) hept-2-e~e-2-carbo~late tl4). ~ :
"~ Th~s co~pound ~as o~tai~ed as ~ello~ po~der in 15X yield ~rom co~poun~
0~i~ th~ ~a~e ~aD~er as tb~t ~escs~bed i~ Exa~ple 27- `. ~.
I~:(gBr) ~ 3410, 1750 a~a 1650 c~ 1 ~V ~æ~ t~203 293 D~ ~c 7295).NMR
tD20) ~ 1.15~3~,d,J-6.5~z), 1.20(3E, d,J~6.5~z), 3~20(1~
. ~ 3.45~1~,q,J-6.0 and 2.0~z), 4.11tl~,q,J~ O ana 2.0Ez), 4.20~1~, m), a~d
,` 4.'35~3~,R~ 7.95(2~,d,J-5-2~z~ a~d 8.72t2~,d,J~5-2az)~
;~, ' , ~ - `
~!
,
(, ': i '
:: : . , . ~ . : :

i9~7~3
227-
, .
Examl~le 30
. ~.
.'. ~=_~
' ~ ,
~o-l-az abic~Glo ( 3 . 2 . O ? hept-2-ene-2 -~
3 2j rF3S03CE13
~0-1~? (00) 2 ~ -S
O ~ ~;2 C2 ~ 3
co2P~
.
'. 10
~ ~ , ...... ....... .
. ~ ,
-- . , ... _ .... ...... _ _
7-o~;o-1razabicyclo (3.2.0) ~pt-2-ene-2-carbo~lat~ (15). -
,,: ' -'
This ~o~pou~d wa.~ obtsilled as ~ellow powder i~ 27~ ~ield fro~D compouat
10 ~ the 6am~ mer ~3.6 tha~c de~cs~ed.in Example 27. .
SR (E~) y 3420, 1750 and 1610 ~ 1, ~ 2) 295 ~ (~ 8750) NMR i
~D20~ ~ 1.10C3El,d,J~6.9}1z~, 1.25(3~,d,J~6.9EIz)" 1.27
~.43tl~,q,J~6.2 ~a 1.8~z3, 4.1-4.35(4El,m), 4.39t3F~.s). 8.0~1~,tD3-8.5
a~;tl 6~ D 8.4~(1EI,d,J-8.5EEz)" 8070(1El,~,J~6.2~æ), and 8.8(18,3).
A~l. C~led o~ C17~12oN204S2~ 0: C~5190, ~6-36; ~7-12~
TouDd- C, 51.92; ~,5.71" ~1,6.88. J
~ .
,
. .
. .
.

-228
Example 31
Prepara~ion of 2~_ [3-(1,2 ~ ridinium)methane ~
~hio]-6~-tl lR3-hydroxye~hyl]~4 e- :
m~thyl-7-oxo-1-azabi~yclo~3.2.0)h~t-2-ene-2-carboxylate
3 ~ ~ ~ oe C~ :
2
-I~(0)2 - - ~ ~ .............. ~
3) P a/~2 C2 ~ ;3 C~3
C02P~
: -:
',' ,; ~ ' '~' .
3 [3-~1,2-Di~ethylpyr~ti~lu~ etha~et~o~-6~-ll-(R)-bydro~yethyl
4~-~ethyl-7roxo~1-azab1O~clo (3.2.0) hept-2-e~e-2-ctrbo~71ate ~16).
Tb~ ompou~ uas o~,ta1ned z~, yello~ po~der ln 14~ y~eld ~ro~ compou~d10 ~ the ~a~,e maD~er as t~a~ described in.~,le 27.
I~ (~r) y 3410~ 175û a~ld 1600 cm 1 ~r ln~s ~2) 296 Dm (t 8500). ~ ::~
2~R ~D20)~ 1~25(3~1,d,Jw6.5~z), 1.30(3~,d,J~6.5Elz), 2.95~3~,9),~
3.40~1El,~n), 3.50t1Et,q~J-6.2 a~d 1.8}Iz), 4.2-4.4(4~,m), 4.35t3El.
7.82~1~,t,J' 5 ~d 6r3E~ 8.40~1~,d,J~8.5E~z) a~d 8.72(1El,d,Js6.31~
. ' :: ~. -'
"' '" " ' .

-~229--
Exa~32
methanethio] -6~ R)-hydroxYethyl] -~ 4B-
~ 3
-P(P)2 ~ C~3a~3 ~S~,~
CO2PNB _~
" 10
17
,, , . :
,, , . . ~ . .
.. _. _ . ... . _ _. _ _ .. .. . . . , _ -
13-(2~4-Di~ethy~ rla~ol~)methsnethio~-6~-rl-(R
~-4B-methyl-7-oxo-l-azabicycl~arb_?~ te (~ , ~
Thls compount was obtai~ed as yellow powder in 9~ yield ro~ ccmpou~ 10 , ~:
the sam~ ~anne~ 25 that described ~ Ex~aT~le 27. . Dl
(Xsr) r 342û, 1756j an~ 1605 caa 1. W lmax ~120) 291 n~ (~ 7850).
tD20) ~ 1.15(3~1,d,J~6.3H~, 1.22t3~,d,J~6.3H2~, 3.35tl~
3.48(1~,q7J~6.0 ant 1.8~1z)9 3.90S3~.8), 4.05(3~,~), 4.2-4.4(4X,rn), ~ :
and 8.80 (lEl,s).
I '
.
.

:
9~37~;,
-230-
Prepar ~ li~idazoliu~-
ethanethiol-6a-~1 (R)-hydroxyethyll-]-4B
me~hy~ xo-l-azabicy~o(3.2.01hept -2-ene-2-c
.
: I3
o~ J
;P~~ 2 2~ OE 3S~3C~3 ~S~3
C02P~ , . ~ O
3) ~dy~
- -~
~0 ... - 18 :~
3-t2-(1,3-D~ethyl~i~azol~um metha~eth~o) -6~ tR~ ro:~thyl~-4B- - :et~yl-7-oxo-1-azabicYclo (3.2.0) hept-2-e~e-2-casboxylate ~18). -
. . - . . .
. - . .~.
~; : : Thi~ compou~d ~a~ obtain~d a3 yello~ powder ~ 32~ y~eld ~so~ compou~d
: 10 in the ~a~e ~a~nes a5 t~a~ ~escrl~d in Exa~D 27. ................................ .
I~ (R~s~ ~ 3400,1758 a~d 1600c~ 1. ~V Amsx ~2) 294 ~ tc 7194). NK~
(D20) ~ 1.10(3~,d,J-6.3~z), 1~25(3~t~JY6~3~Z)~ 3.30(1g,~
3.42tL~,1,J~6.0 and 2.2~z) 3.85~6~,~), 4.2-4.6(4~,~) a~d 7.40 (Z3,~
.~ .
~ ~ ' ' ' ''' '~'
~ . ,
.
.
.

--231~
Exam~l~ 34
Following the general prc~cedures o~ Examples 1- 33, the
foll~wing carbapenem products are made by using the inte~nediate
o~ the formula
~ ~3
~
31 1~
C02PNB
0~ CH
~S-A~-R5
~0~ . ' ~ :,
Ex. NoO A ( ~-RS
~ - -
23a C~2~ 3 ~ ~
.
23b C~2C~2 ~p-C~3
~ ' .
23c
C~I3 ~ C~3
~N--
23d ~C~2~
.. :

t7
--23~--
2 3 e ~-CH2 CE~2
23~ C~2~3C~2C~12CX
~............ ..
CH
.; . 23g -CE~2~
; . ~
;~ C~ 3
C ~ 3
23h -C~2~ H3
,, .: -
: ~H
23i ~ 2- -</ 3
~; C~3
23~ _C~2_ C~3r~ 33
~: .
, ~ .
3X -CEi2
' 231 Cl 3 ~3
_r~
23~ ~C~2~
~: C~3 ; .;
2 3n -CH2-
H3
H3
.,~ , ,
.1. ;, ,~

~L269~
~f~ ,
- 233 -
230 -C~2~ (mlxture
possible
lsomer~)
23p -CB2- ~S ~-CH3
/co~
23q -C~2- ~H2
1 0 ~
~3 . : :
ÇH3
23r -C~2
H2
2~ -C~2~
: 20 ~ 3
~ 2~t -CB2 ~ C~3
; ~9 ~ =N
: C~3
2g
~xa~le ~5
Followi~g the general procedures o
Example~ 1-33, the ~ollowing carbapenem product~ are
made u~ing the intermediate of the formula
::
"~0 :
(R)~
C02pNB ;~

3~7~3
234-
0~CH
~ 3 f~ 5
S-A~; ~2~-~
CO~
' ` XD No. A
- .
2~a -C~2C~ 3
C~3~
24b -~2C ~ ' Y3
24c -CE~2-- --~N-C~2CB;!c~3
,~
~ 24d -C~2- ~ ~C~3
,
24e CB
24f -C ~2~
~: 3
, i, ~ :~
; ' ' , ' ~ .: ,

~9~t~_235
CP.3 --~ p-C'd 3
24~
.. ~C~
24h ~2
C~3
24~ -C;~2- _$C~3 5~1~ ~0_~
3 mers ) . -:
24j ~ ,. ~S~ 3
~C od~ ~
24~ 2
' '
i, ~ ' . ~
. ~ .
~"'~ :;
, , ,, ~ , , , ,;, , . , , . . : . ., `
" . , ., . .. , : ~ .. , ...... , .. : .

69~378
-236-
241 -CE~2- ~
~2~0~ :
C~
2 4 m -CH2~
2 4n -CRz~ 3 . :
,~3 h=~
c1~3
. ~ . . .
, "
~5\~ ~ ~
oo3 -
If in the pro~edure o:~ Example 22, ~he keto ` -
termediate 1 is replaced by n equimolax amount OI the ~- ~
co~responding l~-~ethyl ~ntermediate! there is obtained the ~ ~:
carbapene~ ~nd product indicatea above.
~:: . . :
.

Dessin représentatif
Une figure unique qui représente un dessin illustrant l'invention.
États administratifs

2024-08-01 : Dans le cadre de la transition vers les Brevets de nouvelle génération (BNG), la base de données sur les brevets canadiens (BDBC) contient désormais un Historique d'événement plus détaillé, qui reproduit le Journal des événements de notre nouvelle solution interne.

Veuillez noter que les événements débutant par « Inactive : » se réfèrent à des événements qui ne sont plus utilisés dans notre nouvelle solution interne.

Pour une meilleure compréhension de l'état de la demande ou brevet qui figure sur cette page, la rubrique Mise en garde , et les descriptions de Brevet , Historique d'événement , Taxes périodiques et Historique des paiements devraient être consultées.

Historique d'événement

Description Date
Inactive : CIB désactivée 2011-07-26
Inactive : CIB de MCD 2006-03-11
Inactive : CIB de MCD 2006-03-11
Inactive : CIB de MCD 2006-03-11
Inactive : CIB de MCD 2006-03-11
Inactive : CIB de MCD 2006-03-11
Inactive : CIB de MCD 2006-03-11
Inactive : CIB de MCD 2006-03-11
Inactive : CIB de MCD 2006-03-11
Inactive : CIB de MCD 2006-03-11
Inactive : CIB de MCD 2006-03-11
Inactive : Correction - Doc. d'antériorité 2000-05-31
Inactive : Demande ad hoc documentée 1995-06-05
Le délai pour l'annulation est expiré 1994-12-05
Lettre envoyée 1994-06-06
Accordé par délivrance 1990-06-05

Historique d'abandonnement

Il n'y a pas d'historique d'abandonnement

Titulaires au dossier

Les titulaires actuels et antérieures au dossier sont affichés en ordre alphabétique.

Titulaires actuels au dossier
BRISTOL-MYERS SQUIBB COMPANY
Titulaires antérieures au dossier
CHOUNG U. KIM
Les propriétaires antérieurs qui ne figurent pas dans la liste des « Propriétaires au dossier » apparaîtront dans d'autres documents au dossier.
Documents

Pour visionner les fichiers sélectionnés, entrer le code reCAPTCHA :



Pour visualiser une image, cliquer sur un lien dans la colonne description du document. Pour télécharger l'image (les images), cliquer l'une ou plusieurs cases à cocher dans la première colonne et ensuite cliquer sur le bouton "Télécharger sélection en format PDF (archive Zip)" ou le bouton "Télécharger sélection (en un fichier PDF fusionné)".

Liste des documents de brevet publiés et non publiés sur la BDBC .

Si vous avez des difficultés à accéder au contenu, veuillez communiquer avec le Centre de services à la clientèle au 1-866-997-1936, ou envoyer un courriel au Centre de service à la clientèle de l'OPIC.


Description du
Document 
Date
(aaaa-mm-jj) 
Nombre de pages   Taille de l'image (Ko) 
Abrégé 1995-09-27 1 28
Dessins 1995-09-27 1 10
Description 1995-09-27 243 8 570
Revendications 1995-11-14 369 9 833
Dessin représentatif 2000-07-09 1 1
Taxes 1992-04-20 1 63
Taxes 1993-04-12 1 57